You are on page 1of 324

VaidyanathaDikshita's

JATAI{A PARIJATA
(qrilfr qtfrqrn)
With An EnglishTranslation Copious and Explanatory notes anclExamples

BY
' Ar.rI. Secrerary thebovt. of Mysore to (Retd.) andTranslaror Sripati pactdhti, of llrinot )atata. Horasara. Uttarkalanr ctc. rita

V. Subramanya Sastri, B.A.

Vol. I

RANJANPUBLICATIONS
16,Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, NewDelhi-1,1000 2 (INDIA)

PREFACE It is a matter of grcat pleasurethat thc publloation of the rccond edition of JATAKA PARIJATA, the monumental work of Sri VaidyanatbaDikshita with the erdeltentDotcs of Sastri has bccn possible by God'r the Late V. Subramanya graceand the sameis bcing ptacedbefore thc public. Tbis ic an exact reprint of the cdition that was brought out by Shri Sastriin the ycar 1932. No words of introductionare rcquired ' by rs the works of Sh. Sastriare all masterpieces themselves lnd havc rightly earnedthe fame tbat is their due. The earlier cdition was long out of print and theic war an cver growing dcmandfor this book and thc prescnt edition is intended to fulfill this long-feltdemand. The importanceof this work Jataka Parijatacannot be It studied cxa.gerated. is a basictext book of Hindu Astrology, glmost in all parts of the country by studentsand scholars alike. It is a book invariably prescribed study in almost for on text book all orientalexrrminations Jyotisha. As a classical only to BrihatJataof Hindu Astrologyit ranksnext perhaps 1a... The fact remains that Brihat Jatakais too brief and difficultand that was why works like Horasara, Saravalietc. ',rycrc written with a view to supply all that is obscure, hidden and missing therein. Among thesc works is none that can excelJataka Parijata in providing a detailed knowledge about all thc essential aspectslike Ayurdaya. yogas, Bhavaphala, Vimshottari, Ashtakvarga,Stri Jataka, Kalachakra Dasbaetc.The work hasbeen translated in mostof tbe rcgional languages like Malayalam, Hindi etc and is held in high cstecmby astrologers a book of great authority throughout as the country

.i

fltsa{ lc}tnc t}<t qf{ii dftf,fr r rr Thescience Jyotisha, of accordrng ,,ti;lii: ,. 3o,u,a.o

into three parts-Hora (prcdictive), Ganitha (Marhematical) pnd Sarhhita (M:sccllancour) Predictive. Astrology was origi-

4)

in nalty written by the ancient sages the form of works called very volumirrous and detailed and a HORAS. These were lt $udy thereof was very difficult and time-consuming. is that from tlte quotxtionsfound in commentaries understood of largc volumes Horas calledafter Parasara, therebxisted Atri, Gargaetc. Today Kaushika, Saunaka, BrihatPrajapatya, many of these havs bucomerare aud almost inaccessiblc. Later works like Brihat Jatakaand JatakaParijataetc-are all profess be. to of condensations theseHorasas they themeselves the In theopeningtwo verses authorsays: ;RAr qrt q{rnilfilfqa w1q a{T6nr1 | (qrq nr(rqf(g(Ilil;a 5*rq6 il4.6 qrkqrtl ll it From this statement is clear,hat the authoris summa' risingall that is importaut in the ancient Horas of Garga, likc BrihatJataka, Saravali Parasara etc.and the later'works etc.And at the end he writes: qsnlTlqfqitq I E'lirfwgegaaqacql qt ilam qrftqnqftr ffitgo te'ffta"tq rr and is supposedto i.e.thisworkisdividedinto l8 cbatpers in containftatgO 1763 slokrrs. But, the work conlains the Many slokas due to ittterpolations. present form l9l8 slok:rs areverbatirnborrowedfrom the ancicntworks like Saravali, etc. BrihatJataka etc. Workslike Phaladeepika are indebted that are to thisr reatwork whichfact it clearfrom the slokas found in them, borrowedfrom this book. eg.utfqrzt<{;ff ctc. T'hcSubjcct Matter are brieffy The topicsdealt with in the X V III Adhyayas as follows: l. Nature of thc signs. 2. Nature of the plariets. 3. death 4. aud miscellaneous' Arishta'Infantile Birth of beasts thar inar 6. Evil combinations etc. 5. Ayurdaya-Longevity. 8. 7. the boroscopes Rajayogas' Combinationof two or more of Mandi, yqar, month etc of birth' 10. Planets. 9. Effects of 11. Ashtavarga.' Resultsof I arrdII houses. 12.Results III of 13. Results V and VI houses.14. Rds'rlts and IV houscs 15. ol'VII, VIlt and IX houscs.', Rdsultsof X, XIand XII lrcrrscs. 16 FemaleHoroscopy. 17. KalachakraDasha. \

(5) 18. Vimshottari Dasha and other Types of Dashar. Hundreds chapters VI, VII anil VIII and 4,of yo8asare dealt with in lcuch a detailedtreatmentis difficult to comeacrosselsewhere. Each chapter is comprebensivebook by itself and it is for the . readerto verify for himself thc contents. THE AATHOR Not much is known about the author exceptthat he wag the son of a great scholar Venkatadri and belonged to the Gotra as he himselfsays: , Bharadwaja

'jfr fdsrftrt tgafiaan: *'iu-arq*if: t qt<Erct gt'tlgcrq f*gw:*,igaafrq r lfrfamsefriltrcirrrt 6qq; *iuarc: gdl: ll
from the abundancy of quotations found from the work 'sarvarthaChintamani,tsomeopine that fathrjtof Vaidyanatha' of 'sarvarths the Dikshita is none other than Venkatesa. auth,or and the further investigation But. this deserves Chintamani'. thc appearsto be incondusive.The suggqstionlthat suggestion author was indentical with the writer -of the celpbr\tqdwork 'Prataparadriya'on poestics,is totally incorrect, tlq latter llpr was Vidy?natha (fselFTrq).the confusion being du\ $o the 'D\k\hita' similarityin spelling.'The appcllation unfortunate clearlydcnotesthat he must haveperformcdsom\ biq sa\r\fices etc. of the type 'Somayaga' to The author belohged South India ar\,r tnost ilrobpbly to Karnatakaor AndhraPradesh. Prof. Katva has statcd that he belonged the l4th ccn' fo tury and livcd in Mysore. As far as we could gather, tqe family trce is as follows.-Anniah Dikshita Diksbita) Venkatadri(Venkates{l Vaidyan.thaDikshita Ifany f\rther dctailsare known to' he readers,they are crn be addedfor requotcd to scnd thcm to us so that lhe same more tight about the author of this greatwork. .f[rowing

(6) HisTime Thc author l.asbeendeclared by Kcsara Daivajna, ashis guru,whichfact is borne out by the followirrgslokain hir work

g6i mr : dl{irnrrer6rdega6r rnlpiaraagr

g1,ia-rwq<11 arira: *q1c: "flqdd qtiilsil Ganesa-Daiva.;na, son of Kesava Daivajna the wrote his famous trearise Graha Laghava(rc qfqr{; in 1520 A. D. (Keshavabelonged l),landigram (rFemt) in tr,taharto 'shtra) wbich is clearfronr the verse : afiamq E6rwr;a faclfrnqrfadtaraf h lTsgo'tfirrliltl: rnqnrret{ fuE *ils: rr

--Tt artrr
So,Kesavlr Daivajnr must have bccn born about 1456 A. D. HcnceVaidyanatba should havebeen born bctween 1425 A. D. and l45t A.D The Translation It is hardly nccessflry dwelt upon the meritsof this to translation the worksof ShriSastri too wellknown to the as :rrc public for theirremarktble clnrityeruditionand thoroughness. Thc rcaderwill find that all availa5leparrllel passages (morb tbanabouta thousand slokas) from authenticworkshavcbeen frecly and fully quoted almost perhaps superfluityso tha.t to the book will servc ts a relf containedand usefulcompcndium on thc subject. If thir book should be receivedly all thv i,.jaders interestcd in this scieoceof Asirology .wrth interest and should it provc urcful to oxr readers, wc wrtl considerourselves amply rcwarded for our labour. THE PUBLISHERS

CONTENTS Adhyaya I The Propertiesof Signs Adhyaya II Nature of the Planetsand their Properties AdhyayaIII Manifold Births etc. AdhyayaIV Dcath incidentatto bhildhood Adhyaya V L.engthof Life AdhyayaV-A Exit from the world.

lrqr3lnrT:
qtlnq:

lE
<rFr:fiorsqfq: T-{CreqTamI: ffi;qrfrfiqreqltr: Erqrf<szreqH: rtg<faleqt{; iqtR'r+rcqrq;

I R f Y I t-g

I
Yl eq tul lit loo

rd'fT qt
qe_ ro I ou IRY t{

ll *ritsfi.m.ll

sTq
a a

JATAKAPARIJATA
--<\i+tr--

nffi!tl
ilr qrtrtmffii qtA

ffifrfttrrRqtt
t'rq ilrffid
I

{Kt ll t ll

AdtryaYa

or Tsn PnoPEETTEB SrcNg' Srofra. l. Having bowed to the Sun, the Lord the of day, who i! oi t[" nature of Vishnu 1ft9] (rrd and Lf"".O of the Godderts Sri (g1), Brabman Si". te,of who is rp $bvereignof the hosts of imriortal (TtR) lighte, who transcendb M"y" (qrqr) [Prakriti I am ;.7., im"t.1 and who rules al'l animate wotlda qtftstil) to the going to expoundJatakaParijata (erm dl astrololeri epitomioing the tdarry influence i"tif (vrrrn) and others treeted ol by Garga (rrrt), Parasara

qrflql$ilrqqfugqr ?ffifu cfrfu{tqft{rq eirrftftqrrq: g{l t


r|,

*[

@rftt ffit$rrefiqr(

ll Rll

reocm

Adh.t

SIokt 2. I, the talented Vaidyanacha(lqirq), the son of tbe learnedVenkatadri(ffi), a descendant of the Bharadwaja (rrrCrw) family lnd a proficient in the Scienceof Astrology, set forth ia regular order the whole mrrter (of Astrology) commencingwith the ddinitione of the zodiacalpositione to afford mental injoyment to the multitudeof *ir. men who appreciate -truths. the nectarcous sweetsof astrological

rrursq@qr{r{r$ql

tiuqwnfuqqi{ fr

qrffi{rRqrqn I tl

Sloka.3. Prostratingmyeelf at the lotus.feetof the Lbrd of Raghuswhich the bardcommuniry haveto salute (in undertaking.anything auspicious)I prepare the work of Jatakapaiijata (wrcwrRwn) abridging the (qnmft). important scientific work /Saravali

ia 1gl,i W{ q,i q $i

ftqF Eqk ttstt lt \tl

ffir

wfrr*rffirdrqbqrr

ffi*dqftrqqF$drqzq

uft q{rrd q$ qil *fr qzdqr{flrtflasn q tl dlaFs{iqsgfnwr qqft'tt


Sllhas 46 and Jirst quarter 0f Sloko 7:-The first eign, astrologerE style as Mesha(*l), Aja (ct), Viswa (f*q), Kriya (ft-r), Tumbura (gqr) or Adya (ru); the secondar Vrishabhai?qc or tlc), Uksha(ert} Go (fr),Tavuru (ilrgG)cr Gokula (tfrW); the third aE Dwandwa (iie) Niiyugma (qtc), Jutuma (ggr or Rg*), Yama(cc), Yuga (tr1) or Mithuna mgf); tbe

qaqsqattsittn*sr qff qgqnfirqill? r

s[.2,7.

nrfrsqrq:

fourth as Kulira (sdr), KarLaaka (r{Ar) or Karkaa (*), the fifth ag lianthirava (5vit)' Simha ftt)' (qfr{) or Leya (Ur ; the sixth a$ Pathonr irtiig*ao '1er*1, Kanya (*c0. Rrmani (twft) or Taruni (Godt) Juka (1n)' in. r.o.ottt as Thruli (lrdr1,Vanik 1nior1)' oi Dhata ('{4; the eighth 'as lli. ("9)' Tn"i; @ -1f*t),. Kaurpi (+rft) or Kita (*a) ; the Vrigchika riarasrnanrar); ninth as Dhanus(sgq), bh.p" (<r'i)or the tenth asMriga ielr), Mrrgasya(arv)'MakaralTt) or Nakra (ns) th; eleventh as Kumbha ($x)' -lhata (re);. Thoyadhara(rilcqt); and the twelfth as Meena (ctq), Prithur<rna(ggtq) ifrt', Anthya 1*u), Mathsya (tl)' or Jhaoha Norrs.
know' The autLc presumes in the student an elementary 'of the 12 Rasis' tho 27 lcdge of the science, such as the names clc', aidbegins to give tho different naines by which Ntirfr"tr"", cach of the signs is known'. more elaborately'dealt In slokas 18 to 25 the Rasis have becn noted from Skandahora-(m-<1Kr) may be with, but the following Rasis: here regarding Vrishabha (tcc) ana other

wl1 .rgn, S.tot 1Q ulrr{rqr, t fi ggt rqbrrftilt *ir qlFrr acrCr rlf ]t $, ok, rdf etErri\$qi r ft0 qrdtlt d a*r rrr: ffi-qttt cg", *Cf qgh+c drtt' I Fa r aA rit.q?t f*cqfr *rl ftrbq?t0qhn t,;;*Ct.tt
the several The following are the I-atin names for eigns from Mesha (lr) or.wards : Mesha Vrislfabha ... Mithuna ,:. KatalSimha --.. :,!., I(anya Aries Taurug Gemiui Cancer I*o Virgo Tula Vrischika Dhanus Makari Kuhbha Meena iu ... Libra Scorpio $agittarius CapricoriAquarius Pisc6

z'diacaL

ftfirlt{fu

Adhr

qHriffiT{q*Wrr ftqrqtl t qn,fr Rff,qtrfr44nfi rdr a"q1.

ffinmtrnrrffffinu11

^ Sloha 7 lquarters 2 to 4). Kriya (Arc) and other zodiacal signs in the heavens consist of nine quarters of Btarsreckoning from Dasra fqe Aswini) ,nd are Fr..d lGhetra (ele),Riksha (*r), Rasi (rrfu), Bhavana (rtt) and Bha(v).
NorBs Rasis are usually counted from Mesha and Nakshatras from hswini (qhr*). Each Nakshatra has four quarters and each Rasi consists of nine quarters of the Nakshatras. Thus Mesha is composed of Aswini (qDrft), Bharani (qetr) ana the first quarter of Krithika (afr61) and so on. c/. Garga (.rli,.)

The last quarter of the sloka gives,.the several synonymous terms for Rasi (cFr) or sign.

qf}fr rwfr tc: aRmrrrT{ s r eecp.m crigs: sq trq<-o aqrrr frqdcrd frgd drlrgrq<uF{T{| irflrT{: m*;ar: scqrtcr aFrr: rzc: il ft*t lTrrfi,rFt-r:cK: itE t*tiia: Lecqr<r?*i Erilf}ffiRi}E rl q t.;qr gorf+fl{d qrmft,clrql"vrrfi raecrtfu{tqii{ q;zfh* #;, qwq aril Tdr crtr frtrrs q t ilflrnfrili Frydffit {rsi (d{ ll il{o {Ksr$i{ ilqrqqturTct | ilisFtir 6.6: g6frltq, tun ,,-

il(trar6atI ffigtnt**1(r@3

sr6q qrggrpiqq6q fr

qrt frqgrtnq{r slq tt d tl

, Sloha 8. The parts o[ the body of the person Kala (wo-Time) beginning with Mesh", ,.rp.",i, "r" vely the head, the mouth, the breast, rhe hearj, the belly, the hip, the groins, the private parr, the two thighs, the two knees, two calvesand the two feet. the

Sl. &9.

rqfrserrr:

'5

Notps cf, q..al l-4. The 12 Rasis are supposed to represent the several pzrrts of the body of Kalapurustra iqiogtc), Mesha (Aries) representing the head and so on. ' \ clr. m{t{di

rNssrgE{c Grd( fiB*rfuns+{gr{r


TrtqE aturl +loqrgtfft qt{lsqs: rl expressed The object of this divisiop is also distinctly' in the same work thus : ifi1cr;rgffi?nf{ gCltrtiffiqAeq6{fifu | tt T{tTfl qsc?fii:Isrt rMqrfr

i. t,, to find out the full growth or otherwise of the differmt parts of the body of the owner of- the horoscope according as the Ras is typifying them are connected with beneficqr malefic planets, In the case of all horoscopes, the several parts of the body referred to above should be understood to be representCd iry the signs beginning from the Lagna.

Mqt'frmuftn{ffi

trot qrwrqitrqqfrirl Trrftqh( r


irqil qqwrfuilqw{rn q{ }w2r{mn q tl
sG qgrqqrdr qhr tqqrdsr

S/oFa. 9. Sign PisceEconEists two fisheswith of their two tails and headsin reversed poEitione. Aqglt rius is symbolised a man with a pot. Librais a by person with a balance; Sagittariw is a man armed with a bow, the hinder parr of the body baipg,_tha_, of a horse. Capricornus a shark with the fage of is a deer. Gemini constitutea pair-ofhumanbeings bear, ing a harpand a mace. Virgo ia a woman ltanding in a boarcarryingwith her corn and fire. The remain, ing signscorrespondto things tvith froperties indi, catedby their respective name6, Each one of them inhabits the region approprhte thereto.

qrdsqrftqa

Adh I

Notns.
cf . q, qt,I. 5. r*lmaq: is another reading.

he qrgwwrrmi qrq
sflrtt! rguRqluo{tilrfi?|

ffig{ar
sdeq
r

Er{teamgfltrrfi sdttrfu n I" tl

qqfftRgoqrd gonnf

'rsq ileorttiili{raqqfur

qTqar@

stzsffi:nlttl

r imrrq qREgrr{t{rr
tqq frqqanoeT{qorfr

qt{q qHfrigfrfrrflft u tR tr

Slofras 10,12. Th: abodeof Mesha (h) or the Ram ie the surface of the earth containing precious stones and yieldingmin:rals. Ihe quarters Vrishabha of (ttll or theBull,is thetable,land, farms, cow station the and the forest, The placeof Mithuna fcga) or Gemini is the gambling house and pleasure,haunts such as a park or a garden. The seat of Kataka .wm) or the Crab it- rlake, a pond or a sand,banLin the midst of water. The region of Simha(ftt) or the Lion is deep mountain,caves and dense forests: .The haurrt of the sixth or Virgo is a pasture,land. or the pleasure,room of a woman The locality of Thula (Wr) or Libre is the ba:aar a city abounding all kinds of valuableof in thi:rgs. The lair of Vrischika (te*; or the Scorpion consistsof a region abounding in flint, or holes ol

.- -.-,., T'-T:.Y1'-19---?--- .-....------""


noxiousreptiles.The campor barrackcontaininghorses is chariots and elephants the placeof Chapa (rm) or the .Sagittarius. The home of Makara (got) or the Deer' faced is a river or other water'abounding region' The seat of Kumbha ($q) or Aguarius io a water'pot in of and the receptacles veesels a house. The resort of Meena(rfr) or Pisces ia a river, the sea and similar collections of water. Norus.
These are useful in fixing the nature and the whereabouts of absconded or missing persons, lost things, etc., and seem to have been culled from the works of the Yavanas, from which the following is extracted:-

qut sEfr fvcurtqtr! irrq<r qqt rtftF: gtil: r ' : rr sqrftrr tqr+;(tGffiqr.qtq,crttqfr fqrgRg cfuft Afi; (tltefirorFftlrt Ruq: t rffiWnt uftqonrcff{srsqfr: il {qrrrqnufugii q*t: cqrcR:sa{gqiqt{t: I ll rrd* mr<ftrqEd *.rcnRt{dEfiqft: aqr:rQt Rftu urg: rd s.dt{rsPdlqfdrfr rt tqRcrqtgFdaft iis tdrr<Rqfum{ft: ttt tr+ Cqqc+i cqrcA:wrrrgrut' t tqrz:d,gngndrf6qrsrs* gfuaq?{r: il l{M Ig +lq t-rr f,rqr c* ssftR{ nffi I ilsrt{t{r vrt Ruq: q{Ir6at 61ftfuqqft: rl qftqi qr quqwrlcllqs Rrt: q mft *ffi.t t gxrrHtsq rqqrqElttaepilgr**qsUfi: tl qln: qrlrMt t*ssdt gffiqqrg I

Urn+o@-q1ftqfi:rt

ll;ft qgcfr Eqcfbcrt<crgee ge<Srg: r eqft rdq K(c <arRgrre uuvrwuqS : il qqr{lt cdHrr* qrg&t a$IrR qqls I

rrwrltqrt
@ ! i{rc : f t g : r r q;;Q q ftu: stqq S* Et fiqrfirqr$rqt: r g*rqilmg{rq cd d*reE6} qalftareqft: il c0 g *<cqcq{dtr ilqs crfr p{t* eRilt r gglqtqFcffi?tt@:rr

Adb.t

[,,

gtt<sq{dq{ Efirsreg snqfur:t | iln r lqrtnM.tr-foag ap;Qqqr:'lRr.

=grTtsdr{ntq|ffi
qF11QM*turrFril-

{qtrewemnmM

$irftdr

eil$ $Sft vtRtrfff{rl? ufr nqq il R tl


Sloha. 13. The oigns Merha, Vrishabha and Kumbhaare short. Makar4 Mithuna, Dhanuc, Meena and Katakaare of wen length while Vrischika, Kanya, $inha and Thula.are long. The rigns are male and female:from Mesha onwards in rqular order. Mesha, Vrirhabha, Mithuna and. Kataka with their thrikme ot triangular cignoreprercntttp four qufterE commencing from the East; Again" the eignofrom Merha, taken in order, are to be considered ficrce and ousphious3 they are also termed moving, fixed and dual rignr reopcti"ely.
Nor:s. This sloka is helpful in deqiding tho sex, appearance, characier, etc., of the perbon coucerned. If the Lagna be a male sign and the surroundings lead to the sagneconclusion, he is surely a male; but if thefr should be otherwise, hb will $e a male with feminine appcarancc and charactqr, etc., ot uicc oosat. The student should never venture anyprediction_ unless'a11 t\e existing coditions are fully and carefully tested and weighed. q{ SrS-

{1ft5 11frSqrftg ffiK{dt

irrfrfr rn<ikd

Isl. 14
..U.vffirvv!^ !v rv.YYYUT

lrfrsrnr:
lvrtvvwYu

af. ssffi:
'
.

atqP gwr A?nlcq divqw grwt;t 'f,q1{r:5llr: t}<r g*5 rretg tt dfl: ftryqddr R:cERRft tmq;-iinq{; t (Rrqrrr+goqrqrqtffrq: lr(dFtFt ||
be The sign Meena is stated to be of even length, but it will by seen from sloha 56 infta tbat the sign's length is represented short sign' the number 20 and should therefcre be classed as a cl. KFdt.

qgtftilfttrdrct fr gavg:tffig'rgqr{ qtn: I tt {qqftffiftfr ffi sqr<qmr: zPqq+'qr

Videalsa notes to that sloka.

'
I

ftqhrerilti

g r qft+rumwri, tqt eetsrftsiatc|}'iftrcdti


gt*d frt<: -qtacJ qqft kqffir&rr& tttft'

'ilfl ?.

q65f{ea'rds

qtmril ftPtrEqzgXflSqfqlw{fir

trdnwqfr irqr:rftfrflRaqor:

Rrqrwt mqqqtsu{frffiq t

ftawl(aqg{Tt3ifiaot qhR ll tB ll

Sl,ofu. 14. Vrishabha, Mithuna, Kataka, Dhanus' otreogth at night. These Merha and Makara poEEesB excepting the tign Mithuna rire with their rear portion 'fhe rest appear with thsir heads and have firot. Itrength during the dry. They are also termed rigno by characterioed tuperiority. The-rising aign at any given time, if repreoentedby a coupleof fieh'figureo ir ) under both tlie Priohtodaya ( sg?qq and io "or. (t?rff'qc). $eerchodaya
.Norss
c/. q(l{(e[ffi

'

t qin Fnr {tqttqr*c s-Tqrqtg3Qr<cr: gBrflr&a irorfusr s{kar tt Also ltft(trdRr nn zsrreetRqro<rcrrr ttarc-q! q: t

0lo

rmdM

Adh. I

rd
v,l u,
, ifl

.b gpnrt qPrd5.T{q ft-qrffiir ksflli}mr:q: tt eiFrtq:q*q-gh<rqSnqrqqr eqt: sdw: t a;{rgpqrrffidn?ft Et: tr'l'it<qrqt ur{?it(frs;q: tI of For the usefulness this sloka, cf. cir& Rqcfl qotqiiEa tt alil<} q+ntsikr{Rt<: qf<i ltsr kT{a ffi qmq't{ <t+ Rc{zrq$ {rrd a ae{ lt Also

{lrt|ts*qrrm qftoTi{tnqF

frqrqqr qzq5firtlrfr1rlr
lrq(iril {t<rt il t\. ll wflrflq qaqs

Rdnqeowt ihrqrqntt'

Slofta. 15. Many learned men say that Meena, Vrischika, Katakaand Makaraare termedwatery signs' the Kumbha,Kanya,Mithuna and Vrishabha, represent Thula and Simha, while Mesha,Dhanus, water,resolters, regions. (dry or) waterless those that traverse represent

Norss. pla' Amongplanets, the Moon and Venus are tenned watery and tbe Suo' Mars nets, MercuryanclJupiterare water'resfftcrs, ones. Vifu Adhyaya II sl. 13' usi rireagt and Saturnwaterless t{ srdr qqk il'6or:n (fr' c.rtol N'"gpqgrq<fr54<r0.rg
$i

ts

qr$qndtRltqunR\fl
q6lt6r iilag{pr qi1ctfqwtlt

FqlilIfqreftfurnl{rrql oqfail qia qrr &ril i[ttret: ll tq ll qoli\tllqr tltnqg{ t 'I aqrqua\;eg.fi$il (QflqqHqftld eq 11 ll lu iorrrfr rf{qarq\qf

$imha' Slolos. 16- 17.The latter haif ct Dhanuo' and Mesha' when Vrish;ha, tbe forepart of Makar.a -the l0th-bouoe; M'n' (wra)or they happen,oi"iit eigno' Kanva' are calledquadruped ;iJessiir.ngtt "nd

8t. l8

rrrftsEfif:

II

Mithuna, Kumbha, Tfiula and the fbrerparr of Dhanus, when they form the lagna or the rieing sigr\ have abundant strengthand are termedthe human family of bipeda. The latter part of Makara, Meena and Kaaka which are termed waterv signs,are Etrong when they tuppen to be the {th house. Vrischika which is a water, resortingsign is strong in the seventhhouse.
Nores. c/ .rd:. T$d.irq {e: rqr Xdnda qf.a4:r ofiryr sfuir Frgtld R rc<rqrq: rl s-gtq.+A{iir{t'<r&qcfbir | rr A+{r reir fqqAt it wocr<rq: I mltDr*: +tir s-osr{qftfrp66: Tgms-qisftfr{trftrq: Q q-gtqfl:ll {Fr -.rr<rts?ficfiFEeil{ R r
Bhavadigb.t&

These are useful in finding the (iTIq iitro) Izrda frqfrqqft: Ch. Ill. Sl. 2l-23

*ErK u{ qR *aqqr: tFqft {ttgerrr{Fil tt qdtl


Slokd. 18. A bipedsign is srrong [n a Kendra (let,4th, 7th, or 10th house) during the 1*.a) positi,on d"y ; the quadruped signs are strong au night when in Kendra(*-"4) position. All reptile signs ulhen the came Kantaka (*,qd)or Kendra (#q) position poqseFs in the rtrength in the two periodsof juoction betweenday and night (morning and evening).
' Nores' cf' il,-r**

*d lrdlG ffir

qg6T(r! irctrar *oqnrcr rdrqq I

{lr +.1t{rAg4dft

ftitr q qfu;{ t;,. ta+(ftfrtfier:)

The term qizr (reptiles) here includgs nbt pnty Vrischika Rasi. but also the other aquatir signs. o/.'t+dtffr: frfq-garg;",rdrql fign-or qh{rr Trr,t{ r q-q-{sffi-6r E{rertr: qr+r *f r$} Xirart I ? {;rfi{rql ftimm-<-Wfrq

tf,
-r-.V-------t-t

ffirfitRqtu
##

Adh f

qrdfi *qtmqrrrqt

*rrqli d*{a: tqt+ ll tq ll "ffi,atmr-mm-tn< 'qayin respectof Meshaand Sloka./9. Wise men vege'
V;;ilI; from a tree down in.tia* all plants

etE r

they are mineral' other signs taken in order' that even signs'-- Mineral tableand animal,"t "rt" "aa and gold to clay' things of thtt classvarying from comprices to a body of living the gr"ir.na the animalincludes whol: beings.

Vrischika and Vrishabha are Sloka.Zl. l'tleena', Simhaare Kthatriyar ; Brahmins. Dhanus, Meshaand Vaisyas ; and Kanya' Kumbha,Mith.rnr and Thula are \f,akaraand Katakr are Sudras'
Nmes. as Sudra (*i) and l(4talca The sign Vrishabha is considered correct view' c/' rrem<' +Stt Brahmin. This seemsto be the qro-Sloka'$1.

ffiEv.rr faqwqrqffit tqll I ii.g$atttrqc qil! drr*frarlll'o'll

t tg: ot x?roft{{rrft eTr w: ftFrr;qtq: g", *to, fsgi qttqr: *nqrrSsft Ttr{r *F: ll

qarfi{ra{$ frqrfrqtfl qeffi Efu$ffitr t ffi ,iffi *At gordu;ff qrfiGqq qilt ll Rt ll

blind Sloko.2l. Mesha,Vrishabha and $imhr are and Kanya are at the deadof night' Kataka'Mithuna ara deaf in th3 utina at midday." Thol. and Vrigchika Dhanusand MaLara are 80 in rhe afrernoon. i;;;;. '

{ft{t llltll rdfu{it{Fi q{osr{ofd <rr{Fqs

flrFHFtt[({qT

qFqat qr{ffit lTkff{ i

8|. 22,11.3.

rrrltstqrr:

13

Sloke.22: The deerfacedand the bow'b:aring oigns,d.c. Makaraand Dhanuswhich are lame become fatal in the two periodsof t wilight. The concluding pqrtion'of.the' signs Kataka, Vrischika and Meenair (*tsFn) and is well'known ar called Riksha,Sr.nChi ie.-the end of the elbow -a Pqgandantha(*rrnei;.e) part (a critical period). vulnerable
ri' Nottg. For the effect of a birth at qt,:t{, al. mqtc-d

wrgrwif q\eslm.rrat t cra.ta Arcft "t qcqrft *<Xs: n qq Strd wcr?t

| rrrfrt{rkqrzw wrgF{fifufrctrrrJil!
fuo' @

q'fig *Rqet'll RQ ll

Sloha.2l. Red,white, green(parrot's hue), pink, pale-white, piebrld,black,goltlen,ycllowish or brown, and deep,brown, white arethe colourl aE' variegated, from Mesha onwards. signed the signs to
Nr,res. cf. *q.l-20. c.f. qgqrds r$

qttrididqre$qrrsfiPE{r' fReffir r writcq rt fr*6i{al1ir*<rta* Also qRrsd t onRaftdgrfi-dr: qratqftttcp:gfuTr{c I urqaenrftn; +ftrgrtcrrfr<ul: <f Also qtwrm cn: Rra:gtfttr: vra&qawogt:t ftmr: ttrce: n rqq!fi(6{: F{.x:.llitq: 'Tg{q'fFFr' qffirtd: $rnqril: ll il c,fttri g qRrrcqqfW{rtq

l1

qrfficrRqre

Adh I;

I1I. St. 4, inf'a. Also A<lhyaya

fiq-dfrqq: wqdgcwr;{ ilqrii qrrfugcq

{rqrd firffTdrqit-qfr$gtM
Fqluqrg:

-.qr{rt grd fro'lrtgd fag*{Gft I t


{qfr
ll 18 ll

Stoka.24 Clothin,l and other artictesof apparel, cuperiorrice, the collectionof forest produce, plantrin, cereals the highestsort, bambcc, muiga or kidney of beanrnd other stored articles of trade coming up to iron sugar,can?, and oth:r kindredsubEesamum-$acl<s, and horses, gold and other valuable weapons rtances, flowers springingin w,rter and all water'born articles, thingo are said f,o ba the materialg representedby Mesha and the remaining.signs respectively,their quantity being small or great, accorJing as the eigns typifying them are weakor Etrong.

q{qgft ilttrirqfrg'{fr mtffi qriqwt*'r TqF( qfir: llR\ll flfiHtqnild*qT*fr stur nqri(g
Slotil. 25. Wise men say that Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, M:rcury, Venus,Mars, the and Jupitgr are respectively Satrrrn Jupiter,Saturn, lords of the signsfrom Mcshaouwardsand alsoof their
amsas' NcT.i{s. c.f.E. l. I.6. is " !ffiaa1iBj1qFtl:' anotherreading. - ag{qgq'Sl. 42. , c/ nreeR

: :

$TFmsq?Aq* 1lge Wq g*a+ irt t*r+rg"ft fiq: fka<?il rtqi: I


^-\ ErFr|E$rqFrqqqlr q{{!5rllrcctt -1 .\

q flEEr qEI:

-\

frrr rnq&tn rrtr q ro& frsri m* sfire: rl

Sl. S,28

rrr*srqrq:

I5

r<rq w\ r wRqrqrqgqfoAftA+d
ffisr

{Wgfr?fi{r ftamtrq, aRnrgettqr TdrxEirqr qte I1 I frmrfrmdkqtaqidrsffq*qqr* :qqP-qqlEI


ff ilfirlrr{rr{r: gEtet rm, sd qrE llq,\ell

Tt ir?Hsti qFlqrrd;qiiti zgs qqoit qr( ll 1d ll


Simhe1&t), Vrishabha(1ltr;' Mesha Stokas.26'28. (h), Kanya (t'ar), I)hanus ( qW.), Thula (gor), and Kumblra(gq) are the first triangular (Moolatrikonawith the $un' commencing W&*f") signsof the planets In the ."r.Lf Sukra (gt), Sani (nft), Ravi (rft)' ind of Guru (gt), the first t0 degrees the signs Thula (gor1' Kumbha(S,F), Simha (lttt), and Dhanus ( fW ) form the Moolathrikona (qor?ohr), and the rest. Swakshetra (eia), i. e., rheir own house' The first three degrees portion 9f jl' cf Vrishabha(yu) form the exaltation Moon, and the.t.tt, t.t Mootathrikona(ryH*lo)' The the Moolathri' of first twelve degrees Mesha arecalled lona (teflrlor; cf Kuja(go)and the rest,theSsakshetra (e"). The f;rat baif of Kanya(*';ar)is the' exaltation tbe portion of Budha(gq); the next tn degrees, Moola' tne ifrtilon" ({oFr+ior); and the last five degreee'. ,!11' ({strkshetra(qt"). Kumbha(in) ic theMoolathrikona Mithuna(fogr), the exaltation sign and +.tJd.hu; (8") Kanya (*-qt), the Srwakshetra
6/ fl<rrd.

qtq(i {ti{' t qili qrftree q{rqrrur

,*

clcs r;qr{i gqq griTl*: eqr ft;eaq 1 qraffirwni cdhn*: srtftrti tmrs I Ei qrtFnt;gq t4* tudtqnfrar: t 1r{qrrnrr qc ffirurcd cit g *qs I

16
{

illrfurr

Adh. I.

${
1,

q{rqr{rT tsrc c BrdsrcA r* qt t gN il r*sid TcFrrrt <* q* rr frnfttcr: ilFt Frirqqcl sqr{Tdtr I qRqtq qqr : ltt r. Wfr Frffi& Itso vrgftctsrw QFr (10) grn (3) rtqina: (28) lfr'w: (f9 e{rror (5) affiitr- (z?) Tirqqr: (20) rite g*qrvrr: r tt dCqr (20) vcrffiurt ql (10) w si tuilq !!Fr {w; (3) * (27) ffiorwr: n giqtq unrrT (1Z) q* ffiqw: fr (18) gri 'rsR gfr ftcr (to) rkftqil: fr (20) r[q r * uft: rfuq{: (15) Ff,Sruror (16) tq{i A * fifurdwr a<r: (20) it (10) rdrwr: r gvs ilrilr: Fr<i qrtqr: (15) rt (5) trtr: * qt Bdogr Rn (10) qI *Tqil gt: n
For the Exaltation!'and Svrakstctn (g&a) places of Ral'rr and Ketu, oidc 1\s following from Pensara (c(r{-d

il*q ul* ta\Aqir gw{q I qafu*rut** ? g.cc1i alq q n *ar q grlt fti {t{ v erg{ qaq I

qsws$*r*nN Em dd q tf{rrrfirftir(nt'rq, r
fuqqrffiW{mr ll Rqll
Sloka. 29. Meohg Vrishabha, lvfakara,Kanya, aignrof the Kataka, Meena and Thula are the exaltation Eeven planetc respectively from the Sun onwards; oigno beingthe7th from their exaltation their deprescion oneE. The higheEt exaltation portion of the planeto counting from the Sunare the 10th, the 3rd' the 28th,

the 15tlr, the 5th, the 2?th and the rigns. theseveral
-

11.19-"-""""". "","-"'" "","""**:".,",""""" tlOth degreeof

Norrs. (ve) balas of These are useful in finding the correct Uchcha the several planets. The eflects of the Sun and the Moon occupying their res' pective highest exaltation degreesintheir exaltation signs (Uchcha Rasi'sqtlRt) have been separately given thus by Garga:-

drqirqf*ffiqwq:{ai qffitq I srir sftt c{r* fu*rmdraft rr


and the result of their occupying their extreme depressionportions is thus described bY the same.

qt c{fficfrsrql Tftt M U*ortrfh*qeft gt {rftiqnoir il

qrdrq{tsew{i{r:$oitutsd Etttsmoi ?qrgRaqqfrfiqrirnrlnrI |Wttwqqr

Rqfir{ft Ek qtr,rdrt+ t$grnt"tft

grt Gfr Eqm ftqffiqil:Qfl:flffii {ER ll 1" ll

Sloha. 30. Lagna or the whote, Hora (it) or grtn) ot ll7th, Swaramsa half,Dreklanafirrur) ot 17$td, (qtrqiql or f t0th, Navadea(miqr) ot l/9tb, Dalamamsa . Dwaclacamra or (Crlntqr)orl/l2th, Kalamsa(Taitl) l/l6th, (wutt) (ftnrtn) or l/30th, and' $trathtyamea Thrimsamsa or l/60th of a rign (usully called Daoavarga<trt) pre life duceloss,danger,long and prosperityto men' Hora (ta) means half of a Rasi; in an oddsign'the halves the to belongreepectively the Sun and the Moon, and in one to the Moon and the -Sun' The Drekkana ,n "*r.r, the third portions of a sign are owned by thd (irrrql or iords'of the sign inelf, of the aon's or 5th houoe, and of the 9th or the hotne d Dbarma (q*) I

IE

qrdrqfit|tt

Adh I

Nores. gfoca+rtt*t is anotherreading. There are sixteen Vargas, but only teu are given herd. Even theseten Vargasare but seldom consulted. Six and sometimes sevenare usually resorted to and are known as Shadvarga (q<,i) aud Sapthavarga.(stE,$) respectively. Viik slokas+7 & +8 ittta. 4. the following from rr.t

dd ftrq t arrfrifr Erfirirm: r fttria*q qfist *iv egqr6e: rr rsrnqeqft vg1tsRm: r*g Efrrr; I qgqdrrrfrsriefr rrdft irqqr tl Alao q.lvrao for stert vi frr forrmq ssiqfr mqidrfi: I qrq{d{Isdfutlg{: qgasffs, tl r
For the names of the 16 Vargas, r/. c({R

Tqh *cttiTer*,r{ qut mdrcE: r ertt irqqqqrftifu nrrn6ft rr . t* alrr q tu*rortgqtn'sgsiw*':| mirft q{rci{a qqh13ffi: il fffi'qfr eq-{r'6irrkrfridirm<a: r qlqi;is{il'n: cuirt{ dirr rRq tl

That is; (l) Rasi, (2) IJora, (3) Drekkana, (4) Chathurthamsir or lth (5) Sapthamsa, (6) Navamsa, (7) Dasamamsa (8) Drvadisamsa (9) Shodasanlsa (tO) Vimsamsa (tt) Siddhamsaor one twenty-fourth, (lZ) gtramsa or one twentyseventh, (13) Trimsamsa, (14) Khavedamsa or one fortieth (tS) etsMvedamsa or one forty-fifth and (16) Shashtyamsaor one sixtieth. For the uses of the several Vargas, c/. *<rgam

as&ER"rfrtrrmanf{qi lrcr: r ilEftanq qgirnEI furuno,tn-o


ffiqni isittr{ fqrnrnqqd}..rr qI

qtriqfireffir

$. 8r.

rr*sqnq:

19
Horas and

According to the Yavanas, the lords of the Drekkanas are as described in the following sloka :

qreirg ir rrers q;tsrfirirrct&dtqr I sEerq*il{cnrftcni MiiWr: 6c{|qdis( tl


so that, according not restricted to the planets. But by Varahamihira, thus stated. to this view, the ownership of the Horas i3 the Sun and the Moon, but is shared by all tlris view of the Yavanas is not recognised nor even by authorities like Satya, who has

'r

sitlg iltr $rr{r grAg{titrr *qr r ryfi: *nrt tqr sr;qfr ifi qirrrqft rr
rTffitotror<qgl{ar{r.{{TTnq: Pg: I tqrqf*ncaq:Tzrie{rrir qil sft": tl

But it may be mentioned here that this convention of the Yavanas has beer, accepted for Prasna (qa) purposes(Ilorary astrology) whiie the other is reco5lnised for purposes of horosccpy.cl.

i.

{{r;a( m ffqi{r sr" Gr* $?rrEI dttr qRssqqrin AtirqT qrr}Tqqg rl sTrefi srra* qiffir ntcr {tls&fui tl g asggrrcTd Ut gd|I*igcr gTrUR'r q*org,rcl: Rrt tr} ilrf,* (qg Errror s{e tl e*trfrrg elt:or s:ETeatfiTIgatTtr qF4r[ | q*cq Sfh{rqf,frfu qn qrngt:$nlq: tl

ffi(rfiqqrmq{r

gA o? qd{rnrqfufl:trflrrrEq:1l tl ll
SIo&a 31. The owners of the Sapthamamsas (qcctT) or the ?th portions of Lagnirand other hougas in the are cale of an odd sign to be countedregularlyfrom the lord thereof, while in the ca,eof an even sign; they'are to be reckonedfrom the lord of the 7th house onwards.
This sloka gives the ril:it:' finding out the lord of the Saptarnamsa in the cases of odd and even si6ns;

t0
'{''"

ilmdua

Adh I

of Thula' an'odd sign' Thus, for examplo, tbe Sapthamamsasi Mesha' while those of will begin with Thuia and end with Vrishabha (=theTth sign Vrischika, an even sign, will count from Vrischika' The magni' reckoned from Vrischika) and close with tude of each segment is 4?o. character or temSaptharnamsas are useful to ascortain the if born in a p"oro"na of the native, he being cruelly disposed if his birth happens in a Krura Sapthamsa, or peacefut in nature is also utilised for seeking Saumya Saptamamsa. This division information ibout one's brothers, etc't

cf . qfur6 *rsmft qriwor grt eer& r$: I sgcitrilftq{s: crT{ qt cftfril: ll


" Also lqa1q{dn tt

tqrftftr5qerrsrfr cgstEqrrqrqqmdtt qi1rrdiqqt{tl|'r: ll q-a$rss"qraqfr: ceqCh+cti U *t}S {lg werrr {r6crulrar3 ildr: trr{Fd *tqr: t

w{-{rq|tr tt q qtfittt m *ftm: tr lR ll


of slolos 32,33The Navamsas Dhanrie,Meshaand Mesha Simharetpectiveiy belorrgto the nine signof-tqT Makara' to onwards; thoee of Vriihrbha, Kanya and The nine signs t"t"t"t" and otherc following it' tbe Navamsa! U"ginni"g with Thula are the ownerc of of Navamsae oi"ttairnJo", Thula and Kurnbha' The Vriochika and Meena resPectively appertainto Ar;ld signs from KatakaonwardE' ttt" "in" NOTES.
Nrvrnrsas' Thcso give the rulce for fiuding out tho Each

iTrqtqt$iartdqi ad{rgff(q:

wqgltrqffit I iroramirn aa t ll umgF{s*{ttt s*erqrEsiq6t: '11ll

gives the niae Navamsas Navamse Is 3" 2d, The subjoined table in their ordcr for the several signs' Simha Dhanus Vrishabha .KanYa I I Makara ilakara Kumbha Meqna Mesha Vrishabha Mithuna Kataka Mithuna Thula Kumbha Kataka Vrischika Meena

lst 2nd 3rd' 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th

ileghn Vrishabha Mithrrot Kataka Simha KanYa Thula Vrischika Dhanus

Thula
Vrischika Dhanus Makara Kumbha Meeoa Mesha Vrishabha Mithuna

Ketata
Simba Kanya .Thula

t Vrischika.
Dbanus Makara Kumbha Meena

Simha Kanya

I ft qri{st iq' f* q'{ild{6: --otn+r ftqill qfr<qfr tqe' ll lu ll


the best Sloba34 The Vargottama (<ril-<e) or moveable sign' the is Navamsa the firs$ NavanEain -a dual cign' in a fixld oign' and the last in a ;iJil;*t
Notes. in thd the Vargottarna (cfi-{c) Navamsas It will be seenthat as the signs themsetves' For several Rasis bear the samenames is Mesha:the first ol (a1d cxample, the first N;;* "f Y:.* (aEi{) The middlemost Navamsa K+taka is Kata'ka"oi 'o ou' and so on-of' J'Vrt"tt*uoa is Vrishabha
({lil(ci{) Planets sitrrated in Vargottarna-os - bd productive of immense good'of' Itf,silrd'd

.&g

<{dqln

t qffi

q*frrGT: I

aJe said to

22

qTilffiQqrl

i'

Adh. I

"Also qiq

rQg q*aqqftee: gunvr m{rqtrdr: I

trrrrftalqirTr rfu}g c"rr ft{f$g irrcrrTr:I qrltvcr: cQsrfrF{a wre:g;}'g<rr: I Also qrtrad
q.rTilrTr{tqn<{rQrrt rr;rrrnt}g q*r gvga'rrrr: il t

Slaka J5. In the caseof an orJd oign, the owners of the Dasamamsa (wwtn1 or f6th portions are to be countedfrom /he sign iteelf; in the case of an even sigq, from ite 9th onwarde. The ownerE oa;i" Dwadasamsa (arwt{| or rtsth portions ' . ,ig" .r" tobe reckoned "f from that aign,
This s10ka gives the t"il:tu::' the Dasamamse (iqgit)and Dwadasamsa "at.ulatins (AfCri{r)of a Rasi.

o'{rRqqfqtir{rrc-i+i W} gqG6r,r ' erfiri{rrfrqirrTnililrt{{Irg{r: il lt i\

cf. v{r{rt !nrr{ fEnfrfl m"q}i g11r ats"'r{iq r f: qdf{ q{r ftqc* q'{rpilrrtre'sr: tt .::, ead qrte!*a ggfil-aqrilr. 1 srrflrq r{ri}} q} sr gtnilw rr U ,i ffq{rhrq lTnr{r d-ilih"raf*ifq r ' tsffishn nc{i {irlns0arqT fc: tl

{h*

It will be seenfrom the above that a&ording' to parasara (cflEK) (,r) ttrelords of the'Dasamamsas in the case of an odd sign are (Indra (64), (z) Agni (ufid.), - (3) yarna (+q), fnl n.i.r,rl. (5) Varuna (+rq), (o) Maruta (qrm), (z) rubera ($i<),- C) ;;;; ({ara), (9) padrnaja (q-{r"r), and (10) Ananth" f"o-i,,fr"*;;;; counted inthdinvcrscordcrin the case of an; "*;;;

8L ili
r q y v ' J v t r v v Y v . ! - ' - v v - v

r{d}srqrq:
J - - ' - - - v v - v - - - ' t - - r - ! - ! e r

.a

(l) (r) the lords ,of the several Dwadasamsas of each sign are '{2) yama (zH) Aswini Kumaras (et}{-'t$clt, (r) Ganesa (q;nrl (a) Ahi (efd recurring in regular order' But this view is and not aecepted bY all.

r {gt*m{ilI RftHd}ft{ftnmrr *fu t,'dt{n,

grfrftofi ffi q16ffir Rdqa' ftst qmqlql:hlqll

(M'{r) or f"th Sloha 36. The Shodasamsas lords in the portions of a sign ate important. Their of case an odd eign are Brahma(lut), Vishnu tftqf} Hara (w) and Ravi (rh) recurring in regular order. When the lagna ie an even sign, the lorde of ths (Qrwrhr) are to be counted in the invcrtc S[odasamoas (urer) or Ravi (rft) order from Bhaskara
Notes. ('ftrt{itd are thus described the foltowiry in The Shodasamsas works.

'

wtfup
qrtrtp"r sqi{rqr P{futriM: sqttiQatrcor: sc*s?cq| ll

*r* @fr'ftwftRtrrir
gri Tqrrrc*{ {rdr ... .?. t
The Shodasamsa (ifc{i{r) division of the zodiacal sign is variously knovrn as Kalamsa (q-oi{), Nripamsa (qci{f), ond so on. 'division, tbe ecliptic is cut up into.lg2 cqbl By this mode of are named segmentgof l' 52' 30" each in length. Thc sogments consecution,in the order of lhe zodiacal.signs, sd thet in regular the initial segmentof the sign Aries takes on the, Darne of thrt eigu, that of the sign Taurus assumel the name of Leo, aod ro fortl. Tbersegment rulers are, in the case of lbe positivc sigis Bra,hma(eqr), Vishn" (ftg), Rudra (t<) anil Aditya (erRFT)'i" rotetion. Inthecaseoftho negativesigns, lhc enumeretion of is rcvcr.cd. r/. Pansrrr fi<tTd rlobip

,l

rnwfut
rtffi* iw tstw: fit: rrqr I ruft*1rt; qfi ii gfr rtfqcq il

Adh" l.
I

- But according to some,the count of the segments in the case ofan odd sign must follow the order of the zodiacal signs com. .mencing from Aries and be supplementediu thc end by the nlmes Brahma (rg), Vishnu (t?T), Ruara (qf) ana Aditya (srrtts) to makeup the number 16. If the sign is lhu order of enumerationis to be reversed. Accordingto ".,urr, this system,the positive and negativesigns distinguished the possessiori a cqnmon are by of
disposition. of segrnents. There are some others whose views are also marshalled below for convenience of reference. J*. (J). If the sign under segmentation is positive, the count of thc begments must follow the order of the zodiacar. signs commencing from that sign (as in the case of the fffirill and be supplemented in the end by the names of ""g*"ot.tion), planets, Saturn, the Mercury, Mars, and the Sun, to make up the number 16. When the sign is negative, the order of the count is reversed. (Zl. tne method of allocation of the segments is the same as iu the previous system ; only, in place of the four planets, Satrirn, Mercury, Mars, and the Sun, the names of the divinities mentioned. with reference to the first method are put in. (gt. The method of allocation of the segments is in no wise different from that of (2) above, except for the circumstance that in place of the divinities we substitute the names of the 9th, l0th, llth and l2th signscounted from the positivesigns (under segmentation. When the sign under segmentation is negative, the order of qaming is, of course, as usual, reversed. This schemo has a certain amount of symmetry aborlt it,_ps it provideis not only ior rulers though not wholly plauetary, but also for zbdiacal nannes of all segments. The word lM (in the 2nd line)=6|'. These two woiils are in use.id astrological classics not only in the general dense of 'Ascendant'but also (as here) in that of'a given sign or house' or t a sigo cr house under consideration, or from which a count bas to be made for a specific purpose.'

5[ 90.

r*sntr:

'The predictivp value of the 16s11i1r)segmentation is' as may in the absencc be expected, involved in considerable obscurity' 'iuthors among astrological of any consensus of testimony and as to the afrnities of the several segments with the signs authors And the sad part of it is tttat reiutable the planets. like Varahamihira (e-wFntd, Kalvanavarman (tqprcd{) and Bala' bhadra' (qery<) have nothing to say about the Shodasamsa in their works. An ingenious iuterpretatiOn of this somewhat obscure variant of the verse has been oflered by Mr. T. V. Sarma of I'anjore on tLe authority (as he tells me) of Pandit C. Saptarshi Sastrv of Tanjore. or " [n an odcl sign, the lords of the Shodasamsas the sixteen are those of the twelve signs reckoned from tLat sub-divisions sign onward, together rvith those- of the 9th, lOth, llth and l2th 'signs from the same sign. In an gven sign, the lords are to be countedin tlre reverse order from the l2th sign. Notes-In an odd sign, the lirst twelve sub'divisions are ruled by the lords of the twelve signs beginning from that sign and the rcmaining four sub'divisions are respectively ruled by the lords of thegth, l0th, llthand lZthsignscount6dfrom the same sign. ln an evon sign on the.other hand, the first four sub-divisions are rcspectively governed by the lords of the lZth, I lth, l0th and 9th signs from that sign.and the remaining sub'divisions are respecti' vely ruled by the lords of the twelve signs but couuted in the reverse order. It is a peculiarity of our ancient Hindu authors to denoto numbers by the two well'known notation known as the Kata' payadi (q-zcqtii), and the Arnavadi (rrol'{fR), Sankhyas. The words Virinchi (ftRfh), Sauri (1rlfr), lsaGtr), and Dirvakara (frqrdr), are uscd in accordance with the latter Spnkhya. Virinchi (ftRB) or Brahn',an (agq) represents 9 (the Prajapatis, Marichi, (qtn?), Bhrigu (W), Angiras (ffirw), Pulasthya (goe), PlrtFha, (gw), Kratu (n-g), otLtha (tt), Attrri (qtt) and Vriddhavasi rS 1a (agw{ts). Souri (ttrR) or Vishnu (fig) represents l0 (the lO Avataras). ta (fu) stands for I I ithe I I Rudras. and Diwakara (kcrfr() tq 12 {tne l2 Adityas)."

ftdEqratc|r

Adh I

A,part But this interpretation presents certain difrculties. Virinchi Saurisadivaka' from syntactieal objections, tlte compound will not bear alnumerical interpretation raha (Rftffinftrf?Srdqr:) as neither the Phaladeepika (moatfrqit)nor the Sarwarttha Chinta' nor even Parasara (C.*.'.) varies the names of mani (gdqfqffftr:), (Tq), the divinities into those of any other denomination c.g. Nanda had the Dik (ftT), and the like, as thev could have done if they (qdrsTR(4) in view. If numbers were in their Aro*lradi Sankhya mind, one or other of our ancienf authors would have ordinary is unfortunate Sankhya Vachaka Subanthaha (<qrqrqqigE<f:). It respects, that Balabhadra (soilq), such a copious author in other (ffe{ft?f) in his so much as even mention the Shoclasarns:r does not Horaratna (trccq). l{ad he chosen to introduce the topic' it would bave put an end to all trouble' the slola The word vitagne' (frs*) in the second half of vilagne R-dl') should be read with oje ("ii) in first line also. 'rising sign'. The verse as a rvhole considersthe can only mean the 'rising sign' being.lpositive' or negative' or male possibility of a The lines or female, as they are termed in Western Astrology' this view and quoted a.bovefrom Pararpara (c{Il.K) tend to confirm is almost n6ar the the iDterpretation as given in the tianslation Clrintanrani rnark. tiut Phaladeepilia (rodft-+r) and Sarwarttha allocatiqn of the Shodasamsa(qrgarilr) (t{sftftd{tq) interpret the rulerships dillerently. On that accoturt, the language of Jatakaparijata {.iKAqntqfd) cannot be forced to bear a meaning which ifs ('ird'iiqfiarir) and author did not evidently intencl. Jdtaliapariiata Parasara (c{r{t( go a good. way together as regards Shodasamsa ('ilsqri{) rulerships.

'"t Fl \i

tfr qqtrftft{qrrqsitwffiqi{{r: ltafrqrhfttil{tql:ll ls ll

:I teirt q{kqqarsqtrdqlorl

d.d' (fr{rt{) or degrees, Sloh:t37. The Thrimasmea.E portions allotted in an odd sign to Kuja, STi: s16th -Cutu, 6,618, 7 and 6 Bt'dhaand Sukraare tegpectively

sl. 87-43

gqfrs{rq:

2l

Sani and Kuja t*n .* Su-t" t-tt**u, "-, respeccively. have5r.7,8, 5 and 5 degrees
Norss

C/. gtf,tfH: tTqnrtrq qrir w q q*E lrgrratg r lrrFrgaeoEgrgtgnrgfiruri mtqim: tl q"*a qR sr& qs q qgr'r .rrmT{ag r wnr rrrfr+nftrgrgi cmfigifr ${rrurqI;
I

"' Each of the planets other than the Sun and the l{oon own two signs one odd and the otlter even. When a planet is in ,an qdd, sign, then take the odcl lhrimsanrsa Rasi (ft+rilr <rfu) of 'the planet ln fivhoseThrirnsantsa (frqrid the first planet lies. Thus, a plahef in an odd sign in a Guru Tritnsamsa 15 fftdrr) r$rst be pleced in the Thrimsbnlsa l(undali (fr:Iirr Ws-&) in Dhanus (sgq) (an odd sign) andnot in I\'teppa (fta), n'hile arplanet in an even sign in Guru Tritrrsattrsa(Sq frrfi--r) must be placed in Meenr

(fra). Trirnsamsa (fr'.trtt) divisions are greatlyl useful in femele horoscopes (Viac e'anyayd XVI, isfro.) Vidl a|'qo notes otr II. sloka l$ inftd. Adhyaya

: qs'r{rsrff[ftqRgrt trttffirqrgd{rtTrll I q {;g\Ggqrgqi{rTr gfr g'{qrFf,eqrE llldil milor mqiffi\ rqqt{qrfr $i$ntftiltqn' t qrqhmr Itg| S'* rr{drF{frfr M$mr! ll qq ll gnt'qRkqrrtmrqrrrf I sffi Boll qihrffffiffi'mrll
fiqsrfi'd{sI MqFr sRm{rffi: ftilQmrcqr

q<riqfrqtg-s( ffir' sre


rJqrqd'til ffi ffiq'

ll 8t ll

{rotg ffi Tg{ttotfrllBRll i*or*gfrKqqwdhil : srorftqrgqfttorcqt' r rtaurqlf,fiqn terdr.


gwqfrftqriFgtt*nll 81 ll'

I -i8ffinqfifiq:

g8

rrlrqrftilrt

Adh. I

Slofras3843. Demoniacaland divine portionr (enumerated thece slokas)whereofthe firrt ii Ghor, in amoarule the Shashtyamsas ,#th parts in an odd (rign. or Propitious and unpropitious poriions reckoned'fr6m Indurekhain the inirersi order govern the parts in "toth an eve.n jign. The following are the dcsignaiioniof the ceveral $hishtyamsao :Slgn
Namer of

Shashtyameas

Even Odd Sign Slgq

Ntrnes ot

Evs

Shashtyamsae Sign

1 Ghc'ramsa .... 60 2 Rakshasamsa ..,. 59 3 Devamsa .... 58 4 Kuberamsa ... 5? 5 Yakshavalyamsa 56 .... 6 Kinnaramia ... 5d 7 Bhrashtamsa ... 54 8 Kulaghnama ... 53 9 Garalamsa .... 52 10 Agnyamsa ... 51 11 Mayamsa . ... 50 12 Prethapurisamsa 49 '13 A p a m p a t h y a m.,. sa ... 4 8 14 Devaganesimsa 41 ... 15 Kalams& ... 46 16 Sarpamsa ,,, 4E 1? Amru t h n m s a .,,4 4 18 Chandramsa .... 43 19 Mridwamsa ...42 20 Koma l a m s a . ,;.4 1 2l Padnnabhanvamsa... 40 22 Viehnuamsa ... 3e .... 38 23 Brahmamsa 24 Maheswaramsa lj ... 25 Devarusa ....3O 26 Ardramsa ... 36 2? Kalinasamsa ... B{ 28 Kshitiswaram$a....83 29lKarnalakaramsa 32 ... 80-Gulikamsa .... 3l

31 Mrityukaramga ,.. 3C 3 2 K a l a msa ,,,.29 33 Davagniamra .... 28 34 Ghoramsa ,..,Z7 35.Yarnamsaf Amayamsa26 3 6 K a n ta ka msa .,.25 87 Sudhamsa ....L4 3 8 A mru ta msa ...23 39 Purnachandramca ..,2L 40 Vishapradigdhamsa Z1 41 Kulanasamsa ... 2Q 42 Vamsakshayamsa 19 .". 43 Uthpathakamsa .... 18 {4 Kalamsa. ,., lj 45 Saumyamsa ... 16 46 Mridvamsa .... 15 4? &etbalamsa .., 14 48 Damehtraliaralamsa l3 49 Indumukhamsa ,.. lz 50 Pravirramsa ..; ll 51 Kalagniamsa ... t0 52 Dandayudha.msa 9 53 Nirrnalamsa .... 8 64 Subhakaramgr ... 7 56 Kruramsa 6 56 Seethalarnsa t 67 Sudhanrsa .o. i 58 Payodhy{rmsa ... 3 59 Bhramanamsa Z 60 Indurekhamea .... t

$1.+4-+e
YYYYVvvvvvvvr

rtiltsrirq:
wvvvwvvvvvvwvvv !vwvuvrwYw t!!YVVVVYVWS

frqqrd<ltlrlwrq t qoftirwctilqmffi qEF( 88 ll rt tirqqdtinilqqElttffiim rfl{t

VaieerStoha, 4t, They (wiremen) say that with commence hikamsasor partc of greatercellence by the produced Uttama (ulilc n"*t ,loit) which is of Moola' co.binotion (of the rpecialcharacteristio) gwakrtntn. Swochcha' Swa Virgottama iirito"", arising from thstt vatgrs'
Norns Swakshetra' Uccha lf planets be in their Moolatrikona' benefic positions atising other or Vargottarna lrcsitions and have Vaiseshikamsas Vargas, then, fTttarrra and other from the f)as[ slokas will result and do rcferred to in the next two and a half ia-uor" goo,Jto the otvner of the horost:ope'

sri q frfr{t qqi{< {tgq t

qtm{tffi ftAwftfr',qi lr li\ ll qW dfrili rort qnr{d{Fr!l qaE't Bq rt wri ffi4;: qr(sd q iln

tffit q iltmi il {sqsqq I

vargasit Stbkttc, 45''t6lA, The uniou of three r Gopura' Uttaoa. Forrrvargn combinedcons'Eitute calted DlmhaElne' The combination of firl? t[tgas iE called union of sir Two vargar united form Perljata' The is la[ed Panvathamra' When a seventhvarga il*n combination be' ir ?Ja.a to thg Paravathamla, tha joined to the E1v:o ro*.t O."alokr' A eighth varga of alreadywilimake theconbination Devaloka ;;;; is Iravatha. likewise. The conrbinarion of 9 Vargas in" .f..t. of the conbinationo lre rliltinct an'rl repente I

.30

qftrrcrRsre
NoT*s.

Adh. I

c/. cffiT{

',tt; 'f

Eatsq ftr,eil qritwrarlttrr+r: | qr|t{rfr rr}q e.rutrgtrf i'aFrcsqilil qqfifrrilrgrrc,i ittqh nqr I srst: '61Ht rrlq qqi*tadt* q sf\: u sgft{iadtorri aaiir: {Ifi{rfir( I itfilr: efl*rrci'rirttr{. tt

' I :

For the eflects of planets in Vaiseshiliarnsasrefered to in s l o l i a 4 4 , e s si n f ' a I V - . gl , X [ ' 6 3 , X I I - 5 ' 5 3 , 3 1 , 9 2 , 9 ' r , l + 6 , X I I I -19, 68,82, Xl\'-I02 aud XV'62 ; cl. Also q;o*f'qq;t

sfrrhorgorrir$ra'{ftqaFs:qtftstaicl*: rqri fta,rrFtfr a figor tgtr*iit fh{a: t M rr)grrrmrt: g}t'ctH'qhzrir lrFqi '{: ttTarqri'r $;qz.Frir Tqlatgai t{p( ll : *srryfhcsrt{rftf]'rt cr{r{ilrfbfEf, qdift '{it la$rmeita} {lTossr*acq I aro qritft: gi;.r.tr ittracixfura: qsr4 lFtst;'ig?(ftir tn flq':a663 11

ll fto{rtdeirurqEttrnE{i{ril' B\t ll

fiqidrsq u,rdg qrqt r $,

W,ilsfhftth ll 8d ll s6iqrfrq'q,f,
qr*tg q t{S qBtTiruspo1{ |

consistingof Sloftns. a6l{'- aol$ The Shadvarga Lagna, Hora, Drekkana, Navamsa, Dwadasamsaand in Thrimsamsa is recommended regard to auspicious undertakings This Shadvarga when combined with Varga and is a sourceof d Sapthanamsais calle Saptha Itrength to the planets in all horoscopes.

$1.de-60
v v w v w v v v Y v v v v v

dsqtq:
v . v v r v ' v - v v v l v - - v v - v v v v - v - - v r ^ w

3I

.,

Nomg.

This is useful when the Sapthavargajabala has to be calcu' lated. See {. c. Adhyaya III' sl. 2 & 3. In the example worked'out in 41. c. it will be seen that his Jopiter, whoseposition is given'as 8 signs lo'25'-ln, occupies (ll Moolatrikona, (2) Swadrekkana (3) Swasapthamsa, ('l) Swa'(5) and (7) SwaSwadasamams:L (6) Swadwadasamsa, navamsa, the Devalokamsa' halamsa; so that Jupiter is seid to have attained Mars (ll signs 27'-57'-g) occupieshis (0 own Drekkana (2) a Vargottama Navamsa and (3, own Thrimsamsa, and so possesses lhree vargas. He is therefopesaid to have attainecl the Uttamamsa'

3M EIFTTHTfr-

Stoko 49. Kalpa, Udaya (rising)"Adya (firet)' 'fhanu (body), and (birth), Vilagna, Hora arethe Jarima the risingSignat the time-of namesof the Lagrraor Artha (wealth) Bhukthi(food),, birth ; Vak (speech), Nayana (cye), Sva (property),and Kutumba(family) are thc names of thc second hotrsefrom the Lagna. Viryi (brother), Sahodara Duschikya, Vikrama(prowess), ([reroism),Dhairya (firmness), and Karna(ear)arethe of dr.signations the third housefrom Lagna.

or*tr ilqdu?fiiqistvqri? t udrqqrqileffqFf rER Srr{irtqq?rqtql'id{qqkqdiqr{qrrq tg' 11

qrdfr qril6flfrgs"Rft qr qnt$Egff$qgEr'{rft | q?t{nqfrqlqqqrsrltimi{uqqqqgftgqirtft o|| |l\


Vriddhi, Hibuka, Kshiti, S/ofur. 50. Pathal:r, Yana(vehicle), Vidya (learning), (land),Matri (mothcr), (happiness),'Bindhu (house), Sulha Ambu(water), Geha ftrs the termsto denotethe (relations)and Chathushtaya fourth houee. Dhi (intelligence),Deva (deity)' Raja are the (fatheraon), andPanchaka (kibgJ, Pitrunandana

32

urwtlM

Adrr i

names the fifth house. Roga (disease),Amsa of (parti, tion), &sthra (weapon), Bhaya (danger),Shaehtr,Ripu (enemy) and Kshata(w runds)are rhe names the sixth of houce.

qrftTtr$rffirft u-wr{ qrqt,r $rftttrqTttrq Tq?*l


.fd gt, Ifryd,irqT{rrqm? \t tl i,
Slorie 51. Jamithra, (coha Kamr (lovc), Gamana bitation, travelling etc.,) Kalathrasampat (Dower), Dyuna, Asta arrdSapthama sa/ thc eldcrs,the namee 1fe1 of the seventhhouse. Randhra,Ayus (tife), As'hta, (battle),Mrityu (dcath), Ran.a arrdVinasa erc thc rrarn:s of the Sth housc. Dh;rrma (virtue), Gtrru (fatlrer), (auspicious Suibha things), Tapas (pcnance), Nava (ninth) Bhagya (fortunc)are th: uarnes the 9th ho-rsc. of

q "-Tqpt$otrtbqfft Ud l5fl1g{s{dil'

a$IEfrqtsrTqnolw: fi:qaqqulffiqisqrr? qq rt tt

Sr,ora. 62. Vyaplra (employruenr),Meshurana, ), l{adhya (zenitlr), Manr (honoar) Gnana(knowledge (sovcreignty), and Karnra (work , af,ethe Rajaspadada words to indic:ate tenth houle Ekadasa the (eleventh), Upanthya) peuultinatc), Bhava,,{1a (incorne), Labha (gain)arethe expressions theeleventhhouse.Ripha, fo.r Vyaya (expend ), D rvadasa welfthl and A nth prbha i ture ka(t (lact house), thc namesof the twelfth hotrsc. arc
Nores 'r1qruld1fir1p1 is another reuding,

\giqr*ua(ilitslt? rg, *q'izuqgsqtRffi r


qqiq{ q' qltath*rqgEqrffi{ {qFill oqfi:e*rqqqd

sl. 5g-54

rrrlilrl!:

98

}qfrq1, cNqqriT|Frwq:

qurqqq*{ft crqgflgqTft t

@qrftffi

Slo&as (the 53-54.Meshurana l0th), Udaya(the lot), Kalathra(the 7th), and Rasathala(the 4th) are calledby any oneof the designations and.Chathu' Kendr4 Kantaka chtaya.The 9th and the 6th houges from the Lagnaare call calledthe Thrikona houses. They (astrologere) the 9th from the LagnaThrithrikona. The lst, 4th, Tthand the 10thare calledKendrag. The 2nd, llth, 5th and the 8th arecalledPanapara houses. The 12th,6th, 9th and the grd are Apoklima houses. The 8th and the 4th are the Chathurarra eigns.
NorBs. According to some, the'biped, the quadrupedand the reptile signs become strong when they happen to be in Kendra,'Pana' phara and Apoklima houses respectively. Tbis view is not ' accepted by Badarayaoa (il((tcor), for he says:

xqqftTSrt sgrrf*i I ll \B tt

unl$rm: st ttvrm rnrq: qfutr: tl


^

hq<flPdfttr: qtwlvr: -l

quwfim

irqr: t

According to Balabhadra, the terms Kendra, Panaphara et6 ; rrc applied only to Bhavas and not Rasis. For he says.

{rlrrfu( r rtiffift qfurq r q-qqr r* rqls: t ilffi rsr <wq*r gtftq fWr *desl ERgrfr *rrrffiifri llrqrftdu.ccril ilrT r ilffi{ tRrl'r m(tqnttqtqir dr rr

,, qia ffirfur

ln this chdpterr the Lrms used to indicate one or the other of thc twelve houses or a number of them may be divided into two clesscs, ob, (l) . thosc which are used as mere conventional unss . serving no other purpose than 'that of denoting the _ particularhouse or houges they have been spocially.electod to d{patc and (2) tlce which, besides serving such purpose, alsf,l the,fuactioc of tbc houscr they sienify. cgptc

,91

rirrqrfirtt

Adh.I

Of the former class may be mentioned the following:Hora (fr<t) for the Lagua; Duschikya (eArgl for- the 3rd house; Meshurana G{ryt) for the l0th; Ripha (Rrq') for the l2th; Chaturasra (S"g() for the 4th and 8th houses ; Kantaka (moa+), Kendra (*-.a) and Chatushtava (qgsc) for tbe lst, +th, 7th and 10th houses: Panaphera fquFF-{; for the ?nd, sth, 8th and llth houses; and Apoklima (qrmtB{) for the 3rd, 6th, 9th and l2th houses. The following belong to the latter class. Thanu (t'g) for the Legna, (meaning thereby that everything about ths lqdy-its grbwth or decai--h"blth, ut"., has tb bi ascertained from the i-edna; Kutumba'(ggq) or Swa (s) for the 2nd house, thus indi crting that information regarding one's family, dayadiTs.and rvealth has to be predicted from the 2nd house ; Sahaja (tiq-q)orVikrama for the 3rd house;Bandhu (+g), Vesma (itr) or Griha (Ue), Sukha (gg) for the 4th house; Dhi (qi) or Buddhi (gR), Putra (3lr), etc., for the 5th house: and so on.

Slota. 55. Eminent profeeiors of Artrology say glat the 3rd, llth, 6th and the l0thhousesare Upachaya (rigne of inere'ase growth) houees. The'remaining or aiz. houeeE, the 9th, 2nd,4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, l2th and the or if of lat arehouses suffering. Theaehouses 'occupied aspectedby their reveral lords, or by Budha,Sukraor Guru, but unoccupiedand unaopdcted the rcrt, pro' by effectsin rt'spect a birth, or to a per, duceauspicious to Ion makinga query.
r\otes, Fbst'half , In the opinion of some eminent astrologcrr li&l Garga,the 3rd,6th, lOthand llthbouses cease to tre Upacbrfl houses if they are aspected by malefic or othor inimical planct* Says Garga

s. t0.

rr*sqr*:

grf
ilrYt:rt1;lls,

qrq Qut{ftsrtolq t rfuqtrr I lllll1 1grftc*.'rfuraft: ll

That is, the term Upachaya (sc-{c) is applied to the 3rd, 6th by l0th, arid llth houses provided they are not aspected malefics or by planets inimical to the lords of thosehouses. But this view.is not accepted by Varahamihira (cwffItT)r He would have those houses alwaysas Upachayaones. And in this' he is roppoit"d by.Satyaand Yavaneswara c,/. sq

qrftf,rq$csq*c*tffi q?qesrrqrq I r EqqrqqilFf, q: tfroprqfis{aarli

Also qfirr<

ct q*{ cqr* q rRr}rsrq* {tqrqdcE: I dwlqsrcffirtfluqr lrqrlit \utrsqsqrxrsrh I


Lotttt hall of thc Slofu, r/. raq,

qec"g* ti qr lsq?*t?r?r&eryit crRr: t tr rT{Ftqo{m rqr gdt sdtsft sr t\: tt


Also il-.Cqqt

utleaudQ&lctur csl.0 rrqft frfi r ?ftkt{r qrt4 fr}ag st{.tvt tl so&rTcfr std *rftdr te gw <r t

f,rilA qrrtn.{dl r{Fil wGv{t,q if8rrdfr rt \q tl

r Rr{ottieqr: tfi fudtfrufrugor rqiqdmr

Slofa. 56. Astrologetssay that the (lengths) nea, ' Eurerof the six signsbeginningwith Meshaare repre' iented by the numbeit 10,24128,32r 36,and 40 respec' |ively. The sane figureetaken in the inverse order give of ihe measuiec the six eigns fron Thula onwards, sn c/. nqrcq- fsi{ ftqqTqc:Engor. lftt il aq ll Also {6{:itgSrtttT: qQ$hrilrrlr vttq tlrt ,

crifr$t aI ffiimrrrct

Itiwill

bc seen that'tho figuresgiven in tbe slokc iq tbctgt

19.,,.-.*----, ---..--.-" i -. --,1* --,--*,lggregate 360 and are the measurements in degrees of the 12 iigns which they subtend at the centre. As the whole zodiac is passed over in 24 hcqrs, each degrec isfinished iA 2+1360 x60x 60'or 240 seconds or 240124or lO Vighatikas or Chashakas.

qnnFqtnFrr AA rrnFt*T fi&qn qq{r qEft | T{f,nr rrqft

h cr cr* crwtfr
, So that I kala or I (circular measure): I (cM) or Asu (6 Pranas being:l(qcfi) Chashaka l.(sfrfir) Ghatika is therefore:360 (rrqr:) Pranas

tr qftwri rrt qr qEcr cr cgqffic {rdstq gftKtrrtutr lrT{r|IIr tlr TqAc t Rr q ar qc i+fugrcrci qsqr qrfr.FnF<r ftF( | qt *crfti.cprcFr: ffrgffrilacor wq6.t r ?a qqwrqq Mrqfr: rcrqq r qi qtcrf@+ ntf+ ur$qfi: | "irFTet:l
Thus it is seen that the several measurementsmentioned in the sloka in the text when multiplied by l0 give the Chashakas (200, 240, 280 &c. in time) of the several signs. These figuros 'aro useful in finding out the relative lengths of the several parts ofa human body (see Adhyaya III, sloka 76).

rt<dfst i" qnsQ tffiifrdt *ctBrfr Er rtsq* tt .rcPd strq: tcqrtrrctt fi{r: I r/. rwdr-Taffinrffraftgilrg:{fiFrrgqrq {tqh {t{r!{tct: tl fltt;qrrtqffifr qft*whrrt: *fuq*h s{q-(cfq, t sqnrfr; crq*r rrrctlq Uaqrhit qt Rrfrsqrd{Eqqft rr 61roqq-qtqlmfiil

qgr'qrttttfrqil, ftffi q{t{ilqr fr ffit

Efi gfrqrqnrgw: I gR*wJqGS II(K{il: rt\erl

SJotc.-57. If the degreeaattainedby the Moon 8,25,22, in Meiha and the other signebe reopectively tL,2L, L, 4,23,18, 20, 20, 10,they indicatedeathwhen I muhurta, a birt*r or, other Euchpoints are under con, tidprationt

sLr?

n{tsrnq:

3?

8 nll in this sloka signifies the number a (ro$t:forms) and not 6. Dikshita givestheMoon's MrityubhaIn this'stokaVaidyanatha (gg*Ffi:) or fateful portions in the several signs. These aro gas more are less identical wlth those given in Sarwartha Chinta' mani (gtrtlk<mq) and Saravali (sKlqttr):

(l)ccfttffi Url frnfunt qt"qtg qqrftcrr(: I qrffiqrr ftfr il&g rN rr qu& *cc'{t[ efiftirftr*sfurr: r rlFtrt'6ft C @rili lrTcr.F:r qr[: rrr{r{riqqcitts: | ffitH qdil *t qrrmn(It r ffi g c'lrs.l* firq: r ilffirtT.l t ? fumimtg lngrnn'ffitu: n q!$ft t t{Fr: I ilftctcfd (2) <mrwi trl ffi rnri {rnr qq tffi

.,

frtt c qt$fr lfr r ra* frirr: r Strt frtu9* R q acrd Q;traqq I r** flftfr sRft csI qt frt r
rFqrqtnfitr {dRsun$ fr qrfu r tl frG t fiftttr c|frrrqnlr rfiFrrFt: t gw: trfufrqn:qqff ftlrtq arcft. r w{q ft qq{rqr{q(TrT?{ronq x

But in the two works Brihat prajapatya (ftqrnrg) and 'Phdadeepika (qo<tlltt) the Mrityubhagas (qlgrrrn:) of the Moon lp the several signs from Meshaare given as 26, l?,, l3,2|r Z+, .13,25,5 and. respectively, l2 11,26,.14,

,/. rtqrsrrq-?tr
26

rrh.eft frl tt T{ fut Tcq I


t2 BZ52+ n 26 l4

ric crrf ci r{ $frr,t fttrcnq u llJlas 5 v

q8
AlsonE{Ift+r sr"f Gt do qt Etrig*
26 12 13 25 24 ll 5t2

4dh I
ft* rnrqv}* gcrwq t
26 l+ 13 25

,f

ti wt ggrnrr: cftcr: lsr0dt qfre*fr{i{itr rl


TJre(Cq{rn:) Mrityubhagas of the other plaqets and of tho Rasis in general as statedin qther works have beeucollectedand given in tbe following statement for e4syrefdrence; Mrityu bhagasor fateful drgreesof
'Etg =1tr

.t

Ei#
I

Mesha Vrishabha Mithuna.. Katatca Simha Kanya Thula Vrischika. Dhanus .. Makara ..

n
9 t2
6 8

l9 28 25 23 29

l5

l9

28 I5 ll t7 l0 l3

l0

l{ l3 t2 ill 24 23 22 2l IO 20 l8 8

l+
l3 t2 8

29 t2 27
6

+
7 9 l2 l6 3 t8 2g

2+
l6 l7 22 2 3

a8 . 1 8 + l + 20 l 3
2l 2 IJ ll, 6
J

tol t 2 ,tl 13t2s tl t + l 2


t' 231 8t4 24' l 8
ll I

^l

,r'l g zll
ll

8 l 2 3 1|

+
6 27
lo

l0
h l

l0 17 ll

zl 2C.

20lr8

t+
l3 t5

... t.(urxhla

,15' 29 28

I ,tl 2r 12+
l 4 l 221t0

nl t 0

...1 r,cona 23

le

sl.oe-e r

nrfrsrmq:

t9 I

qF+wqGg tnRt gq,trr{nitrqr duqrfl' rr\e tt


Sloha. 58. The degreee 21, 14, 18,8, 19,9,24, ll, 23, L4, 19, and 9 attained by the Moon b Merhr ,and the following signs respe*ively arE calldd Funl, kara and are to be taken as producingaufpl,ciousCffdltu . when a muhurtha,a birth or other-ruch pointa are uoder f consideration
58. These Pushkarabh*T:Tt: AdhyayaVII, Sloka 25 infta. referred to in the text in

gi {gG=ryqrtft*qfrffiglt

qlq*(o+rgTwaqmffiqEr:n \t tl
tl

SIoAas. 59.60. Tlte inhabited iegione 'denoted by Meshaand the other eiglls are relpectively (t) paala ,(2) Karnata (3) Chera (a) Chola 1S)fandya 1ei f.r.t. (?) Kollaoa(8) lvlalava(9) Saindhava (10) North panchala (11) Yavanaand (12 Kosala.

ffiin*m,*fifrfi:

n Qols

s[erFnnqlrqq: m{ffi r qRs,niftqfi ffi tuuqrq'qtHfrffio: r,qt,r


Sloha, 61. The point of the compiuowhich ir 'auignedto the lord of a oignindicates characterirtic the of Plava or slope of the oign. The nameof the fourth fron that occupied the $un is called Abhijit. house by In the aetrological work called.hrijata,,the chajter definingthe "Propertiee $igno"haebeenpropounded. of
Notrs. qrftqfrei is anotherrcading. 61.

t"9:,"--"--" *i9I --.---.-*------,*--Tl**--,-=.=-r/. qRmri qsilMt.cqrc rn qft qq*t lqat: oftc: t'

ctutil Rffttr4rqltilt cmr: q( r is 'rt<l rFFr<rrri: grlHt w ftq rqt Qft e .Themeaning rrftgq*{: I qqt }qthm*: srdt trc: aq AR qftor sRr<r" Egrqrrft tq{ cvqft r ffi*sffi
These are useful in locating the direction towards which a things thief may have abscondedin the case of queries regarding in the direction stolen. A Kiug that sets out on an expedition (c"q<tRi) will soon indicated bv the Plava (SE) of. his Janma Rasi return victorious after suMuing his enemy'

ft{irurorqrffi
{ffifEqfq: l!tq: ll
Thue ends the lot Adhyaya on the Properties of by Parijatacomposed Vaidya' $icns in the work Jataka of oi"tt,t underthe auspices the nine planete'
j

,i'.
I

tr
i

tfif
l ,

ff s

31'

ilffiqrftqem:.
It(Ql${pffrffi3.
iluerff qnwnr*r;g' qFi Sq' qrffi{q(ig I sFIi U* grq\qr*qg!lltll tilqft ffirqsrrr
A'dbYaYa ll. ANDTsEIn Pnopnnrrsg'' Nlrunp oF TEE Pr.,exnrg Sloka. l. The Sun ic the sou! of Kalepurucha; the Moon, his mind ; Kuja, his otrength ; Budha' his cpeech Guru, the estencq of atl hie knowledge and ; happineso Venus, hie deeire or luttl and Saturn, hio ;. . nirery.
Nort s, In the notes to sloka 8 of Adhyaya Ir the sevcral partsof I(elapurusha (+rogw1 beginning with tbe head were stated to be counted from Mesha and those of the owner of a horoscopefrom rtc. the Lagna. This is so far as the external appearaDce' of the parts of the body are concerne{. Now thc inherent several qualities of tqe persou are to be ascertainedfron tho planets. (5t{fl:) ud lppcrtein iU"r" plauets are then known as Kara^kas just in thc Ea,me wey rs tbcy do to to the owDor of the horoscope thc Kalapurusha. o/. rrqreq '?

'

rrirrcrfrarr;cftifrru: tt i* fr cil *fr artgt fu<'rrrtl glt qtrrrtrv' I


qnqt(R: rtrirqlsg'ta: src wrc: {rQr*sq Eroftl llfq gt q!tg!*q{ g*: fiFr: cfirrr(s ESsq I
4L

Also RIqd

12

rrtrc|ftq|t

Adult

The several constituents of Kalapurusha (*rogw) will be strong og yeak in proportion to the strength of the sevoral planets representing them. But Saturn is an q:rception. q-q+ g:qnrq.{ ' Wh.en Saturn is stronS, " iri ilSfi g:qTrniT: there is less of misery ; wlren he is weak, misery predominates. c/ rr<ndt qnqnrqr rFlirFfiqr{rrgq<(r3,

S{ftffi

g fu{ti nl: rru{ il

and. the effects of thesi qualities will rcveat themselvos during the dasa periods of the planets concerned. By the wdrd st{ used in the teit and translated as "happi' ness' both wealth and lrogeny are also to be understood in addi' tion to health and knowledge. For it is said

|r{T lrNFGrnrfi"rt( s<|l.id q{fr


t glwqreqft*qt
child. gre*ltet hapoiness or misery than

trrt r g{|rtt{
t There is no

c qi !f(5:<i:

the birth or death of oneis

Jupiter is therefore the giver of health, wealth, progeny ant that is why his arsocietion and aspect 4rc said to bo extremely ' beneficial. af. qmz

galrT awo:
By the word'association' uscdabove,occulntion of the planet's bouse is also to bg undorstoqd. This will be explained in Siturn is the, givcr of all sortsof 5:q Adhyaya ll(l\. i$tt, (nrisery), af. g'

q{nr gftt TFrdnftvrc;1 ftfu.r.* cqr ggt e{crqrggni: tl


ln e toroscope, lhe Sun and the Moo must-not to say of the La,gne-DG-strong ; other'ryise it .is aot e satisfactory one. Ot tf,eie, thc'Moon is the most important, For, it is said

rlttt regui !'qrqq: ftueroretrqf f ' ;lnwqr* e{ qutg tt$ {ftar: r

S[ 2
,vvtvvvwvvvvvvvvvw J!vvwvwvwvvvvvvvv'

fttltihsrnc:
vvvvvYvvewvw irvw vw'

i9

qrs*rrngt <{ RT{ft qtAi tqrr: uytfM"atetffiu tt EqIftqfr qrrr*qqftt rffiMeaqr& A"ttnrqtaqAg

Also

|Milqrfrfifrfr*qrttfi
Sqrirfr$qi im itq<rmqti

' -t ii

Sloka.2. The Sun and the Moon are eovereigno' (heir Guru and Sukra are counsellors' Budha is the .youog prince; Mars is the commander'in' apparent) chief and Saturnis the Eervant'
Norrs. it must' In sayingthat the Sun and the Moon are Sovereigns' that the Sun is the Kins,'the Moonbeing the Queen' bg understood ( and Venus his wife Similarly, Jupiter is the Mantri {Fr{ ) c/. (c{rrdq)

itt rrgwcrir fr eu: ffiiql fiftrt:' tt

(T . wrft tr{oil qr * ci: TrTEr: (rqtqt Ert cfiq{q qI lF cql stFt I Fr*d rrilqdqamf(: stFf Frtd Tffrrfqil{T6'{: I vqr <ewft rfi$ra egrft neiQmte< tqr:

* rrsr ctqftrtrrt iat qPrge: <tt: t q ftrq: srrfr q?efr gt<r{gqr g: ll i"Tqtq &irtr't e<ftr trg* rr t

qrqetrcf

six signs from Simha Further, the Sun is the lord of the the Moon is the lord of the six taken in the negative side while positive side' It is by thesc signs frorn Kataka counted in the 'tJoplanets that the suprem4cy over the other l0 signs has been the other plahets' For example' the 2nd \iven to Mars aud been atlotted to Mercury' place from the Sun (negatively) has is the minister' Thc' The 3rd Rasi has Uu"" git"o to V""os'who over or the 4th house hasr,been'givren tlr*iqrill ;il"" ,.,;"r, Ths"5th houseisthc to Mars who is the commander'in'chief" has been allotted to Jupiter' To thc house of kuolvledge, and thc 6S bouso os $oirso of s'n crvaut Saturn has beou allotted

44.
YVY Y YYYVVVV!VYYUV

qrtcCrnqTa
r VWY W ! V! V! YYY VYY v ! ! v v U lvvv

Adh.II
vvYvw Y vY-

vice. Similar remarks apply in the ca'seof the Moon with respect to the Rasis under her swaY.

|: \fu qtcqqRru(qrgtqrQqrffi

tfrq"t

*:

ll 1 firqeracaqgqrQeiqqr*;gg* ll
Stofta.3. Heli, $urya, Thapana,Dinakrit, Bhanu' words mean' Pucha,Aruna and Arka are synonymoug ine the $un, $oma,Seethadyuti,Udupathi,Glou' Mri' g.ik", Indu and Chandra eignify the Moon' Ara, iVakra, Kohitija, Rudhire, Angaraka and Kruranethra Budha' Vid' denote Mars. Saumya, Tharathanaya, of and Induputraarethe names Mercury' Bodhana
. Notrs' ior the ssveral namesfor eachof the planets, rl' g+srtt

'i 'r "{tt$ r

qfi rrrgqrrTrffi-fh: {rtr.rl<rrn I | Reqrrea*ruaarQ3t.dr Ri.a1qft' r r qftqqefcr: frft 6ftqffifu {nfr {rerRcFfr{rrarq: ggGfft: ll snt s*'r qdrqg: d\ft m qtr s I qrrrr qR tare:Trsf Ttaarrr ll ihql *se gq.ifu *Ttr itrrc*r t qe d"qq gqlq: grcntq qrrKlir: ll

, '

qd@r
gfi:6Iq:@:t sFilq$ilfil-d{q' dFm?qTlifq;El

(frqn0nq:t?dnqrn{ ll B ll r[Er

bL 4-6

Qfnfrstqrq:

{5

Sloha4. lvlanthri, Vachaspathi, Guru, $uracharya Devejya and Jeeva tneanJupiter. $ukra,K"ty", Sitha, Bhrigusutha,Achcha, Aspujit and Danavejya are the nameE Venug. Chaya,sunu,Tharani thanaya, Kona, o{ Sani, Aarki, and Manda are ueed to express Saturn. and Sarpa,Asura, Phanin Thamas,Saimhikeya, Agu are the names, Rahtr of raid to be C/.-govn-+ , ge#* asq-4ft?sdrai Sfrfir-d: | ?t"q qfincqg$cftRft TliT: rl grFtqgtWr qrrgfee fta<qr I s{rqr qsqcq$s inrq:sftfirt ei[: rt q4g* qq<nrrI *tqfr qFE:qrfi: Ecor: cU: qfirrq{: *rft: qresrqrg*sfrtT:rl ieggg : 1 trg<frsgfo g"= s{t'q

qsnfm *'SRfr{frfl Tqft(ffigt gfutq q|R: t


E$IA[ lT|gg({rthn ifislEqf i['8r6o{il: q3 ll \ tl
S|oka.6.Dhwaja,Sikhiand Ketuare,aEastrologetr the declare, well,known names of Ketu, The Son of Manda or Sani ic called Gulika. Minor planetr Kala and others(to be enumerated irr the coming sloka) ari portiona belongingto Ravi and other planeta and pro' ducepainful cbnsequences.
C/.-gFqKrs {ffi&

i[|r{:ffi:l

qrar q tR*q.e Uqfr gwqnqr [ Rrs *gtffi q* $gS*sFrcqilrr I

, r,,,,,

silEtl
Sloka. 6. The Upagrahas in their order are Kala, Paridhi,Dhuma,Ardhaprahara,Yamalantaka,Kodanda Mandi, Pathaand Upakethu.

16

Tilrqf?tqfr
Norrs.

Adh. II

There are nine Upagrahas for the nine planets. The Sun's Upagraha is (mro) Kata Paridhi ,, ,, (qRft) ,, Moon's Dhuma ,,. (Tg) ,, ,, Mars' i (or*rfc) Ardhaprahara Mercury's ,', ,, ,, Yamakantaka ,, (qq{'rs6) ;, Jupiter's ,, (frrye or F(qm or r,|-gq) Kodanda ,, ,, ,, Venus' ,, (qTF{ or gB+) Mandi ,, 6 Saturn's Pata ,, (qK or 6zrfrFrrd) ,, ,, Rahu's (sf{g) Upaketu Ketu's t) ,, ,,

,li

For finding their several positions on any particular day Astrologers have certain conventions which are epitomised in the follorving quotations:-

(t) qrtur.
si cdqrc'i qi fuqen qr*rtqara: n*qr*qnnt I g aa srfr M I wctTtitt* "rt{rrnqsqqrqr: ftparq&fitmg: qftdi wi ttrqrqqsqrtt r snlqtrttq rra-{aTq(trcFftq?f<rftqq1r: tr irrer$riki attetttt qnit catrtgqtEruq r qsi sd TrffiE dilrrl[t: tgz on<-a.r 11nqq I qifr r* q$ df,irq*hntq*: r<foA rqftcra* hq&+ qnrqrnrfu( qS r rQiS: qftie {df'rgQurkq t* qlqq1q sT(rg'irTrgt *g1c a*stgef rft: I sq (r) c{t{R

iq@ES qi Tftffi&ret: *fr orqt gffiiqtsqwrqqrdfir: tt


qTfr qnrfi lrr* qrrrrmrrefrrqcr t qfi Trrr r6rfrl: rdc*f{ilcrs: tr 11* eawm: gd,T :{-d?cril" frqE: t qqs.tc qdttrrt qftiq$dqFq, u

fl. d.

ftfrtsqrt:

o'

1l

t rR*qtr*Aqqqriqq: qc}Asq n rqsd{S qi *gtd: tif q{: tqrt1Lsqc: r dctrrrmrlt i$: ctccF: Ear: il
When the leng.th of day or night is 30 ghctikns, the position t of Mandi ({lFE) on the week days counting from Sunday onwards is at the end of ghatikas 26, 22, 18, 14, 10, 6 and 2 duting davtime. These figures have to be proportionately increased pr diminished I . according as the length of'day chosen is greater or less than 30 qhatikas. But since the lords of thefirst 7 muhurtas in the night are counted, not from the lord of the weelcday chosen, but from that of the 5th, the position of Mandi at night time will be differeut on. the week days, viz: et the end of ghatikas 10,6, 2,26,22,'18 and 14 respectively The position of Yamakantaka during daylime on weekdays is at the end of ghatikas 18, 14, 10,6,2, 26, &22: of Ardhaprahara,i at'the end of ghatikas 14, l0 and 6, 2, 26,22-atd 18 ; of Kala, at thc end of ghatikas 2,26,22,18, l+, l0 and6. The position of Dhuma is foundbyedding4 signs, 13 degrees, minutes to the figures for the Sun. . Substract Dhuma ftom 12 20 tigns, Thp result is Vyathipatha. Thts incra,sed by 6 signs,r becomes Parivesha or Paridhi. When Parivesha again is.subtract' ed from 12 sigos, we get Indrachapa. Add to this 16 degrees, 4Q minutes ; Kethu is obtaiued. Kethu increased by one sign will givc the figures for. the Sun. Dbauus, Karmuka and Chapa are all synonyms. Fqr detailed effects of the several Upagrahasoccupying one or the other of tpe 12 bhavas, please refor to Brihatparasarahora. Six of ihese (Mandi, Dhuma, Paridhi' Kodanda' Pata and Upaketu) however appear to ha?e been specially uoticed. Thc , autbor has dealt with Mandi elmost elaborately in Slokas I to 9 of Adhyaya IX. The remainingfive aregenerallyknown as Dhumadi Papchgratas (qlrficqq(:) and for their effects, see slokas 13'14 nf Adhya:llr XIV.

{t

rnfrq|fut
l.@$

Adh. II

qil: rqrrfdrFftrgqa:fueFil gil gdffirr, qfr; rd ffiTr' ft.reg,

@riffir'sq:l

qqtnu?kilqreqftr *qHReCft: s tl ll

Sloha.7. The Sun poeserses form with dark,red. a rays. The Moon ia a yoirth with a white body. Budha (the Moon's son) haa the lovely darkgreen hue of Durva or bent graso. Kuja is of a palered colour. Jupiterhasa body of yellowish hue. Sukra haaa white person. Sani is dark in form. Rahu haea body black in appearance.Ketu-hae variegated a aopect.

m*d {tilWnrrt

ingifr: ,Tr q(RgifrEg: I

irq:R6frRftffieqrgft IFrr:drfuffirq;ilnfrfl: tr
SJoAr.8, The Moon and the Sun are lumincus. The five planeto beginning with Kuja are star planeto. Ketu and Rahu are of the nature of darkneos. The Moon, Mercury, Jupiterand Venua are auopiciou!. -

$1,

qKr<I qmffigfi

rtN: I

ffisrdwErtrqt
dffieOq+dqilqtl
Sloka, 9, Btrt the waning.Moon, $aturn,the S'trn, Rahu, Ketu and Mars are'malign. Budhain conjunc, tion with a malignplanetie nalignantalso. Of thoae (ctylcd benign planets), Jupiter and Venus areerceed, ingly awpiciouc (benefic). Saturn and Mars are ex, ceedingly naldie (among the malignant planar),

1':'* """-"""" "",-" """" """"":3*y: ""-"


rrsft rrr?4qr I . q33: A.rcg*ci tuil w cnqr6cn<t Ssrml qt: n qcrcrsi agffi q|@ q q+{f
Also

(frursq) opinionsare at About the iiralignity of weak tvtoon slight variance. cf. (tt{dm) Skandahora

The Moon is therefore weak only on the l4th and l5th days ot lher waning, The Moon is generally a bene6c. a/. ffiq(

qeris*: $qq+S q crft gur: grnrn;*rt: t

Bat cf, ffkr qrt *cs <t g{ernsrQ rotgat: t u cffi rs Sn*nrrqr$i <F5(Igtqr gi: t rt' Sott tiltnTs rqrrcrwfr trqil|qi *c6tflfttr: ll iuq: qrFri rrrtg &t qlctfrKr: t

crfitgd:q,rrq*' tdrq,t q{crr: g*A**drcl$iFqc: iftrq: rt gr*fuit g*: sgcqffiSfrsft dhgqqlru*:


Also qmqd

Also 9v651

gqt|gErc drqr: trs,crit(g ftq|Tt:qrr3 | nffisgu<gs: qftotrft{rrt: ctl: n

A very weak Moon must therefore be treated as malignant' Mercury is by nature a benefic planet. IJut his benefic qualities g6it[s1 are so wcak that he may better bo clessed as indifferenfbenefic nor nialefic.

+ wctt t iffi qrrfr cdfr grqrnffic s: r grqtw rtrtm {{tcql r


to really benefic or malefic according his essoci' He bccomes rs associated vith weak Moon, the Sun, Mars or rtion. If he Saturn, he'is a malefic. When associatedwith the waxing Moon (fttf), Jupiter or Venus he is a benefic. When he is alone, he ia mori e bcaifc thea e ma1e6c:

50
'' cf, q{A'E(

ilttqfiqrt

Adh ll

hcqgffit .{nRef*foS*01: sgeqrftqqlft n


is another reading). (qiltg $qcgfte{*ft Also Efts q{ftcnftrrg*dsr tr(d{qq{I: sqq?d3 | f iil

Wtt{UtgxE-4wrr efu{g R *etq*t'

',

g$tsq

qqrfftqqsh qs{frK

ilm fraffisftgqrdft r

qs* {q} i! qq-

qR dr,ilqofiRqlte\ qJqq, n l o tl a(
SloAa.10. In the first period of ten dayoof the lunarmonthwhich consistcof bright and darkhalves, the Moon is of moderatestrength. During the second periodof ten days,he ie very auepicious. During the third periodof ten dayshe hasno strength, he will but prove auspicious he posseEses advantages ar such if the beingaopected benefic planeto'. 6y
c/. q-q-rry

ert g gulftrtlg*<ri qrlft r{uqqaicqrrt r irfr'r*.tqaoqdt? .ildq rtr qqqr{ eiF r

'

{6qrfirgr<r{g} ffi< r*fl r

q+( Rrr(r trfiqqildtE{errm tt ?t ll

Sloftrr.ll. The Sun, ]vlars, Rahu and Saturnrl, way$ nse with the hinder part appearingin front. Venus,the Moon and Mercury rioe with tbe headfore, most. Jupitergoesboth ways.

i Mr

Rqqcql gffqflsrqgil: {t![fiF:I

I scqT'qr{ffi ffi

qg.id qtggdqqrft|l ll.ll


*

Sloko. L7, The $un and Mercury are of the forh

sl. 18-15

&rirfr$qrc:

61

of a bird. .The Moon has the shap: of a reptile. fupiter and Venus are bip:ls. Srtur,ranl Mrrs ara quadrupedo.

gdr Eortfr qqg{rR{d gqroqqwnt r r{F( oilRmff{w{rtr{n MltqrF(: rltQll


.Slofta. 13. The Moon and Venusare reEtingin (water,dwellers). Jupiter and Mercury haunt water men. lv{ars, villageo which are the seats of learned Rahu, Saturn, Ketu and the $un hauntmountaincand Ioreets

ilsttEil'fte,t rrul qtm:I[Fttq' Sqnsft{rRe,


qml(6t f{geqqrft: trilFEdqqr: {frttdhil{s lrtBtt
a Sloka. t4. Mars is (indicatee) child. Mercury ir a boy. Jupiter ie a p:rcon 30 y;ars old. Venus ic' 16 yearoof age. The Sun is a parsonof 50 years.Tha '?J year$. Saturn,Rahuand Ketu are Moon it one of eacha hurrdred yearsold.
'/. gA'uftrq TaETt* rirrt gT rN g* gtkqrq r gr*: ffit rfti qilqrqc'.t rt qtdcq ?tfttrgtii: etrtt,l s.{: qff: ?st c$sc+ eE(rm6Erq$: t<c: tt rroqtir: qrqqmror6i fttqe: dqlq. r

"

qffiqn qrgqcqgqt gqrwilr nrt{rfrqr qatrilritqRilrdd il* ffi g ftftetftgu: rr


SIo&a. 15. Jupiter, Venua, Mars and Merury are andAtha, lords of the four Vedas viz Rik, Yajus,Saman rvani. lvlars and the $un are planetsof thi nature of mioeralo. Ttre Morn and Srturn rnrinly prrtakeof th:

;z
-..t.-.Ji-. -

mwffic

Adh' Ir

the of :haracter a root. Venus and Jupiter represent rnimal kingdom.Mercury representsa mixture'
sq-{q-{rfa fi{1qem Fitd hall, $frc1'd{'1rft4qrsA Lattct half , Rut accordingto TfllR

ilrw{lgq-:cfa ffiar wgkart: tt q3tc$ qh{rrnc{r ffi65t: tl

:l

flg: qg: rgt<e'{ffir {ti['r {fr(: I q{r dt, oql ffi trfrsEqrT rqr( lltqll i rT{t[: e\t gR(' $h r itqr?ffi'lEiqrTil: rer: {dltilgg: tsistRrqd: lllerl ilIRw fttqqaqttqm:

Erfu'Ft{ftqtFd'qrqtrrffiqqfrR{q r

tMtseqn: lltdrl imK qlqnfi*ir.rrdltftS-fr


(self'possessed), happlt, confident 16 Sloha. Blazing, 'failing and afraid bage, :almn capable, torturedr'dejected, the re the wordg deecribing ten conditionsof a planet ,n their order. Sloka, 17. A planet ia blazingwhen he io in hir :xaltationor Moolatrikona; he is confidentin his own touEe; happy in a friend's house; calm, wh:n he has 'reached the var$a of a'beneficplanet. IIe is capable .whenhe shines bright with uncloudedsplendour' Sloha. 18. He is tortured when overcomeby when he another planet. He is exceedinglydejected to orlportion belonging an ene' an occupies Amea.(mr) my'e cignfle is baseby union with the Varga of amalefic planit. He h greltlv afrlid when he is in his depresoion He is failing when he hasset or dirapqeared.

t c/. Wrm< q?E:*rrrd: q*rqft q+E qs{RFII triffr ft?t gqqhfr Trmrr:err;a:rQit gt: r qrfr rrRqrnqt fto'o: rtqtEfg$gf*: r tri {rqrril: s$rsrtfrke , traftn fiPga:u qtf rercftFfinfuoqrgcqft osrga: scqf nrcrqiFfa:t td grn$F0rurr;qgl3lqJfi: .w!s:,:

ffirHqfuvuqrr *rogqP{gtf.r i}f*crfi: rfrdt


'

qgsrrffi rrclftgq co'rfr r Errrggq'.{r;f, rl gq a* r*ft Ecft rnur;n'ikqgc tri tr sIP, en{igdr rds* k*tsRrfriA: qrtfrRfr rr{n} agg:tltfr+: I g:crFiti'r rraqfi aftarfhgdr t{TFft e.afr *eg6oorct rr

61ssnrc{er

Roq: qoa rftr& m cfiTt ctt ERqr u dt Tqft s frE: ss: srJt gg{rJt Uhn: I irtt: gvqtrsf: ail: r$zfouqroarrr , ffir tfrge6lr cEftTil fttf*r&cqr
qnmorcqat a?i *r: trgrtorre:rt qdr q?t ftq{fk gtq: cdrcEvrrftaruQgqr}. I vqqrfu hdrl qqqa.tftnqgs3 rl tstq: stft q;qft rarfr gcrFt rr+rR<rtr1r W*tqecfh* {a'rr;a$Erctf.{q-?aRu .^ gR* lEosfi gftril'fffift{qilaqR{i; r gfq6rrscrftqr{: {rct5r.nsnr i rrqte rt trr;i qqtreartrr: g({qqirrlfrcni: qfuq: r ftqq cfrcsrt *futi wrri grl: 1 ,r.

t[s: srfr gftt: ntc: lrdr ftfift* rftr: r

,,

i
t {teqcra{q"}ftlqqfd gttl: sETffi qfta: vdwts q cTslc?qqft ttreqre:n g:tsdikl*trtfl*: c{ts'rh {tfuare} g t tnfttr Ftqtid qqgiEdimltwis: r TgtTltrlrsrt{tqt {cir<iro: qfrfirfr Rgql 11 il{rgccft AfW fi}d hi ci crg: t cceTriqftrs: ffi qfi6-{:rqrFt criqrq tl Frl<cdt' fto$ ftgcor{aAaftql t
Crc{qg:qaq' qq6qila6l5gRarRtt :t

a qrrit tir+rrrt tqqfr qo*Cft gtq: ll

r Eqrftilrqftilrffi{rtfl{tilu'{u' EcqsrF(ffitat ?srdq rffim, lr tq ll


yellowirh, green' Sloha. 19. Red,white,reddish, from and blaclcare thd coloursof the planets variegated tiheSun onwards. The samecolours are declaredto lost articlm, etc. belongto them in queriesregarding o/. Wnw tra: te rfrur*orRfte: fte:6,a0rtEfr qqtftq'qt ,
Also qtqrffi

t era: grxrFr ilrrqi aqr dmffi: RfuerRm'it: qil rr{lqr: tlricd: (q[T: tl ciinh g qewttarrui].r efitgcqqfttfsq'srrr: ; qanrr uftwr:

qw ntffsl ilndWftieTs{Ift *rilit

na,{rFrffi

t qin"qq{ frraHg({qEroTf

to Stroka, tLA The subst.ot"t ascribed the planetc from the Suo onwardeare copper, gem$,gold, alloy of metalc,silver, pearls and iron. Fire, water, Kuoara

,f,(efi RErfigrfr{ret' F' t 1o ll

8[. gt

frrffisnm:

6t

(Kartikeya),Virhnu, Indra,Indrani,and Brahma the are pre-oiding deitieeof the planets from the sun in their order.
* ' c/ ffr*trqrr il* tqFcftffifuilqa) ti.n g grrro*fr qqrfus.c{rgrqrft* futtq r r* cqfr er Tlr rqt ftr-dgit: gqdqft ikaqq il qdnt cr{rrcfri c*q{ cFn curfr ftqkrishtr }lSgatl grft: I qrfiq rt * cs.& Rqirr ariq *dqnrr". is, u qf{ Uqorqt e rqqrft dii{r: I fttrigkqirfiq sffi I qft+rrJt Eaq{quq.ciTr ilrdqrili13rE{rrtt drrqarq:

AtrqEnelYi 1 Vitlcatsor\dhyaya XVllI.st. 19. F-or the deities of the severalplanets c/. ratarr

qqqTrqi

tqr .trwrt qaffqqqqfir-eq*rdqgq :r c-d{r+-{"a*qfueg*i"r qtrg q+d ltrrr. tl ilr *cqrqrcqt qeraFirc?carqq&arq qi6aT: I alrr q qt?r. qi TrtTdi tga eiit *e,

qr0tTiGnqrqstq ffi CfirqoffiqEqqqRl{qr{'i fu ilwrql


q

q'h rr+-

Slola. 21. The ruby is the Sun's precioue ctonei pearlthat of the Moon, Coral belongr 0 ptrreapotleos to lvfarg. Mercury's preciouc Etone is the emerald like -rhaped the bird Garu_da.Topazberongo Jupit.r. to Venusowns diamond. Seturn'sgem ie ihe ,Lid.r, capphire. Agarea2dthe lapirlazdlior turkoic are caid to belong to the'remaining planets Rahu and Keru recpectively.

36

qrdfitniln

'1

Adh. Il

t Tt(uTrft T{ffirfui finiuirqredquryqrft satgqi *frAnemratqqnqq{ gq* qqFil lrlRrl


Sloha.2L. Atl the sagessay that the articles ol apparelappropriatefor the $un and other planete Te t ttrict cloih, n.* fine robe,one singedby fire, a clotl' " waehedinwater, an ordinary garment,a durablemantle and a rag respectively. C/.-76wat q{ q13rrgvcfrs6d qc{ E* tsrftq 1u*fu)
Alsosfifili(dr{Tol

. a . tt1* d3qila at6+6frqt qbtrEii qcqqdr 6is qfofsftq r;qG&eiq

;, {.

..lpf

tt
tt

,,.,,,,,uw

Also. qKHl

{nutt tTsrqaFrrFqcwact-rsagdufiilq

qrgfrilRrqrr;*ffifo' rnrtGsr

rr 11 g.ufr6rt|**t:qwni*qc{fuweqlt: rr

S' '

Sloha. 23' The Sun, Venue,Mars, R.ahu'Satur.n' the the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter are reepectively $outhweet' lords of the quarterEEast,South'Qlotr$outh' \il/'estr Nortliwesc, North and North'eaet reepectively' Vacantha The lorde of the six seasonsreckoning from V"noE, Mars, the Moon Mcrcury,' Jupitir'.and portions or "r. Sr*- accordingto the Drekkanas the third of a rign Presidedover bY them'
NoTrs,

tfi*q: nFa:mft t rrq1: {ts: srrflIftr: q'crcrfr frrrrf{rtr: n " dr.akqttcrfr | {tr{sTftg RRsrfusA<t q *.*<rir qt qfhstr{Farrtqrdq' qnrcsi Nqfrffiqilrcqrff{

a/. q1q-qei1

sl. 28
T^'v-v--'--:"--"'v

ftffigatrc:
trrelfiqqlt+lrEqt*ltstiqg: rtitT: ll

6l

,rsrs r,

x'garfurirs* g asera* rsntn: q q ?lti'it qft rraft trt< Erd: r qft q qi a *.tsft qgi qr fwrurerFtairr r qft q
tl qrrrr: rrrt: rra?)t irEr {vzt{cglia
'f

+-dt'{sitlEarq?l nrftfk fitsfta: qfrEq rr

I WtR.r.&rcco*: rmftw4 {mansl,

r artr q rIFRq:

Tfutdtttfi soErdil<qrtg h{qr: rrqFt


ha Ptancts and thc tcts,ns indicotcd bY thcntz-These are useful in finding out the proper seasons (of birttr) in the case of lost horoscopes. If there is a planet in the l-agna, then the season typified by that planet should be predicted' Wl-ren there are more than one platret in tl're Lagna, then it is rvith reference to the strongest planet. If there is no planet in the Lagna, it is only in that case that the season should be predicted with referenie to the planet orvning the Lagna l)rekkana' The six seasons'their approximate periodsand their'lords are given in the following statetnent:-E=

Name the S"*.o., of l


I *ma 2 d,q 3c* 4Tq 5 tq.< 6 RTRK
(Sisi
(Vasanta

Approximate period. To From March h May

i I

Lord of the Seasorr. Venus Mars Moon Mercury

19th May l9th July 19thSeptr 19thNovr l9th Jauuy l9th

(Grish

(v
(Sara

20th July Septr. 20th Novr Januy

Satprd

A!llio,tlion of thaptiwilh,-Suppose the Sun (in progrqssion t" p., *y sy"tei to be affiicted by the Moou. . Tie .renflt will bc ill-hca-lth and bad'things to the native in G'r-sbina({1qy a

38

||ilrtfuii

Adb.'lt

The Moon afficting Mercury by progressiou will bring i11. bealth in Sarat Ritu (qrcf,g). Good things may be similarly prc. dicted for the periods if there b" gpod aspects. Suppose for example the Moon has progressed to Aswini Nalishatra affiicted by Mars squnre opposition Saturo in a horo. scopeat the same time. \Ve have then to say that.troubles began itr l"ebruary and March (fqri],J(-Sisira Saturu's) and very badly in May and June (Grishnra-I\.Iars'.)

Sloka,24. A ehrine,a thore or river,bund, a fire place,a pleasure,ground, treaEury, bed,chamber, a a and a heapof rubbish are to be asoignedas the placec of the planets from the Sun onwatdE. Rahu and Ketu havetheir places the cornerE a houoe. in of
r/, 1q-wrct
NoTr8.

MQiltrrffisl qRilEcqr isffikn "gdfr"ors

18 tl

f,irq" (rttO I rq}qt rucft rrl srfogtr} cscirrf-Cr"ttt{r+ ilqsrt lurq! r


The articles of apparelof thi scveralpiaaots (mentioned in sloE 22),the placesassigned them (Sl. 24) and tbe.substances to
1,.,

.rlqrffimM{grlft:

01.94

frrftftsrqrc,

U,

rscribed to them (sl. 20) are mrrshalled for purposes of roforencc in the following statement.

"-"o I I
tun Moon

Their appropriate places

I r articles of, Substances apparel I ascribed I to them

Temples,. ptaces oi la*r.u cloths f aooou, worship . I I


Marshyplaces ...lnu* cloths ---l J e w e l . . . j N e w c l o t h s . . . ' I"*",

llWars
"rj

Fire-placessuch as cloths ...1Cofa Kitchen, Engine lBurnt I I rooms,etc. . .._l I


Play grounds ...1
I
I

I I

' (olntt Mani)

...1,"", crotrrs o,,"r. ...f

Jupiter Venus Saturn

...'Ir{ediunr clorhs Sif ver I ....Excellent lpearls I cloths | Hillock,, useless placeslRagr, torn | ,roo clotbs -

Abfticntio; of thd oDoat_suppose the il{oon in progression (as per any system) cornes in trine tc Venus. It has to be predicted that the person will get or wear new aod good clothes. suppose the sun is square to Mars. we must say that cloths will be set fire to by accidents. In tire case of a nativity for example, the Moon, as ruler of the 4th house indicating investments, in cgnJunction n'ith Saturn means useless marshy lands, etc-

fuGu:urmRteqru fiaflu<{,r, r fteedr

Rftqw{d, gTfrrfld !ilt, {ft, q fiqrqilr;ilqrr

Sloha. 25, Mars.territoryextends from Lankato the river Krirh'a. $ukra'c swdyprevailc fr;J;i; oentioned boundary to the river Gautioika..lupit., up

60
t"* t.* --..t

ftaoqft*it

Adh. ll tt"tr ;*^ .

," t*rhy..

the Ganges lies the region of Mercurl,r. Saturn has his sway over the countrt' frorn th: Ganges up to the Himalayas.

Rfrqtffufifrf{raeft {qrd* trqrr{


qffif {iimrililftrs
A\\A\

q;Eisqrdiqfr' r {d, qqgolfrq: {rRrgfr


$ilfl ttwtgofrthuagf,r ilq'qrftfr il qq ll

Sloka.26. JupirerandVenusare llrahmins. The SunandMars are Kshrtriyas. The Moon is a Vaisya. M:rcury is the lord o{ th,: SutJra community. $aturn is the ieader the c,utcast:.The Sun, of andthe Jupirer Moon are planecs typifying rRq-Satva (puriryrgoodness). Venus and Mercury are ess:ntilllr the- planete of passion. Saturn.and Mars own tqn-Tamas darkn:ss oi aetheir dietinguishing characteristic.
(tst ho117 gqrm ,/.

,
-

qrrfi?rgrnq rr3frir qftaqi& l?ra+rrnrqq r fr,rrftrrcrqfuTr rr{til q|tir, (IsttrlTqrnrqrl


Also IfSTT{-fi

"

ficrQir: gfig silrfi rEft g,rhi{f}dtseo.rcrq tr

according to tTncJ(the Varsya conrrnunity is represented . .Rut by the Moon and l\fercury and the Suclrasby Saturn. c/.

nt.g*i flccfi gnr+rsic+ ftw r rTGrqtrii ?lfi nfr: ltfr ftc}cr tt qdts-ct.rauflg qEqvr{ Sra{ar'vritga ags.. rfi r qfAq
sriqrftFt -qtrqqq*{ q!,itccrdi arc:
Justas the four ca-stes have been a1:portioned the planets, to it has to be inferred that the four:upa),as(qErTq'rqq-crr"t""uiai.palat viz (l) Hi{ Srma, (2) tr-Dana, (t) irt Bheda and (4) to*p.ia.

'i

, i

.:

,i I

81,2&27

frfrilrsrqtc:

61

have also been assorted to the planets, thus: To Jnpiter and Venqs-Stg-Samp; to Mars and the Sun. rys-Danda; to the Mosn. {r-Danq and to Mercury and Saturn-\t Bheda. r/. ffitirc

ffiq"T.nftffi$tr
qrrllwr rnmft *Sg gr{rit,g* c I
l'urther, the division of the planets into (l) biped (2) quadruped (3) n'inged and (4) reptile isaLso hinted a/, Xwil-a

qclic*gft q?tscrlrqtrrcs;e: r qilg"r*t rr Gcer ugaqlfcsqpr4r

holfl y6""e gunas should be ascertained after cxamining the strength of the planets owning, occupying and aspecting the lagna and the Rasi occupieclr.by the Moon. Rut it must be renremberecl that the planet in rvhose Trimsamsa the Sun is situated plays a prominent lart io moulding the guna of the native c/. gqmt (Lollu

sr{ rrffcfuorra: fue*r rinilq3 qcrniq*gC[ | qsrqt&FTfr Qlrcrqe {({rQgor}r1r:Rrrq. I cttfrsft | <rErqrir* ,,qri tc<it cr fttri?r rr<I qrcft<rrEq tl " grqgqst c: tRc{Ks qqrRrra ({r.*a rruq}cq|*: t r :' r*fur: ortrr-srqrcdffrsq'Gmrgrirsftqr: il ft*dftftlrgqtrrqr F{rSt t{ft rd}.*rqr; r lft q;eib.&;fre'q f*{iq6nTrqrc(sriq}: seqrBgqN rr$ rnG '{ir qc{eEsnrqe cAfltffi n t r agfi }q#tr'ilnr .,rqqlt ,R {fi rrisrr,l:" qft: qe ftnritr+fr gqrP{qilrg(.tT: I qqrf *rqt: rr*rt " ," qs f*aiarreqrt ggdt wra'$t

grif{fufr rffim .Tr-gfhftqg: q.E{FftS,ft qq{rftd I {qe.tr


:q4trqqq1}q : qqq f{T(qfrufthq

Wqr{vrg@qfoqr:

ll R\erl

62

fimqrftilt

Adh. II

Sll}.a.'A7. Tne Sln, Mtrs an:lJupiter are males. Venusand the Moon are females. Srturn and Mercury are eunuchs. Jupiter, Mercury, Mrrs, $aturn and Venueare respectively lords of Ether, Errth, Fire' the Air and Water.
(Lcttot halfl cl, tq'-il?rfi

.,

" Rfa,.rrlrqrt{rai sfuir {iqgrrlr: stot " cdci tr{{r.{i qir{c$.ri arci :tt rft t cqrfi rr I ernic{r{iEei q s{site rra?.r <{{trcirF{ | Trlpxqr{.{{qqTqirqdr{Tr<r.ilqaqnrorrg}t1n

s{rqt$q{ilRlrerqreefiftdqnntm
qs fnfgrrftqgnd\(i{rrrfc {Ft[ 6qt-

: sFrqqge rqmfilf6(glrgg+q;ri

qrudfc{Ri{9fi[{dnxlil! *tftcn ll le lt
SJola. 28. The planets in the zodiac reckoned serialim from Saturnin accordance with the lengtlr of orbitsareSaturn, Mrrs, the Sun, Venus their Jupiter, Mercury, and th: Mrcn. Mrrs, Srturn, Jupiter, the Sun, Venus, the Mocn anC Budha are respectivelv declared be the lords of the following constituent to elem:nts the bedy: mrrrow, m rscle,fat or grea$e, of bone, semen, blood,and skin.
Nores. (Fhd halll.Vidc (Latlet ha[) al,Iqsmr6 rfftt{qq"rtrt Sroka 71, infta,

316{0 ! ctnr

rrqr*i6qgtgtscrftcr: rr rdrrt g wmtt * dt cacrd tnrgRrq: rqrqflr\ inrilc crfr mk-Tlt Gffisl& qi ftccctr*a{T: .{rflrrt rr qril<tfl rqrntqrrlffiqc{**r ftn r rurW rr

s!.2e

fffilstrr:

63

All diseasesmentioned in Chapter VI are based upon this : r. g. Mercury governs slin diseases. Venus governs venereal diseases.. Jupiter governs brain rliseases, such as madness, etc. The Moon governs diabetes,menstrual diseases, etc.

erffidlqnTdsq{ilqrf

tfficqlrnr<ft;ttq{

n iq tl

-\loha.29. pungent. Saline, astringent, Eweet,bitter acid,and mixed flavourshave for their lords the Moon, the $un, Satunr, Jupiter Mars Venus and Mercuri. The Sun,Mars, Venus, Mercury, Saturn, Jupiter and the Moon Ewayover perids of half ^yearl, a day, half a montb,two'lnonth6, a year, a monthand a nuhurta (? ghatikas 48 minuteo)reEpecrively. or
NclrBs.
Plaoet l,eriod !'lavour

The Sun The Moon Mars Mercury Jupiter Vsnus Saturn

Half a year

I'uugent

wr (Kshana- 4 8 ' ) . . . Saltish One day Two months One rnonth 15 days One year

Bitter Mixed Srveet Sour if,qfq-Kashaya

Applicaliorof thclrinciffr-If illness is indicated by Saturn, it is long-standing: if iDdicatedby Mars, it is of short duration. This shouldbe appliedwith reference ChapterVI. to

61

!R$Clf,qtt cf ,- gf,slrf,s qqi{orarTtlda} nrer{ s Rqrrq rtn?.lrE I

Adh. tl

+glvaoPonflrtar qgrrrdra +wz qvit (Pfrst hail) lqtei-siltrnEr* q] qoqrd agcreeffi qlR TfiFqrn Also. inrsdr rrfr q{r} diqi qkEsitorlisaqqqg cnrrn{q(qrrisffora,i'm rF{[\"q;q E rr rrisirxi I r* -Jer* rrait ar (ag6erraaaiaarn)rcerFe ldviaclq (Latter hall) erranfteftrimqcr( cl0riq: (*arrarrt r) qrqit*qftga: +r& vrlftcimrcgvr: r ' rtrwfr ftgQct lrrrfurtsqsrEdqli l qtqr{: I ofr qn;dt qEiir: v?qar rrae anq trol: +nl'rqq; qrffiq in6q: I aqqr qR aqilredr{t rRfrsft il{r arr{fireai rr{ftlttsft-q+ <ri nnqqah;ilt $r} arqfta*rfterpq }qq tt trf,qqft( cqAsft urSt *q: *fuq rsafi qer qu<r @t rrqft ( c ruqrl-di{r+lqrsedqt mii rrlft a<tretrmiqrcarftrt qr srd qfit.q {errg: tl ffi
Supposeat'the time of a query, the Vrischika Navamsa in tbe Mitbuna lagna to have risen (2 signs 4 degrees 12 minutes), and the position of Mars, the lord of .Vrischika, to be 9 signs I I degrdes 13 minutes. The period typified by tbe same planet is e day. According to the first view, Vrischika Navamsa being the 2sd in the Mithuna lagna, the compretionor success of the business bas to be predicted to happen in 2 days. According to the sccond view, 9s Mesba, the Navamsa occupied by Mars, happens to be thc 6th when counted from vrischila, the time in which the successor otherwise is expected to occur rvill be 6 days. Frndtheplanet that is strongest at the time of Adhana("rrqrq). Thc pregnant woman rvilf desiru (lous for) food mixecr with the .0rvour typifiod by this perticular planef

3[ t0-81

Cftlrsrclq:

66

q|ild rqft fratqr{{r{q}t{ ffiur$dsffiqtrurrt r


frEtr{w6{t.IA tt lo tl Eqf< gtf,qftqatffi$1

rffirroqrd qr{nqtdqtn
Rn(|
ffrurnrmrffl wt g|qilrtilr:ll lt ll

Sloha.8O, Aatrologers that all the planets ray cast a quarterglance the 3rd and 10thhouses; at halfa glance at the 5th and 9th: three quartersof a glance the 4th at and 8th; and a full eyeat the ?th. Slo'hai31. Saturnis exceedinglypowerful when be hashis strongquarter,glance. in Jupiter is auepicious hio obliqueor angular aspect. Mars ie potent with his tbree.quarter,glance. All the planets in general have on rtrength of aepect the 7th house.
Norrs. clo il<ran tq$lft qlrarqvqr qrarorrfrc: v* r i

kqntr*Mqg(wsgcrit c-d cfrin l *q3 I Tf T{qfr rfrqedtqqnrT R$turrTft cgtt {fig.il qfla ffir$il: sqrr: t;,
The following from Parasara1'fifqrr) regar{ingRahu <jrishti (<rgre) will be of interest:

.g'frqqc-{qr+fr aqftr I a"he aqs grarqwrit "rffi s{qfiVftqtc1rrqc{i gdFqr Rvuarsa} As-{F{: cRE: r
.To calculate the correct Drigbala (6rAo)of planets, pleasesee chepter 2 of Sripatipaddhati (ffi cCftF)

&66

rnrrntt

Adh. Il
!+

q{fe'gfr: qqqnEfuftnqwknm*,

Sloha.B?^ The Sun and lvlaro look upwirde. Venus and Mercury look eideways The t"totn .oo Jupiter look evenly. The looks of Rahu and saturn inclinedownwards.

n RR tl

Qrq?6srorqgE1qqqpwtffiq;il:r 'qrilrfrqiiqtft(urt tqrRq,qnwrftur, q: tilltl


frqrRqrqtqqqlqft tttqqpnRierr{frfogFf$iT{r{ r otrffiqqRnfrqnGil'dt*l
Srotu. .t3. planetehave predominant atrength of position ( tur<+er-$tthanabala ) when they o..upy the Vaiseslrika Vargas(Vidc Adhy_aya Sloha, 44. iufra,) l, by Lrroduced the combinationof three or more of the Vargas enumerated below:rle-SwochclLr (the planet,eown exaltation cign), etstr'rqr-swathrikorra pra'et's Moorathrikona),ig(the f,q-Swasuhrid(theplanat{riend's house),tcturor.$wa. drekkana (the planet'sown Drekkana),RRnt,SwaRaoi (the planet's own house), ret{r-Swa-amoa planet,c (the own Navamasa), being in:the ascendant'porr-ar, and ,,u, merousbenef dots (morethan 4, aitle Adhyaya 10, ic on Ashtaka Varga). sloha. i4. planets which do not poslessbenefic a$pect other such good influencegrDay not prove or auspiciouo when they are in their depreroion, io tr conjunction witb ininical or naleficglaneto acpectcd cr '

?uaiQniqqQqt{ *q?r: (g: lt lS tl .f

Ul, 35,U6

tBtlrrlsqn:

by then or in their Vargasor i; the $rndhis or have fewer pointo (in the Ashtak,r Varga) or when they ocrupy the bad portions of a sign, or whan they are cclipeed thb Sun'srays or oveicomein planetary-far. by
NorBs. positional strengthof jlanets will be better understood fhe by a reference Sripati's rules r.rn subject, Vidc Sripatipadto the dhati trft q&.Adhyayc IV-sl 8

gwr}cd-u-g*ft r fforqnrc{q;Trilqr tg, t d qqgR{ruttiq riloT filEo{rftn: nl\tl


Slola. 35. Mercury and Jupiterhave their fttcs' Digbalaor Etrongquarter in the Eastor Lrgna. Venug 'North or 4th bhava, and the Moon have it in the \il/est or ?th bhava; the Sun and Saturnhar it irfthe lvlarr in thc&uth or the l0th bhava. c/. lriry< 1 gftqt l{ftorrkeft cc:qo$I q fttotrt r g dr Rrm<crr& rrlmq u iriti<tr' g*nr*il
Also ilnc-Sr

cfi qtq$ eErrs* .fih qt rrrrnt ffi3fuerqqTrsad


Ailhyayplll, sl. I and 8.

Also {Iq'lffil,

nUqrqr*wr:qffiffin:

fteftrurqqr: g{rs$wgs: {il isroilft{urftt'QQ


Sloho, 36. Th: Moon, Srturn and Mrrs have rrcreKalabala or temporal streirgthat night; the reet during the day. Eachplanet is strong in his hour, day, month and year. The benaficanJ malefic plan:ts have Itrngth in the bright and dark hrlv:s of tha monrh res. pectively. Mercury is always stroog.

68

ltftqfiqrf

Adh. II

cf, tqqrar ffir nQrglsln: e*qr irsfu qrF>r rgofutaar: q: gft.lr: **ur r rrmAcstromd' {r4irq.
The reader will see that the author has referred to six of the sub-divisions of Kalabala (nn"as; in this sloka, Vit, (l)Natonnata. (2) Pakshabala (qqqo), (l) Varshapabala (dcru) bala (rfur*o), (+) Masapabala (qrqc-), (5) Dinapalula (kqq-qa), (6) Horapabala (trfi-{-d) a/. Sripatipaddhati (4rqhcqft'\, ldhyaya-I I I, Slohas{,-li. Alsp af. mFrd

*qrffiifrsfr Rq sat mtag*cr ftfu irrcrcqiretcrq {fsn: *}rrr, fuiselfth r

Gqrfu{r *nqamqqhqf k({Rrtrf

' f*qruHqtqitwfttorlisnut{rrfufl r drqrtqger rfigegr*dgnurarsn( rrlun twfq {6rFfi: qfruwrqrdg+rtnrj


Sloha 37.' Venus, Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and in Saturn,when their retrograda motionor in conjunction consid:red bevictorious plaoe, (in with the Moon,are to tary war. The Sun and the Moon are strong in the or Uttarayana Northern course. The motionaletrength planats tak:n in regularorder from Mars is addi, of the , tive in the; northern course. $aturn, Mar8, Mercwy, Jupiter,Venus.the Moon and the Sunris: eucceosively in natural strength (,pfftw-Nairargikabila) 'cl. tn<r+fi tr.fi ciqit ffiqqaq: tq@ 16r: qdcicnre rr q+q g"entor Eftr+ ffi{qq{ cr$: gu!,qr*rFt&0i qfua: r cr't ctft{itg* r}sft qrRrs'eT|ten rr

gl 98

ftCr{lsrcc:

69

Atso ttqnrq Eraqmmr: qftttqr: I Eqqsltftfiffi{$ ' ftgan.{r ge ftrrcqrifua{rtgrn: cRoac{r:I


The wordss{{+ts.t in the toxt have been used in a purely technical way, the meaningbeing "when in conjunctionwith tho qqqt {Fltfi[foon" ,.f. "{m'rqfi:7.1q dim: qffq gE, qAot fttil grfu 4q:n (ctq-:) cf. 6ffi Adhlaya.Ill.ls & 16. Also {rg{nrqflqr
'of the several kinds of For details regarding tbe effects please refer to Saravali (qra+tfi)Jal. 7. Slokas'28'46.' balas,

c* dt ffi

ftqt isr.RatrscrTtsfr n

r ftrffiqnPfiffiqqqfolft rr gqdtfrrgfrgtoffi eift mqFilqtRI: 16 rl


of Stc&o.38. Professors Astrology say that the (w.co'Slradbala) takeninthe follow' cix kinde of strength iog order namely $ca'Dri-bala (strength of aspect), grrccst thanabal (posi t i onal st rength), Mlq-N i saraga' a bala (natural strdngth), tsrrCheshtabala (motional strength), Qrro-Digbala (directional istrength), Frntq' Kalabrla(temporal$trength)have varietiesindicatedby the numbere1, 5, 1, 5, l, 7. Nores.
Here the author wants to mention the number of lsub'6itt' sions of the several kinds of balas, oil', (t) origbata (rrqo) is by itself one; . (2) Stthanabala (smqo) consists of 5 sub'divisions, viz; (i) Uchcbahh (vrao) (ii) Sapthavargajabala(sr*ird{o) (iii) Yugmayugmrbrta (gngrqlr) (iv) Kendradibrta(tqiitro) an{ (v) Drek' kanabala 11t6qqo) (l) Nisatgabala(htfso)is by itself oneand no sub-division. has (+) CUesUtabala iiero) is said to eonsistof 5 sub-divisiogs; rbst theseare, it is not exactly known. [i Vakra (rt), ii Saoagaoa

, (tcrtrc), iii lUdagayanabala (s<tmi{d) iv Ayanabala (cw{u), (gsso)l ,Vidc Slohrsl6t to 18,llh1ayc IU cf pnd v Yuddhabala Sripatipaddhati. (5) Disbala (f?so) is by itself one. (e) Katabata(mo,ra) is composed (i) Natonnatabala({iltlrilro) of li il Patstabala (q{lo r (i ii) Di narathri th r i bhagabala(kq<rFftect'rso) (rneq *a), (v i) Di napabala i(iv) Varshapabala(qfqqo),(.') Masapabala (R-<qs-o) (vii Horapabala (troqso), and

qqGftitqqEot&t'.r FqwdTrflq0fit{n tt f}qt .hhur e*rr{t {ilqrt qaifAg,fr q:6n u Q1


Sioha 39. 60th partsand 360thprrts (of a Rupa) the Rupasor whole numbererepresent foined to cercain strength of thek as of shadbalas planets. following the the signs Makara eto (w.rmu'Ayanabda). position;in The otrengthof planets is full, tlrree'quarlcn or half pecordingto the varying intensity of the fcrcesmaking of up tte aggregate lqro'Shadbala .

il{ftq'd 'qtg{e qd qi}.i, 11 Stutft' qftq{6qfr*q1!o ll


$loka. 40. The Sun and Jupiter have-6ff Rupro to cach ; Venus has5* Rupas; 7 areassigned Mercury; the Moon gets6 ; Saturnand Mars have 5 Rupar ar their. qlrao Purnabala
c/. q-d{tTrdl

qts(tdqqt, gnq qrrffieq{

qdh

qs q {rqltt't ed<rq si{til sa^ ?gamq3 |

asgqft q$ tq<g cta A @

ffqfft csrq ft* qd sn( u q' t*q qqrcrqrs;rw i

qs ,TEIqisqd aorh fih;er wtq oulr*vift

rt

i4;fue1-6, ffiaqq:trThffir
,aF

dFqqr{r lrq q|trrft lr 8t fl r ({fi TiliPd

9.112.t5

'itln;:

?l

Slgha. 41. Planetsare mutually friendly for .thd time being when they occupy the Znd and the l2th, thc 3rd and the llth, or the 4th and the l0th plaoes;[rom one another. They are iuimical if they occupy other poe itione
This sloka gives only the atqt&r to tlreir occupyingcorlain houses. c/. ttrgtms{Rr frientlship of planets Cne

l0 3lr4Ztz r!/iilFrr{b;sr: glfi r*,m: q fuuqrcqqi&pr. qq1.; (g: ft t7 E e 5 6 ' : qrirqqrgq u{ g*qqrftrrr* ftcc} hqur: n S*q* rrrte: *Fqgrt *nffirrrri lr* ft r sil lrrrtqqr eTrq{-d, a*thir,{i A&rorq,,

q;qq^uil?g$cil{ {q: {Tr: duq' WElfti;gil r msrailffiTffi {qqr gr; {serqrt.*Rftrtrq=,ilB\fl

qrrq frrriir rftgffqrrant Rg:gsqrqt wrqt r ggql gqe qqr,rdfcirqnirFrrf.g, wtgtcril ,,rl,t qfr1qq1' gTfit dr sT fril* rRqr{qrr: I fri ffidl WffEqQfuarq{ qtqcql qqrf,n uBfl

Rrtft rtnJt$q$iqlqr: tgs RnrqT nftrql wnifs qqat lqi Rqar'{siiiqql geHrqRmfters n8Rtl r!:

,Sloht. 42 The Sun's friendgareMare, the Moon and Jupiter'venue andsaturnarehrsenemiee. Mercury is neutraltowardshim. The Moon's friendeare the $un and Mercury. Jupiter, Man, Venus .na Ut*rrr.r. oeutral. Sloho. 41. Mars' friendrarethegun, the Moon, aod Jupiter. Mercury ic hio enoy. Venucandgaorn areDeutrals him. Tbe $unand venuaarefriendr'of to

r]isqlfrrfr

Adb. rt

Mercury, Saturn,Jupiter and Mars are his neuffalsr and the Moon is his enemy. Sloha. 44. The Sun,Mars and thc Mo,rn arc the ate friendsof Jupiter.His enemies VenusandMercury; 'Saturnis neutralto him. Saturnand Mercury are the friends of Venus. His enemiesare the Su:r and the Moon. Jupiterand Mars arehis neutrals, of Sloha. 45. The enemies Saturnare the Sun,the ,\{oon andMars,Jupiter is neutralcowards him. Venua are to L^Mercury are his friends. The planetE and exceedingly friendly or irtimical by their being deemed friendly or inimical both naturally rind for the time vi;, (l) being. Thus planet'aredividedinto 5 clag;gg, (2) srF{ft*-Adhimithra, r3) rg-Sathru, ftr-Mithra, (4) dft{tg- Adhisatlrru and (s) qq- Sama.
NoTrs, In order to tinil out the naturirl friendship or otherrvrseof planets with respect fo any ,rne of the'rest, the following by gencral rule is laid cl<.ru'n ;i[;rP{ -satyacharyai Vh.,

gtrqtkdlurqT{rtqs ttrdi e'atsq}Fnrq'f I sfi Aq+ rril dt* q wqe( cl itqr: n


Planets are friendly to any given planet when they happen t<l own the 5th, l2th, 2^d, lth,8th, anrl llth housescountedfrom the planet's Moolatrikona Rasi, or when they happen tql o'wn the plenet's exaltation Rasi. The rest :rre his enemies. Place the planet in its ]Vloolatrikonairnd mark the 2nd, l?tlt' sth, 9th, the planet's exaltation Rasi, the 8th and the lOth. Planets twice invited become friendsl pli.nets-,once invited beconre acquaintances and planets that are uninvited become enemies.flut the Sun and the Moon become friends on a single invitatiorr (as each owns only a single sign in the Zodiac). The Sun invites Mars twice, Jupiter twice, the Moon once and Mircury once. Venus and Saturn are uninvited. Therefore Mars,

$[ re-rl

|lit{}sqiq:

?s

Jupiter, and the Moon are thc friends of the Sun,and Mercuryhis acquaintanco. Venus and Saturn are his enemies. Similady it tho case of other planets. c/. g(sftiT.tr

veit ggqfu*torqsir{ Fm(Frncn*tdcr: tiwg:$nqr: reoapnqwtHr}qr&R il


But Yavaneswara holds the following view:

' ' I

gfr Srt qRW st r riftffiscqr.i crrttatt qnf{rFRrr<*geSg6q: ftbr: rr gp: trftrqrq flq* E:fi{* tcgr s f}qnt r Ttrreq *rrr ftnruq;fugqnt: trvq fiqffi qortrr ilrtl tl
sgyg

Only some authorities hold the above vierv and not all, Varahamihirr a/. 1qw6a

firs?*cg$ est:gffidi -rr+tftSqr: lFrtrRgr*;6na g6q: H'Rti cnqn ffi


For frieuds of Rah'u antl Ketrr, the following is stated in

afr' gF* i{ftfrrflr qA,$M iI qqtftqr{: I ll Bqrl Wruqttgaq*qtiRg,ffi:


Sloka. 46. If there is friendlinese both naturally and temporarily on the part of a planet, he is a great both ways are deadly friend. Those that are enemies foes i'rvariably. That planetis but a friend which hag of the character being {riendly and neutral from the two points of view, while the one which haa the character of being neutraland inmical is an enemy. A planet that is inimical in the one caseand friendly in the other ie to be taken as neutral.

qt{fuilcfu :-Sarwartthachinthaman i: qdkrfrqr: *ffiare qqF( w{r: tl rr*rg ftrrF

qg:ffiqgfratgqqlt, gilFr:qftfrffi'
r0

qft: fos qftmlx: Rr![il:Uq{qgil ftq, I

tpsl

11

ucxrfuil

Adr. II

Eloha, 47. Sages that the Sunis steadfast; the eay Mars is violent; Mer' Moon'is wandering (unsteady); qualities; cury hasa mixture of diverse Jupiterie gentle; Venus iu light or easyand Saturnis harsh.

I Tqrirmk{rrkrrtrrqqr;Frqdqwmildrn: ffirarft{qsy5qQqql:q'

ll 8z ll

immoveable Sluho.48. In the case of moveable, planets occupving reEpectively llth' the anddualeigns, gth and the Tth housesfrom them or their lords will planetsif they happen excecdingly troublesome to _proyc occupiedby the lord own at thc sametime the houses (nrlor Mandi (qrFn). of Khara
Ititlc inhu Adhyaya ,\VIII sl.30. F'rr:(qq) Khara,Vide Y-56infr,l,

wffi

il{lllqfie-qrnffiAqff<iq

wi t{nrqEqnftRgarehqnqgnr
tt frqlq-gR{d,qrwgrl{5,{6*rrd, uq tl
Slcfrrr, 4lt. A pereonought to divine abouthii own selfrfather, influeur:e,hcalth, Vigourand fortune from the Sun. It is thc Moon that determinesthe one's heart, understanding,royal favour, c:haracter'of mothcrand affluence. It is through Mars that a person disease,characteriotic c.rn ascertainhis own rcourage, qralities, younger brother, lande, foes and blood(parternal) relations. It is Mercury that:influences one'E relativesin general, dircriminationr maternal learning, and uncte,friends,speech action.

q{rRttrftge(qrffitfr qF{i'fi r( qqnqrqnfi<d I qrfr, rftqnn$qrlt

$[. t0,52

fr?frsrqrq:

16

qrgdkTE(ItnorRqii{ilEmr : rtfr qrilFd Ate\ lt\oll fiil{ ftilHii g ftrR*rr


S:oha. 5q. One ought to conjectureabout one'E 'sots anf own genius,wealth, physicrl devalopm:nt, to by knowledge referring Jupiter. informrtion regardi:rg otle'8 wife, vehicles, ornaments, love a{fairs and ir pleaoures to bEooughtthrough Venrts' It is $atq1n ihat oettlesa p:rson'e period of life. liveli[cod, thg causeof death, hie advereity and prosperity' One aboutone'spaternalgrandfatherthrough oughtto guess tbrough-Ketu' grandfather Rahuandaboutthe maternal

qge,ffiid grftrtwrafi ft{stRRisql dqwt{il:


WRaeaqflqrd* rtt!f!!x: I
g(geRi|qg:iffisfi: qH-oqT( ll \t ll
of Sloho. 51, The Karakas the Bhavasbeginning rising sign are (1) The Sutt with the Lrgna or the ('l) Jupiter (l) Mars (a) Thc Moon and Mercurv (6) Ju'piter (6) Saturnand Mars (?) Venus (8) Srturn (9) The Son Jupitar (t0) Jupiter,th: Sun, Mercury'and "ni(tl) Saturn Jupitarand (12) Saturn.
cf , qloP

qfi $: ge: Crdtgtfiw: fta: tFt: t


q5rqe{gfr fi-{1ffEav rlr4stcot: ll

ftteggrt{tirFltdt:I sfql{dlaifitrt'?1tmr,

qr( qftsqrfrsRoqril\g rtRftfu<, ll\Rll tTilErI$:

S/ota. 52. Venus, Mercury and Jupiter when the 7th.,the 4ch and the 5ch they occupyrespectively houserfrom the Lagnaale indced .harmfulln all horo'

,r0
,YVYTYYYt rtt:YvrutvYY

rrffiffr
rYY t YYYruvvY YYv:vwYUviYYYYUYvv

Adb'II
-

tcopet. Saturn in the Bth housefrorn the ['tg* pariablY what ia agreeable-,
are as follow:

gives in'

Notus. in his mo{if{ril The harmful yogas as given by Manthreswara

'

clt q,it:66qfqgrrri irt *s: quei tsrF{t t ftrFtcga? rt 6tt g""-,ti {IJq: iFqirreq

q[Rsst{' t mfilrfi qqrqtt, ffiIrraqr!il ll q#tffRlqi f{*q't' qIGrtIqtHFI;\1 ll ffi,

Sloha,63'Poeeessedofenef$}lofasquarab as wine'.of a b"dy;. ;hck'red in mien, of eyes bright of torr"lywith his linited quanriry hair, ;ifi;; ne^3ure, chieflyof the quality of goodneos' ,i. Sunconsisrs
cl' fl(qdl

qfir$Fqeq{w'cgcft$<l<evd t-g,fr cgfttrqrtaqi: {t: saoc: Rn: t qr{. rfiqrragffirgaaru: ffirrsTt rrrdtragc+: Egir'{:*rgrmrer rft: tt

qe{rFlH gtqq{rail(fu$t' I dqIGnA

qffifrqriil { gqsqr ail-( ll\B l dF {qtwggqfiq:

Stoha. 64, The Moon has phlegmatrdwind in speech his compogition,and is given to rambling' Hit limbs He i, ,oflie is discrimioating. hasfine eyec;his sensible, lovely. He is always are firm and exceedingly with a figure slim, but round'
,/. ff{Kal

'

ngrarrftt' 6ar* gr drq: rrrtffi cri 6i qrft{r: t fig: qpffilme3 qrtql-r*mrtc6: &c(+ t*6'rfr gfr 1g{rg rerUtsftgtra: IFreRTf{cl: ll

rr'

sf. 6g+c

fttjts;rnr:

77

urq? adgorftg trtt$rtrt:tt \\ tl


Sloka. 55. Mars has fierce eyel, a youthful appearance generouE and disposition. I{e has bile in his composition; he is exceedingly fickle. fle har a slender waisr His limbs are fine andof a reddishhuc. He is energetic and luetful; and his tendenciee to, are wards the quality of Thamas lcrg) or darkness. cf. wa*dt ,' trs: fuootsrit aag{f.eif}anri}amif , qqffirrwrmn:qgir: qtar rtem-*rqt gt$F s efi rlnet'rr : fttncs6qf {os: qclt+t ftera${ro: tcuirr:.6a: I

tfiTl{{grdGl: ($Fr{

Ga

!5ttTf:

, etm twtgE{ilrqftilqefo.

uftffr RfdtQtmn,rfruriqr
{Gl:rdlqftfm:ufrtqt RrfE ll itQ ll
Sloha. 56. Mercury has a persongreen at the bladeof Durva or panicg(ass. He hasa distinct arti, culation. He is spare aod thin, He is thQsovereign of thoaewho are endowed with the quality of ruq.R.x;1g or passion.He is exceedingly fond of fun. He delightc in danage. He hasplenty of bile, phlegm and wind in hic compoeition; he haea weahh of ready e$et111 and is a 8age. r/. ercr+dl ilur<rtqileill* r1grqctEoe o{rs rqwrtsfffift+: Egqqr: t*cfrfrveirr r

t8
c*qrguftf*

s!*clftlte $r wnrsn<rq Sftgf. g<: ffi<e:


iqa*: vrqrrtarcIt gq: ll

Adb.II

qEgqRt(,{teEol,i$6rflI[

{Iso!rytsi('q*ilrhwtt r Efrstltuqt{: tnfrtqintq {qrt qogEqRRa, t{r.rt 11 ll \u {qir

a slokn. ,7 Jupiterpossesu?sbig'beliied body ; temperament hir colouris yellow. FIeis of a phlegmatic all He poosesses virtues; is endowedwith'an aPtitude gcience. His eyes and hair are brown. He for every por0esse8 quality of goodnessor purity.' He ic the erceedingly intelligent. His p:rlon is graced with marksof royalty not to be despised. a/. armsr tqfitrodtct g ittrt : ftrrotrE: ftrrt : g?tgqoraareg {tiftdtqo: t Q(irfttr: edr{ara: {* rd tr&dt f+s?ilAgdr qrdleirsrsssrcq*tSfu :cqrit 1t: tt

finfr;(t{nfi meeoftnfu:
1 {rqilftfttrg' s}rqeqsrq{ffs' qRqffisq.rilT rsnr: qtfdqn'
lfqq6{fgqrrdfiFfi(a{Klg{: ll \d ll
S,ofta. 68. Venrlghas black curled hair. He ic dfrt'hrown and handsom:.His linbs ar: very stnrn3!, and an amorou$dic' rieal end lovely :He hassefteyes position. He has much wind and phlegmin hic compo. sition and is endowed with Rajas(twq) or the quality of paroion. He haean amplitude of grace,ease,vigour and all kinds of excellence.

sf-r,Ti,"-""",
,/. sr<rcd qrtft&gq: EqEq": ga;rltt: +rffrrq q{qvlqrqq; 1 Scqrgrr?anqqcotkrQgit . ' arw ilfr smqsr{d'tsRgrrrtFsqflrqit *orqrdqftqlftqgPraa: qg@w: Rre:n

ilAFqiqn": iftttflr Fiftrcrr' $$qltilflt

ffiq{relqliqs& dfMrg8dtftoq,Rn(ll \q lt

hae Sloks. 59. Saturri stiff hairand limbs; he ir tean. FIis body is dark asDurva grass. His compoci' tion has phlegmand wind in it. He has large teeth and eyeoof a fine reddishhrrown.He is intent on dark to and designs disposed inactivity. cf anl+dr ftfr hraEslsi: ${aT{tt: frrtdsqs: EsIrF:qqartcrmftgns cnarrir A'iur:t q* : qga,t&;il :ft c fan'rcrFr,1ffi rrrwft: n ti* diqcir wnftqa. ?Ftonnit

q;q: d* si[01 qftrr rfige, $'Aq gwnfrffi<: r qq, g {sqt rcil 8o fttr gfr gtqF{EI gQa ![s,
Sloha. 60. In planetary war, Saturn is overpoweredby the $un ; Mars by Saturn Jupiterby Maru; the Moon by Jupiter; Venus by the Moon; Mercury by Venus; and the Moon by Mercury.

dqqdrqr*agerrMatrr

rrffis6ffi

ErqffiErrqes q& r Rae

tt l{rt Rqq0r{irnaqar{qt tl

S/oA.l. 61, The Sun is invariably Ettoog,in the following poeitiono:-his exalcrtion, bio own horer.hii

80

di$ffirt

Adh.Ir

Drckkana,his Hora, hie weekday, his Navamsa,hie the northernpessage, middle of day, the time of his enteringa eign, the initial portion of the Navamsa of a and the tenth house. friendly ptanet,

qE(, .ffi sftilar ltqffirsrq*{{*

qld{q r <nq-igffiUq ftfrr ge qrrqrqt qR rdt q{e qFr Rqr rd: tffi

ll s+aitr{qileilq Wuqti ?lunq.qRll $*

Stohtt. 62. Thc Moon hae strength in Cancer, ;his Hora, his Ttutur, his weekday, his Drekkana, by the Navamsa, end of a sign; when aspected, benefic to ; planets at night; in the 4th houae in hie passage s' The Moon with all the digits the south of the Equator. io complete otrong ir: all poeitions except the Riksha (d. e. the last quarters of Aslesha,Jyeshta and Sendhis Revati). The samewhen aspectedby all the planets bring to mena royal destiny

qm irRaqqmsqM{il

qordr q* q qTsqfrRr rrRTgQ qrf $drm+ q g qKrR Ql n ll


S|rla. 63. Mars hat abundant otrength in his in own weekdry,in his Navamea,in hie Drekkana, the rigns Meena,Vriechika, Kumbha, Makara and Meeha, during night time, in his retrograde movements,when he is in the southern quarter, and also in the intial portion of a sign. He gives prooperity when he is in tbc 10th hotrrc from the Lagnaand also when he is in Keaks

ffifigt

tl. crtc

{hfltrm{:

ct

q|t Rn qftqrm3rg: r qfrT{e ffiqrq{rtfr

riltqTfrr{f ffi

uil qr qq zdfofcc (I( tl 18 tt

Sloka. 64. .Mercury is oighty in Kanya and Mithuoa, in his weekday,in his owo Varga,in Dhanus, shen witbout the Sun,b! day as well aeby night' in (that portion of thc ecliptic whicll hir northern pasEage lies to the north of the Equator)and in the middle of a strengthand pros' rign. He invariably promotecfame, prity if he be in the rising oign.

ffiM{fr
,

qs{Gffi

tt q atqrqffrqd stq]

qR qrRrqQ t

uil gt q qirt rgRr(: qr( ll q\ ll

Sloka. 65. Jupiter ie powerful in Meena, Vrie' ,chika,Dhanusand Kataka,in his owu Vargaandlweek' to day,at mid.day, in his passage the north of the sign, in Ktrmbha,as algoin Equtor, in the middleof a 'aign. He gives much wealth when hil depreasion lo the rising sign, in the fourth ac wcll as in the l0th housefrom the Lagna.

MrffiqR{n?nQ gtqfimrffi

ilgqqtgwt a$ qn} t

gr}f,rq gqfrqR frll' qr( ll qq ll

in Sl..rla. 66. Venuo is aucpicious his exaltation rignr io hio Vargar in hio weekday, when in the niddle ll

8Sl

ftTq|ft|t

Ad[r.tI

of a sign, in the 6th, t2th, 3rd and the 4th houseE froo the lagna, in the afternoon,in his conjunctionwith the Moon, in his retrograde motion and when he is h advance the $un. of

qt U{q wt qR Eqtrrt

qqqfnqw*qd u,q* qtr{nql Rqgquftt $nqq I qh wqE*g 5vrfrq: enq ll qe ll

Sloha. 67, Saturn is predominant in Thula, Makara, Kumbha, in the 7th houre from the Lagna, in hio paesage the south of the Equator, io hie own to Drekkana, portion weekday and Daca, the concluding in of a sign,in planetary wsrr in the dark half of a month, and in all the twelve signr when retrograde.
Norgr. But according to Garga, Saturn in Tula, l)hanus or Moena idcntical with the Lagna is capable of conferring royalty on the native; for he says.

qortqc<#<1r1i onts: rfrrr: t: aitft {cfr cncrqwdt rr{(Fq tl

|5;qrdff{'lqrilqQ ftnqF

Urt q w{rgcrfrq:qR(|
sqra*gqql q ffi ret cq flq4ll

SloAa. 68. In Merha, Vrischika, Kumbha,Kanya Vrishabha, Kataka, and in the l0th house from the Lagna,lahu has otrength. Ketu dominates over the concluding portion of Kanya, Vrisbabha, Dhanus, the 'a night.time generally and over a birth occurring at period of any striking phenomenonsuch aB an eclipoe.

sl. 69-72

fiftftsrn{:

83

ftqot{rFe t ftertru{er?{iltt q&ntrfr uh qltg({rttg r {Ir{gfif{nnfilqi}ettEqtt


Sloha. 69. Those plan:ts which pcose$s the strogth dcscrib:d al:ovcb?com: rrtuvriling whztr ch-:y rrrt'bhrva or t"ppi to b: in the initial prrticn of a cal' hrus. ae ascertainedby rrrltgir'bhavr sphutr (correct culations). Accordingly, none of the effects alrcady yogas and deecribed in so far ae they relate to Bhrv.rs, the various fortunes of a p:rson's tif': can be.exp:cce..l to hold good in this case.
V s N . B . T h i s i n t e r p r e t a t i o ri r o n l 1 't r r n t a t i v e ' S '

qqlutlrffirq tirgftm ril: t


q{iltfilr qrr}etfr:1g: $ilt{s ll eo ll
in Slofra' ?0. Planets the six signsbaforethe Sun arecalledProne: Th:se in th: six behindthe $un are and of sufinc and are productive happiness wealth'

firrrr{{rrd{ilr:nlor w<rttrqr*Reilr|;il' t qdltt{ agtdl{oss{flt ll sl ll ts ilflqqsirnt'r


Stoha. ?1. Satu(n, Jupiter,Mtrs, the$un, Venuc' sari' Mercury and the Moon are the planets adrangedabidein atirn a*ording to the lengthof the time they the zodiacal .igo.. Rahu wh rse position is at the node)has topoost point of the Errth'e orbit (ascending a posicion ' prldooiniting strengthwhen he occupies r' e' when he is ba above'oentioned felow the planete fore or to the eastof them

{qrgfr[,{firq{gt q'gt-qftgilt$tt I W,-wi (Rq'sel trdrdfritqor*{rA iletil'

(Tbis nreaning is only tontative')

84

rratqftnrd

Adb" It

Sltha.7r. The Moon in conjunctionwith the Sun,. Mercury in the 4th housefrom the Lagna Jupiter iri ' the 5th, Mars in thc 2nd, Venus in the 6th, andSaturn in the ?th become barren of effect,
NorPs. Saturn is said to have his full (Greo)Digbata in the 7th house, , Vidc sloha sapra, It is thereforedifficult to reconcile with 35 Darren the abovethe statementnradein this slolia that he becomes of effect when in the 7th house. \. \ \ \

Tqrsri flr4ffifu: ll el tt $rq'r aFeqgofr {qril trq;rl q {ood g r(fi: r trq

(Ilfilq ${t a;ngmt(I lFl{r, I

rr ffitfi die{rflatrql(tilq+ eB ll

r eEr frrta,trEtEfqEtqr{qftmft{tmo*'
ilrAFlffffi{iF{,

(whenin strength) coun, can SloA:rs ?3,?4.Mercury teract the evil causedby Rahu. Saturn t'in a similar of poaition)cancounteract evil influences the former the Mars (when in a posicion advantage) of two combined; can remove the" evil .causedby the three foregoing put ptanets together. Venushas power to nullify the by evil cauged thesefour. Jupiter can destroy thd evil worked by the previousfive. The Moon can obviate the malefic influence of the six preceding. The Sun can renove the evil effects of the foregoing 8eveo. when he is in his north' This he doeemore effectually ward course

qifr frqaq{t R{ttt' ll s\ tt

S/o&4. 76 The Sun (when malefic) invariably ttrrough the instrumentproducesmentalincompetence gervrntsof a king, of Gods andof Brahminga[ity of the of iri aggravation suchailments aE an aching head, rag. and'dysentery. ing fever, wasting consumption

ill. 76119
-v----t--t.---.

flGQsraq:

8e

q|qqirrdAr{rfrdl qlt{rR(qqtfilqf ' t q $d ![ Tfrtn' ll sq ll trlturg{tMqM


Stoha. 76. The Moon ( when malefic) cauFt generallybrought on by trouble by m:ans of diaeasee venereal indulgence,such as pallor, cahrrh' :iaundice and iiflamnrtion of tbe nose, and alsowith the aid of femalegoblinsand demonesser oumerouo

(tldqrqqq${{ffqw{qqrtlstqi' r +raq,,Mti-CftSftqtg of qqKil:ll es ll


Stola.llMars(whenmalefic)quicklycarJrer fire; weapono' fearby a swellingof the scrotumphlegm' as tumours,boils arr1 suchdisea'e' areborn of til; of l;Jig;r."; and also through the instrumentality formsof that deity. Siur"theroichostsandthe terrific

$ffi qnf*r?qfi{ilr{twkg'r{uRTe' rled ll

rporhr much St.ha ?8. M;rcury (when male{/'r) mieerybyproducingwindimperc:ptiblyintheregiono leptooy, by o{ the privities andthe stomach, bri'ging on ald otherdiseases; alro iiJig.rrion, colic, diarrhoeaadd throirghthe inetrum;nt;lify cf spirirs, the devoted ser, *r.otrlf Vishnu of whom the leaderis called Budha

iiiniiuhlmo,grir sf'rrrqrde&'rq61*',
Eorro\rr r Sloko 7',, Jupite (when malefic) cauees utteredby preceP' due to the evil effectsof maledictions peopleand and such other venerable tors, Gods,Parent.i eple:n' of , Btahqinr, as well as the diseage the

t fiqrfrEgt{grilq$' d+ q ga{qfrrrrua'-u'tfil

rilrqr$rit

r*j

Veaus producee'peril through euchcauseE drlnk as arising from the diseases the beloved aod Ciabeteo of with a result induc:d by addiccion wo6en associated endeared exceeeive gallantry. by to femalec

rRq' lf 6ilPd ea*ftnlt' r


tqn{rugqil?qftr*9, tt c. ll
Sloha. 8). Saturn occasions distress, leading by !Q astswhich the evils of poverty breed by neansof )iends and thievesag algoby diseases affecting jointc. the And Ketu causeathe affliction by ih: itch, by an bv outbreak of enallpox, by o.rchinitions of en,:mieo, low in generalan3 by the instrum:ntalityof direaseo outcast hordeo,

graat fear to m:n by .S/bfr.1.81. Rahu 'causeE halter, flies,worms,ghosto, smallpox, nidhd of epilepay, leading suicides byhangto goblino'; also by firldoland icsulting in want of app:tite' ingl:6..*Use of disoasee and lcproey.

E.[;l{r{rrof\ $ii}r' ftggtqrR{t tttqrr(|lct rl

qitsq gu*uft}eiWr{ I rqn{(Rr6 {t:

'flqw6q{rfiq{rdr n*rn-

qrRsr{frilrfiffir qffiEqfi{ft'f,er[r: sr{qr


aKGI(t:(t-i[ffFr$qEi${(; ll cR,lt RtI(

the -Sloft.i.,i 31.- 'Tlie planets-sh-rwn'in following Mare,'atrlrh' an.l thl"\dorrl, three prira-the $urr'and-

Sl. 8g{,1

ififtrm:

8?

Jupiter and Venuc.--respectively producq etfect whan they are in the beginning, the end and the rniddleof a effectat all times cign. Mdrcuty produceg
cf. ttqmq'

Rctithft nitc.rt gttgst qqis ctqqn\ t rftgtnftr*r ftftfu{ft rrftraqq;qtK qf5rq n qr* sund $rsr* cQ ftir{*
elqr l: aqftf,-{tq{qrt qor*

Also qcFrc

r
ll

q{rddqqP{flffirnrr.* inflqqrgqrdfrdrmes I

twqfurqqffin

r{ qil'gtrq{rherdtil q: ll zl ll

by are Sloha. 83. Wheneverdieeaees caused irri' tation of particular constituents of the body, people propitiate the should,in view to allay all suchdiseaoec, lord of the irritated constituentsin quectioorby ocano tibationsof water, oblations (thrown in the of prayere, fire) and by liberal gifte. When their minds are by 'and of thesemeansfreed fiom apprehenrions diseare sorrowr they will becomeporreroedof health, happinerc hme and otrength.

rrorgntsq t5nq !d ir{ {Frq$Snts t frsut"fsqil: tti rg,{tqqh1:gak fl{rt ll 4u ll


Sloha. 84. In an odd sign,accordiogto the nun' a advanced, planetis caidto be in infancy' ber of degreea in in boyhood, in adoleecence, advancedage and in c*lrcnis, But in an eveneign, theeeceveral divirionr order' bave to be againmaderegularlyin the reverse

'50
,""-V-aVYVttJ-.Ytt

'Adh. ll
NorEs; cf. ttrl cttoli rtarqsamutft c{ts{n{tcq rrd tgt (6) ftf ctg|tt$ Tfft fr $il r3: | qTcrq n Id: ffqcsm: cct ltorqqqr tfuir garr{ ${R} qrri c tgrq t n* g.ft*rdift qqitsqlq: st r {t'qrot qlrq: n l3r qci

"t

states or conditions ln somcof .the astrological works' these nature of the Rasi occupiod of a planet are describedas du" to the in a state of infancy whcn by it ; thus, a planet is Bala'qri or subdividethis condi' it is placedin the houseof a friend-some It is in a stateof Kumara' AaiiU"t"'ffiuto and Bala'{ro' ,il il 'vhen in its own house (or in a Trikona Rasi ac' iFrIKor boyhood or a state of sdole' cording to some).It is said to be in Yuvan'$fi or Ucha Rasi'sta{r; some scencewhen it o""ont"' " irikona'Fr*m and call thern Yuva'lfilt recognisetheseas two distinct conditions effects.are n-' and so on' Seperate and RaJa'tr<trespectively declaredto be felt dur' and are conditions to eachof tt ;JJ "r" perio{ of the planet concerned' cf' ilt in" u"*

qftrro: qk{fr rt* tegqt fue: t glrt ta< n !ilm: aFIfQI: srsftrdit srsrflrdt rrtrr rgg: {t$f fure: I rrttt lt {tt{rflftC?q0 qftd rqrddt qqfftt(: t qlQQpqrffi{rq:
rllt'! sgtrrstt{ g"ttq aa: tfitq' ll

qtnrl {aim
"

lrrrrt<qn xfi qdts(trfi fttt rt qftilaqnrdre ci lr{qas{: t tllv(l g q{Ir6rs *lTQrF: nusffi tl !!nf{? qllrfie hqrsudtrr: t {tT{g' $rcte trfr lrrsrrqq: tt Iqtvqtttrr0 cct* 3s66t: I T{otctft ftrlqq u |gffuri

Tfvt'

gL 66
AIso qKl{cft

ffiill{:
I n

89

etrnri*etmi rgrttt lncfrlt t qfffiF ilrdi i Scffr'qrc frfril: r qwf *niterr{i grrrq: qdffa: f rqhffir<i q rqr crr iliRil: u

sUqi q {qn qrsrtQttt t ffi ffitsscstt|er s$qi g qrtr rret n t ctt: S* g{ft<r"q"ffiryr: qqil rqqq 1 fd{*dr lSeftat g{ftnt: grcirdkr: s$ffif*lit sfo{: t ftr$: gvftr: qn qfrr'q qrqth il ir {d: qrrmfrt-tt: gtrtt3 | gcffififurig wqgr<efttar: ftrsr: teat: qcdfgr: ti

*qFt fr t sqi'ritl{qtri q qFr*i ll g(qEt{rft gfi etqrfuhmq d\ ll cd


Slolc. 85. That portion of a'zodiacalcign'in which a planet io in itg exaltationanCthat Navamsawhich iE owned by it, they say, is its waking rtate. The Navam' to ra betonging a friendly planet is its dreaoing Etate' while itc sleep is that portion wherein it is ih its de' preocion also that which is owned by an eneoy. as 6J:cmR-*trtrftt fuff.r q EecP{rgrq tlrt I RsrT& rl0n * 1 gqttil+q n firnq sqdget cr*anrggRis'I3 | . 51{qnffi: il ftiqa: q{sr1 <ntrm13 srtrrfiqr q$r6ETsqier qrfr t h!q,rq(rua{r tttsrTt gftqilc I
Bcside,s the teu Avastha's (qqgr:) or conditions described iu slokas 16r-18strfra and the three ones mentioned iu the present 'slolca, i.''ere are some rriore Avastbas (lt*eff:) wirich bave been tscribe,l to the several planots due to their being placed iq'certain

12

90

Adh. ll

positions. An accurate knowledge of these app@rs to bo very essential for making correct predictions. It has often been seen that, in the case of 2 or more persoDsborn at one and the sanie time (say in the same Lagla, in the same day, month and year), the. phalas or effects are not at all similar but quite different. This is mostly due to the entire change in their Avasthas (E{s-gr:)in n'hich the ptanets are situated in these lioroscopes' !'or insl.ance, .one ought to naturallj' expect Sarrthanavriddhi (rqrta?) if -a 'benefic planet Puthrauasa (ga;6r) if a occupies the 5th housean<l palefic one should occupy the same. But it is stated that beuefic planets in tlre Cheshta (=)st)state in the Sayana (:f+q) and Nidra Avasthas (fr4r w<vr) occupying the 5th house do moro harm tharr t good for progeuy, while malefics in the same positiori ancl in the eame conditions are capable of .helping the Santhanavriddhi (silIqER) of the native. As the several Avasthas (qcqrl:) of the planets are thus seen to play a very iruportant part in moulding tbe nature of their eflects cluring any birth, a detailed description cf the sante here will not be cousidereclout of place.

x{gdqtrft rIEMisg.ftqr rrFrr:{tQlat rrGe: ga t ft,il{Tt {qk{ fuE4t q rFrr-'g"rll

ofqdr .rftia*e gRrerfm<ur t gqd: Sft{dia .1trn+' cffrfer: Rq gztgm; knr rrgkggftr t
Tfltffqs*$Ffr affinr qt qq q ll

g6{riqt} srsft ftr4ilir& rrftga: I

rftt* *sft rrRfrgFft: s'eftqt: n


flgitr {tggdt RS* rrasft r qqr ttqt ll !fte: s s Atq: {dfgdr sr<Alft'd: I norft Rra: ta: qlSqT qfr<: s irfliFt: lf g{.lFr { $mfil P{*rdt ftTgd f**sr qradftt: t gaor sftiiit qtr gkd: q c*Rd: tr rfor frfr qal qmt: T{cFdrAqr t

&fut t Mrqr3qr

qq *firn: n

9[ It

ftOiltsrqrv: qtqr I lg tS r urig qeffi gftrc: tr)fu8tqrsfts at g:slrrw: u

0r

'q!

t}or Aqd{ q*rl{g q&t: r rorqddtq tnrsl: strtrqs n] s gqr gtu qt ilt rftgr: I ffi GOA asfitft: sr$ q cf,merqI utenl Rq-frqq ftrea&ecsl r gfue: 8rfun tsft q atr g:<rrca: u q;r gmml qnqq vFrft rT.E it I qhs qnksrA t.dqr r gnat?ffr il$l frfuetqfnrlc si qq .rr trq I Bqt es qrft ir s<tqr( itrtrqr: I

Six varieties have fortnerly treen declared,'lry Sarnbhu rgg:rrd' conditions of planets, vizi, (1) Lsjjitha'q8ilil ashamed or ing tl,re. abashed,(2) Gan'itba-rrfqa (hauglrty or conceitd)' (3) Kshudhitha' gf+o (hunsrr), (4) Thrushitha-ufre (thirstv or Snedv), (5) Muditba' gfm (pleaied or detightecl) and (o) Kshobhithn'trilm (agitate-tfor cxcite<i). (i) A planet is said to be in a Laiiltha'sGrfr condition when it occupiesthe 5th botlsein coniunction with Rahu, Kctu, the Sun, Saturn or Mars. (ii) [t is saiJ to bc Garvitha {t{flaghen it is in its eraltation psilion o* in its llloolatrhikona. (iii) It is io a Kshudhitha-gF're state whcn it occypies an inimical houseor is in conjunction witlt Siturn or an inlpical by an inimical planpt' trirlpnetor aspectecl I (iv) If the plarict being in a rvatery'sign be at the sarne tinro aspectedby'an inimical planet and una$pected lry benefic ones' it is said to be in a Thrushitha Tt!il state. (v) gut if it occupies a frien<l's house apd be in cgnjunction with a friendly planet, or Jupiter or be aspectud by another ffiend' ly planet, it is in a Muditha gfm condition'r (ri) Lastty, its condition will be Kshobitha dfre when it is eclipsed by the lun and has on it the aspect of malefics oq. llrqt of an inimical Planot'.

,l

|l|f||fiFTNU

AOO. 11

Tra {rqtt rrtlrrq qhF6{r& $ntr' t qtTqi . d gq, wt q* qsmcq[ ttqi q'tEttr q ffirxeiflaql

qrcrqftot tg*'!-*6c (Run da' il r* q- irql t{ st $rrt{rt aqr r g* et I tgrii g! dtFr ffiq n gft eiqr: *qrrq n,i qqrr qrtr r cIft e{cfi tq rlr qqtlgssq I trt 6* s rlor WMi eR* *Qq,r ff{Er Rtsr q rFrdr gftErfi. tl dt sq* it tsr* Rgti svq r qdr q sr+i rfutti fug: il Fierqi g{rg:,i lttruli q sfrqqnl relFranrI ft lrerri f{fttq ?r<i trqr gt, rr

q mle-gT rr*i srnt cft<rrr u qrrft ffi tn tqr$qsTr ,f?gqq g Rr qer"rt*sr q rfuei: qfuRfh: u ftze q.tE k*{ t sfttrtq I Sfitr tli tr{?rt foq}qaq,, srr{ eqr@c cgr g}: r rRqr q lrrlr tTt ili1ffi<Qitt rr tnryfta'{trmlq gr: {rqqq\ I

There are twelve other conditions of planets which have qlso be speciallynoticed. They in their order are (l) S4yana{rFl to (lying down), (21Uwvesa Efr{r (sitting), (3)NethrapaniMI (witb the hand on the 6ye), (a) PrakasanaTrfi?t-d (making brieht ot rrqkz (desireto go), (6) Garrqaa.E{ irradiating) (5) Gamanechcha (soiqs), (Z) SabnayamVasati tr|{tci {fr (dweUiqg or. beiqg in gn (cominb),(9) Sr{-d(eatiqs),(tO; t*ruEqassembly), (8) esama sTrrrfr tipsa:Wtrqr (desire to dance) (lt) Kauthut" *f+ (deliAl, jgvr pleasure)and (12) Nidra fr{ (sleep). of To find the particular olirtrt1 any planet, tbe fo[o11ipg iq method to be adopted':tbc

ttl*srme

90

gicd tbe product of the folloring thrcc numbers:(l) The numler rqpresentingt\o order of thc plan.et (couqtpd (e) tno-. from the Sun whose Avastha'q{gl has to be found' lumber representing the order of the Nakshatra"(countedfrotu Aswini) in wbich the'planet is situated; and (3) thenumber ]egfppentipgthe actual degreein whicb the planet is at the time (l) Buderconsideration.To this product must be added the nuqber Nakshatra-wwF (Z) thc tpdicatingthe order of.theperson's:Janma (counted Dunqbr represenlingthe order of the Jananalagna'wrrou horq uesba) snd (3) the nusrber represeutiqg the ghatikal that of birth. Divide the Ielave elapsedsince suorise till the time jult by 12. Thi, remainderwill indicate tbe order of the Avastha rtit{n (corrntedfrom 6qa) of the planet' Again, multiply the remainderaboveobtained by itself' To :this add the number giveu in the marginally noted table ur:derthe initial letter of the nameof the person concerned. Divide the re-sult by 12. To the remainderadd the Kshepa'Sv, rihich is also
t' r[

t' lt tlll tft


T3C

It _ r g |t ! ( C 4 ig

ql ! ' q ! q f 5 t 2
o

trtq rIrq
tlf,q

appended in the margin, belooginq to the planet, and divide this by..3. The rtmainder will iudicate in which of tbe tbree-Drishti, Chesbta or Vicheshta-rt, iur, or ftiut conditions in' tbo Avaeth*'qgt already found, the planet act'qlly is at the time' Take for example the case of horoscope gived in the notes tbe afirrM. to 3ripathipaddhathi is required to 6nd tbp, Soooose it of Jupi' putti"ular Avast!4'rrvt ter. The birth is stqted to be qt t.tf a glrati&a before Sunrise or io the 60th ghatika from the previous Sunrise. l'he position of ;upiter is 8 signs, ldegree,.25 miootes, ! socoad. Jueiter is in

188
Surfs Ksbpa Il[@a's ,, Mq{s' ,, , Meqcury'g t, Jupiter's Yg$+e's Sqttru's ,BabB Kethu ,, ,, ,, ,, . ,,

1 r 5 3 3 4 {

o4

{l5{rtrtil

Adh. II
is the lgth

, ii ttre sttr when counted from the sun. ftom Aswini'qttffil.

Moela-not

fherefore multiplying 5 x 19 x 2=190' by the Janana' 1'o this must be added the number represented (which is ltfesha-lc in thisloroscope), the numbbr t*gn.-._;; (which is Sravana'tltlul representing the Janmanakshatra":fafrfQF ald the number representing the ghao,r 2211&fron Aswini'qfA*) tikasthathaveelapsedsincelastSunrise(whicl'is60intlrepre. celt case)' t.heresultislgC*|.+22.|60or273.Dividingtlrisllyl2, whicl" nreans that Jupiter's Avastlra' we lrave 9 as the retuaintler arirql at the tirne is Rhojana"fra-a' of the native.begins Again squaring 9, we get 8l' -Tlre -nanre the number giveo fol that letter is l' So we with the letter S and bv 12' there iRp remainder l0' ' 8l l I or 82. Dividing this ;; t-

tlre Kshepa'qirof Jupiter'.viz' 5' T"',11 t ;i; nrust be added this is airllae{}v.3', thcre is a remainder 3 ,U-"rii"t" fS' Wlren the Bbojana that Jrtpiter is in Vicheshta'Rlsl'in J"i.*"s

.Avastha-'fr'fit{{lr'

Thefollowingtableishowstheparticutar'Avastlrar.rt{Ifan planets are thereinin whic\ lhP'serse?al o, the sub'state "ooiiton ' reference: under * iitt*a in the horoscope The Sub'state Nameof the Actual position Avastha -u. Planets in the Licliptic' ('*lwr) or condition s. s. "' Drishti (ED) Kauth'uka (#gd) r{l-17-43-$ Sun t' ll-27==53-." Mars " r' " " " Mercury ll-24-13-44 Bhojana (ftc-{) vicheshta (frist) I 8- t:25;;oiter (isr) Itauthuka(AIgd) Che^shta O-.l+"12-51 Venus tt G-27-55-4fi "' " " Saturn " ' 1r' For further detailssee Hora Ratna' 9
Moon 9-l+-29-39 'r ti t' tt

Sl.8e+z

ftfrSs.qn:

95

gd(qtl, qrsif qEIqlmttRr{r:ll cQ ll


Sloha. 86. A planet io a $irchodaya aign (Vidc Adhyaya 1. Sloka. 14) yields fruit at the initial portion of tht period of lite influenced by him: But .the same planet .n a Prishtodayaiign doeeit at the final ttage. But if he should be in a sign which hasboth the charac' fruitful at all times teristicr, he becomes r.f. rtv*rrc gBmq*ar*qt<+ee}:e: lutg r*qr: n
Also rnFt:

urq t{e, ftfrqqqe, flsrd q,sEr I

rQn srnrftTqcrr$cE: :gshrm t q{ncfi cc} ftc;ql=* qffifu il


Also. frt<t+dt

qri q{rrg soq: qNqrrrfucRr* fttrr: t sqAnt q q* {r+{ gtH q *s! r

fiq{il*{qq(rcr..

qlilfiqlftqrt t

Sl;ho, 8?. By the specialfavor of the planets'the been diversity of their work, form and properties has be' iet forth in the JatakaParijata which hac thereforE pianeary .or. abuodantlyilluminatedwith the pith of works' treatedof in all astrological effects

ll dttfre: nafrqrsqUoutE: rfuuqmztqqds ll

'Nature Thus endc the second adhyaya upon the Pari' urd Properties of the Planen' i'n the work Tataka bv Vaidyanathauder'the auspiceaof the [o'-."tnored
nine plane"' r or'r-nrn*..r-"'-*

fi *qEq{urqr?qilt{fr$rt qrdfiqfiMrtrcKquontqrfrftitqt tt

.f'ffT

uffi;tt
"-r"ii,.li{3;i r.'r3

Adh'yaya

lll.

lflrrrror,o Btnrus, eto.


Out of the 80 slokas in this Adhyaya, 46 have beeu taken from tsrihat Jataka,fiz-, Slokas l.:4,7-15,2l-25,38-40, +3'+1, 46.17,58,60-79. :rr1 sr,(ry., I The first l0 slokas of this clnpter deal with Viyonijantna (REftq-rcl. The words Amsa (sfEr)and Ithag (rTr.I) llave been used 'qci{r) as will and not Nar-amsas to imply Dwadasamsas (Aiilt) be scen by the wotd Dwirasa bhaga (l*(gr{rq) in the opening sloka. The information contained in theseten slokas can Lre used with when a thing is lost or an anirnal is advant4gcfgr horary purposes$ lost, or to enable tbe agriculturist and breeders of animals to find 6rrt the best seos(rnfor cultivation or for breeding purlnses' It can also be applie<tto:rn rJtdiuttry lioroscopetri see hos' ttluch of anirnal uature the Jataki ("indf) has or to see if the horoscopc uselesslike inaninrate beings. activity or becr.rntes irtdicates'hunran for ascertainingif the native is !'urther, it can be utilised fortunate or not with respect to aniurals or cultivatiorl aDd if so to what extent.

ftstr trd, grRti\frfrq . u {tsq qi6 frftfrts:'oft rr ?re

any living 1. SJo&n If, at the time of the'birth creatureor of a query regarding it' thd malefic planetc 'oner weak, aod are fouod to be ltrong anil the benefic

$b 1.

tffitsrqrq:

q7

kendra if I neutral planet (Saturn or Mercury) be in a position or aspectthe rising sign' the astrologer may L"hr" the birlh of a living being similar in form to that , indicatedbv the Moon'e Dwadasamsaprovided this tp.ra"tttr" b.longs to what is calleda ffifr (Viyoni) rign (\[esha. Vrishaba, KatakarSimha,:Vrischika' first , hatf of Dhanur, Makara, or Meeoa).
Norps. (fttrkq;q) meansa living being inferior in status Viyonijanma kingdom' [o man, whether of the animal or vegetable

For an animal to be born, determine whether the Dwadasanrsa (ffift1nt')' These occupiecl by tbe Moou belongs to a Viyoni Rasi Along with are the Rasis wbere an animal is likely to be born' should the above, the benefics sbould be wealc, aud the malefics or Saturn bc stroug. One of the neutral planets like Mercury with respect to the Lagna or'aspect should be in ao angular house indicated the I-agua. Then only we must predict that an zrnimal occupied by the Moon by the house owning the Dwadasamsa will be born. Mer.

Sun Venus!
Ioon9ei

Eromllc

question (Horary) and Suppose B person comes and' puts a -J"itions shown DWn of the plaaets in thc zodiac as above are ..an;rnet end of the kind indicated by the 4th house from the Moon'

at the tirp:

"o"f,

t11 Then we have to judge that the person has-

an

l3

08
'

*nnrqltqfr

itt. Adtr.

Supposewe come across such a position in the nativity of ittly person. We have to judge that the nran is fortunate in auintals. Another interpreta tion for (qalqr1i4lq'.Tr.rs{rrei) (Chandrol).gsadvirasabbagasarnanarupam).A form typilted by the Dreklsna 'i,'ns;r (fi'-cr.r)=2 x l; or 3rd) occupied by the iVlocn. In queriis <if ;{lreft,etc., thesearreuseful.to predict the forrn of the thieves,etc,

c/. 'inrcdt-d: gaort*: +rj\frlr$rffirfte! ar r drrzn*,rqi *at afiftft Er fifrii: Rr.qtl

I
'

qrqr qfua:qrril: qRTtfi'q-orq drrtqt't

=$Hrfr Rqlftqfttrq uq,ll ofi q R*rfrtlTni

ic s/oftr. Z. Finding thatihc malef planetsareEtrong planets ;tnd in their own Dwadasamsas while the benefic in Dwadasamsas their own ; not are strengthless and and finding alsothat the rising sign is a ft.ilft (Viyoni), thc astrologermay announcethe birth of a ffiFrarq (Viyoniianma) before(r. e. corresponding form to in as that indicated the l2th portion of the sign occupiecl by bv thc. Moon, provided the- Rasi owning thc tZth i:ortion in questionis rrffih (Viyoni) one.
Norrs.
exatnple, Moon '[^ iudilates Vrishablra I1 tlrr.:untlermenticlnecl l)r\r:rdasau)sa. T'he nlan, we judge, t'ill be ptr.5psrous in cow.,. ln lrorarl fii.tutc as itbcvc, breeding ol cows, etc., indicated by

t t-*
I

1.

I \ l a r s9 Jupiter 2

^".F-xenrpre [ turo

Il

St.3-1

qditcean:

99

Vrishabha will be prosperous or we may judge according to thc question, that a cow has heen lost. In the above flgure, suPposl the Moon was in 39" of Mesha. lte will then tre in Meena l)wa' rlasamsa. This will be very good for fishiog. Bhattotpala interprets rTlrr{ (Swabhaga$a) to mean'in ti9 Navamsa'.

Gilq'qrdq* qsgttqqt$r fiq: fuM qQFr{r*lllll lQcqqritrsw t6wdr fu{S*.EFrdrra


Sloha. 3. [n the body of a quadruped,Aries the mouth and the dewlap; signifies the bcad; Taurrrs, (iemini. the forelegsaod the shoulders Cancer, ttre ; Lio; tire breast; Virgo, the eides; Libra, the back; belly; $corpio, the anus; Sagittarius,the higd legs; Membrum vitileand the $crotum; Aq*Capricornus, the and Pisces, rail. rius, the bttttocks;
c.f. qKHJi

*v1&.gertq,iric+'rfrgftgarft* <: r u vdqcclts q ffiftt+frinrnt nsiaft qffir nqatgqftqrEl, ffi .irrgo"*iuR"qedr q6'de$rr
frgi-.n{catFfr stt rrrt oilqrqni q t u sd {qqerltqq+rtveiffi;qr:

@+rrltqtfratg(ra+fl s"{r r+fiqhoqqr fuU{ tst mfd

r gt tr r rr

Slota. 4. By putting togetherall the strong points whetherderivedfrom the rising sign or the risingDwa, therein or the aspect thereon of the dasamga, presence cerain planets,the astrologershould be able to give out the colours that may be found in the creature born (ffift); the numberof the prevailing hueg, he should declareruiably to the planetc on lhe Lagna ; and as to

Ioo

mmfiqft

ig.tj
cs?ar'6ci is another reading

on Se etreaks the animal'sback, if any, he may guess fhem in accordance with the planet in the ?th bhava. Norrs.
w.{tvrA4ldl is another reading.

sb q+{e<r.
Find out how many planets are posited in the Lagna or spect the Lagna. If tbese planets are strong, then only they taken into coosideration. [f not; find out the rising Dwa6fu.stbe 'asamsa and predict the colour of the animal as dqscribedio l, 23 r'nd, 1I l9). The greater the number of planets io the Lagna or ;specting the Lagna, the greater will be the varieties of colours o the auimal. The colour on the back of the aoimal (natural tripes of the animal at its bar:k) shculd be predicted tbrough the ,lanets place<lirt the 7th bhava from thr"Lagna.

'

r/. aHrdr

lqrlqfuff&iirqi

qgt'*a rtqt r

,'

1<re* ee #r srsft r "or c{t?r+ *utq. r e.ntrqrtMl Graqdql: g&ii sseqilq r e{t
ffi qrqd ffiMpe irrrq: I

f! t 'f t:.

Tsffr rrqqqr:ofrft qfi ftt*rrq rr fri 6tPd*rq: nrft fti qrtfr ftfti s t rul CnmqtftitrfoE: uror {r<v{ n ifu: qrqrncTilrfrH ftst r ;j ir r* gq1 t6q{,cdsfr vi SsffiI Sa* rl ql*6etS'={ fipv r qfiffi: =
. fFqrr{ofu S3 arrrg: vtgffisR u q-rtq ife: qttt<rta qfrTrBffiqq I eti'iufi ccfu qrf,rirq rr tanrr?friurqi

fw

Gunakara (S"nfl) and Bhattotpala (rrilm-o) interpret the worC lmsa (qrr) in the sloka as Navamsa-

, :

tfgfi gsftfr qgqlqili uiq r qd{fr' n \ ll Ri sgn E?drds*

st, :i:-

--, --:g:T'*"----- ---,-.]j1

Sloha.5. Grant that the lords of the 4ch and the lat bhavasoccupy respectivelythe lst aod the 4th Bhavas; may ba possible;the birth of a the'blrth of a quadruped brote may likewise happenwhen the lord of the Lagna and the ruler of the 4th (wa) bhava. are in coniunctron with Rahu and Ketu.

qfr.qrf*qf?{i g*fti Tfrqili t


:n il{

ll {rg*SWiq, qrqr&s;qqdqi?: Q ll

Slo 6, If (in a fltdftffqtla'Viyonijauma Yoga)the ha. by rising sign be aspected Venrrs,the birth will beof iur aoimalof the cow kind; when the Lagnais in conJunc, animalborn of the ig by tion with or aspected Saturn,the buffalokind;it is of thesheeporgoat kiod when there is Rahu or Ketu in the Lagna. An animalunlike all these birth when the rising sign abounds with malefic tailGs planem.
c/. eaftifu;ssfi1

gslre fttrir rfirtqr: qc$rr*trre gir: tras: r rev4q1*qtqrtirsq ee] e'rtq ertfrs;lsg6*.r'

,,

rqt srru qsdwr n fturgt qtqi{rffi r qoigqr at*atqqrtr{rfrqqr: gqffi r frrn: uetl
Sloha. 7. When the rising decanateis a ciQi (PakshiDrekkana)or when the rising Dwadasamsa ;wt is that of a moveable sign or of Mercury andhasa strong .pl'-et in it, land or water birds may, comeinto exist, ( . cording as the rising decanate and the Dwada, Eamsi in the three caEes occupied, if not aspected, are by Saturn or the Moon.'
NorBs. For Pakshi drekkanassiilc Adhyaya5, Sloka 55 itfra. But

t02

ilCT|Rilt

Adb" TII

a Mitlruna, Zod-in Thula, lst in Simha and lst in Kumbha. lf a Paksbi Drekkana as above is risiog on the l.g8na ead be aspected b1 occupied by Saturn or the Moon, then birds are born or indicated as the case maY be' If \{akara, i\'Iesha, Kataka arrd Tula (uroveable signs) Dwedasamsasare rising on the Lagna aspected or occupied by Saturn or the l'Ioon, then birds are born or iodicated as the cass may be. tf the Dwadasamsaq of Trlercurl' (tlithuna or Kalya) arc risiog onlthe l-egna o.cupred ot aspected by Saturn or the Moon, then birds are born or inCicated es the ease rnay be, ln the above, Saturrt indicate:: birds who live on earth as birds on to .op1",osed birds li'!-inc irr rvater. The l$oon indicates 'rater. pf . The previous sloka holds good for predictiggi tbe cqlour 'fi( Atrua il tbe slCba tbe bird, Bhattotpala and Gunakara inlerpret 3s f$3vaolsa.

'c/. r.n<ntt Rurif?accrh clq s&it qi q qtrrtir t sq{: diil il flt.i'tt r< rqr{r: dtfkitftat il

;
i
'

qRi: o{rfr{aratEo{9RK c.

' r{fir q{ irf aRtilIqqrfls ll c ll

Sloha.. 8. With the Lagri,a,the Moon, Jupiter nd the Sun, all devoid of strength,the astrologer may .*o,rn"" the springing of trees. Iil/'hether they spring .n land of, water is to be decidedfron the cbaracter of nthe risiog Dwldasamsa;i- c. frod the hct of its belong' ing to a land or watery sign' The trees gtowing in laid or water will be as many as ther are Rasis from the lagna uP to the next land or water'sigo

g 81"

lod

The-Lagua, the l\toon, Jupiter and the Sun must be powerless. Find the Dwadasamsa of the Lagna. If it be a Viyooi (ftfi?) sign and at the same time be a lancllor watery Rasi, thdn wE uray say that thetrees are either in land or watery places.:: Supposeit is l\{akara Dwadasamsa (first hatf) ttrat is rising. This will indicate a tree in a garden or park. Suppose the Lngna to be l7n in lianya. Then the rising Qwadasamsa is that of Meena. 'l'his wilt inclicate a tree near the river. lf the rtsft' (Taruprti)-the ruler of the I-agna Dwaclasaursa is away from the Lagna, predict the nurnber of the trees by the 'signs intervening the Lagna and the atcfr (T'arupati). As..r6trr* tt (,1ferir (Dasaclhyayee), the following is the rule.. yrind crut the r\1'urtlayaof ttre gio:rd1 (Kundali). Convert the years, months and days into days. f.'he number arrived at will inclicate the number clf trees or plants. Supposethe l4th degree of Mithuna to be rising. 'fhen the rising l)wadasams,r is the 6th in Mithuna lhsi, r. r., Vrischika which is only a watery sign. lf at the time the position of Mars (the l,rrd of Vrischil<a) be Kurrrbrra, the number of trees wilr be lhc nutnber of Rasis separating Mars frolrr the I:agla l. e., fronr X'Iitlruna to Kurnbha d. c., t). Again, fronr lhe slokas of Saravali (lu.rted below, the follorviog has also to be noted,: If the trord of the ris.ing Drvadasamyaeither qrccupy his exaltatiou sign or bc rettograde in his motionr the number already obtairred should bc treblerl. If he be in his Vargottarnamsa, or bis own f)wadasamsa, Nevarrrsaor oDrekk^na, such number should be doubled. For eraiirple, if l'Iars in the instaunr:e cited be retrqrade in his motion, or rnsteadof o'.:cupyingKumbha be in Makara, his exaltationsig:n, the nunrber (It{akaral being the tith fronr lllithuna) should bb trebled. We shalltthus bave 24. But if Marp qhor,rld I oceqiy Mesha llavamsa or illesha Dwadasamsa of Kumbha, d.a, hir own sign, the nurnber of tlees qrll be only gx il or lg and so oa c/. $trsnj'

aar*rfrEsrf{r$' lrt'q {rq}fti grtt I


swtr|rc?htfl|n ttrnffi rt1ry3 x

104

rtuuc|ftcfi
erocatrt ssrsrqft rrd g isft arqa: r n frFrgqd ?vrqqqtqc+rr?eq

Adh III

lt should thus be understood that in order that a human being should be strong and powerful, the Lagna, tbe Moon, Jupiter and the Sun shoukl possessstrength. Illse, the uative beccmes powerless lrke a tree arrd becomes a depeudant on others.

"

effi :{f{l-{ wqft f{t$il{

qfqgs

SiQqiqkqfrer fiuancf{ *q, t EFtRrfr ffif,ffi Sqifiiliqgr: qftgilg {3, tRtt fuiqrRFg: sg$freqr{
Sloha, 9. The Sun generates trees that are in, Saturmproduces such as are wardly strong(nrassive); unsightly.The Moon givesbirth to thosethat aresappy; ]r{ars brings forth thorny ones. Jupiter and Mercury produce respectivelyfruit.bearing and fruitless trees. Venus ushersinto the world thosethat merely blossom but bear no fruic, \l/e haveto say againthat the Moon makee trees oily and thoseproducedby Mars bavc his ltrong,scentedboughs.
. Nolss. This rnust be appliccl to the horolicopg, ,if every landlord. . The Sun governs timbcr ancl othcr trees which are rnwardli' strong. . Saturn inclicates useless tret:s; l{oon, saplr1'trees i anrl Mars, thorny tree:; cr plants, lrrlriter .!{(.rvern$ trees bearing fruits. l\Iercury r{overnsgood trees but not hearin;gfruit. Venus will produce llolvery trees or plrrntli, I\,foorr relrrest'ntr;oill' trees while i\Iars denotes ugly ones. 'fhe land investments are iridicated by the 4tlr bhara and rts lord. Some people are unfnrtutratti in land investment, . because the 4th bhava and its l.ord nrc weak. Corning to progression (by any system), progressed Nloon in any aspect to planets in radix goodor bad, wift indicate- grrodor tad fortune in:thc 'trecs or plants indicatErl as :tbovc.

$1. ro
c/. qFr+A

tftqtsrqt{:

l0t

rrnf,:qRr{ wr{ ilgt{t{ rtft trqr{ | $$nre}er{nrft gc sirsHr n rgrueft* tfu: ggffi{trqr $tF: r Wqqo*egert gtil's racfthi ctlq u
AIso iREK

qur{ qiqft q,il $tTrn q,ttlr: r ufrifurfw *rf : figi,iqr{ qrgil [ gd e'norFqx gsqsr{ qrr}: gr: I

' *,
;

'' gfrtgqii efu STdi tttft Eqffierqqr r q(t{r*qHfrfr"ueltnllE


r\$a.\

{Ek iFqrc{fiilqtftqrill I o tl ll {ft Rdftwqrs{nrr: ll

Slo&a. 10. When the phnet presiding over rlic birth of a tree, being benefic, is in the house of a oalefic one, it generateE.a eoodtree in a bad placaThe rerult ig revbrsedwhen the condition is reversed That is, if the tree.producing planet, being malefic,occupy of the-houss a b:nefic one, a bed tree wi't[ spring up in' a good soil. 'Tbe number ol trees of the kind spokenof beforewill be the number o[ Dwadasamsar reckoned from the.planct's own Dwadasamsa occupiedby it last lp to th: alicn onc which it now occupies.
' Notrs c!, qrr'Rff

guit r Tr: *rq'Jtqrr}yefti otrit irrqrq crqqEiffifr gnisft r qrrfri: gc.$t qcrk ftrr: <g I 1ryr:

106
.,ff_*.-__-#-+---*T:-

qtn+qii'ilR

Adh.nl

tqotqcaqftqi Proqoqni g <tu-l qfl: n tlicrrcri{qrfog annrren rralh f,te;il: I torsiit qr srtcttil irct: nq fu<qqt e'{ft 11
.V.B-'flre reittlerrvill do well ro go througtr Chapter 53 of qrttdr (saravali) fi;r detailecl i'formatio' on fidfhr=q (\riyoniianma)

ll qq ftffi{Br

ll -'t

' .ril g swgtqqmqrqqrd-{ fiuFqg5nfrrir

we\-qw&gq$qhQiftor irimdft ttFtil ii ?I tt

of Sloirr. ll. The menses a woman which arc of due to the interaction Mars and thq Moon, i' e', of' bile and blood, set in every month whcn the Mcon is d. (Apachayasthana, c.r lst, znd, 4th, 5th, in an slqqqqrrFT '?th ,8th, 9th or l?th) from the Lagna' But if the Mcon a occupies different position, i. e', is in an ETqqrrrrrt 3rd, (Upachayasthana, 6th, 1oth or llth) and is aspected by a beneficmale pianet, the woman lovingly uoites with a man
,liorrs '$ 'r
Mars signilies !'he Moon governs fluid natter of a t'onran' combination of the tvo causesntenstru' .the blood of a wottr:ro. A ation ciq (Narena) ttre rvord means a man in the true sense,tlrat 1 is ure capable ,f procreatirrge,Tffit,Kaptini rrreans female who ca' rmenstruate. frsk (.Peedarksha) Rasis are {Jcq{ (Anumchaya) p l a c e si . a . l s t , 2 n d , ' l t h , 5 t h , ' 7 t h , U t h , g t l r a n d l 2 t h l r o u u e s , grtqc (Upaclrata)places are 3rd, 6th, lOth and'I ltlr houses' as tsy the vorcl ga5r (Subhapunrgraln),Jupiter is lrere nreetnt planet. if the \Ioon iil his transi t he is the only benehc male occupies an srFt{ (Upacbaya) place "and be aspecteil by Jupiter on tbe 5th day aftcr menstrud'tion, the woman ioins her husband and conceives.
,i .r';$'ir ,;".r|$
rla,i;it-,.i ,*$1e , .l

sl, t 1.

t!fltdlstqrq:

rM

be cou'ted from the Laguaaud not from the r.c(,i{ (Janma Rasi. IVIoon's piace). lt is necessarythat Jupiter must throw his aspect on tlre I\{oonon the 5th day after menstruation for conception to lre possibie. Along with this, should any hermaplrrodite planet strong in position aspect the Moon in transit, the conception cannot take place. 'lhe position of all planets except the Moon slro'rld be rvith referenceto the radix, (oativity at birth).r If we take a women's horoscope, it will be seen tlrat there will only be 3 housesrvhereMars afgicts the rloon, IJut 2 of ttrern ure liliely to be fteEi (peedarkslu) bouses. in t'e follorving 'oroscope l\Iars aspcctsliur'b'a, Vrishabha and l\'Iithunaslrich happe' to be the 7th, lOth r,ntr llth houses 'respectivell'. Lea'ing cff the lOth'and I lth which are sq{zt (Upar:hai'a) places, Iiurnhha is t[e only llasi where *hun tl," II.on corrres his transit that r'enstruatio' is capable in of .Rect i t t g i ' - i n u o r c a u s i n gc o u c e p t i o n .

lTt---t ll-r-=-l='l Dir


i
I

Sarurn I

of a $orr:an

n"o,* I
I

il lt rt i

For conception to take place on the 5th or the following nights, the l\{oon by transit o' the 5th ilay after nrenstruation ttrtrstreceirretlre aspect of Jupiter without,'.their being ary orher nsr)ectfronr a hermaphrodite pJanet. frrorir the above principle it is possible to deduce rvhetlrer o worlran rvill hnve issues or not. 'l'he follorving additionar infirnrrtion is f'u'd i' otlier worlis:If, in the case of a rvonranas soon as slre bathes after the stoppageof the men.es, the iltoon in her orbit slroulcl ccupy an

'#,

t0E

tr|rrr$ifi

.,:

Adh rl.l

Upachaya Rasi qndbe at the same time aspected by.posrerful Jupiter, she will have s'exuil intercourse.with hbf husband. If the Moon in the above said Upachaya position be aspected by the Sun, she rvill have sexuil'union with an officer of the King. If thc aspecting planei be'Mais, the union will be with a voluptuaiy.'If .it be Mercury,. the intercourse will lle n,ith a fichle-nrinded pdrson. !f venus be thi aspectiig planet, it will be with a beautiful loveri If it be Saturn, she I'ill bave criminal iutinraci \'itl, ao ordinary servant. If the Moon be aspected. by several malefig planets, thO woman rvill leave her own house and become a prostitute. gurrfi:

'

nftfirftqrtgt qgRwf,t'clRe: {fuccc,ifrn r5{ftItilir q?frt t qrrsrarnF& gqqqnat iqd trqRftalf*i <qforrrlrtft d r {tfn $ ^ e64; qrq ftrcigir (rnnirll(qr I c'lq srFtnArgfk: qila t} ftsqrl,t fqei I
Also qRKdt'

ugvwnfiir,tst*gg4rrrrr*i rfutua I rfirrr* gqftnt {s-dtt dr ga.fr* rr gnlsffiv.eqrrrflftft{ frt snt frg.S@ qi rG dn ft*a rtil: rrtt *g r qt qrqft rfr qts ftft<tq qftmiart r Eqlcd f}gtirqfffi qff{ ifd r sqrrqqrfrqqqqdr lwn gefr(cqrClr Serntrft {'ri ftirqc: Sa*rs: rr c;i S*{ st g.qsft e6 rfu tq}q r rrqgt.tq rfrqr rR*qrfrh q*i il q**in sb qr< siqr*: gaffi: ni: r d: sqi effqr qiqfi{ ar'{rq Srrfirr u

qqTciltrfrgiftfr dm {r'.mftgqqqh,r qcq{ilfrfriltgttk qtq*, tt{srT{m, tR tl il

Ft ln,

lOftcl'rri
---.-,t#-

10r

that the native Stoha12. The kind of copulat'ion ,canhave is suchas it is with tbe creature typified by the ?th Rqsi. If the qetrfu (Asta Rasi) or the ?th housefrom thl qrur-I (Adhana) Lagoa be aspectedor occupied a maleficplanet,the union will be in wrath; by ,but if the sreFs (Asta Lagna)be aspectedor occupied' by benefic planets;tbe union will abound in amorous pliy and laughter.
NorBs lt"shorrld;be noted that the twelve R&srs arc Night and Day Signs. Night signs represent enjoyment in darkness and D.ay signs. enjoymcnt in the presence of tignt either of a hmp or of the Moon. Further, It{esha and Vrishabha repredent the enjoymctt of s quadruped of the ram and buffalo kind. I{ithuna' Kanya, Tula, I)hanus' 6rst half and Kumbln represent the enjoyment of a Iruman being. Vrischika aud Makam (latter half), Kataka and copulation among centipeds, Meena-dlz(Ke:tn)-represent which is bad. Simha (t,ion) represents an enjoyment by force. Why ? Because, the lion is a forcible animal. Makara (tst tutf) is very good for enjoyment ;'and so on. A combinatioo. of the above two ideas rvill come to thip: consider that Mesha represents the 7th houseat the time of enjoyment. A man and woman.under such circumstances enjoy each other like a quadru;rd in thrltness. Sirnilarly for the rest. If malefics aspect or occupy the 7th house'from the snrllaof, (Adhana Lagna), then the enjoyrnent takes place hruch against the wish of one of the trvo. rrralefics aspect or occupy the 7th, Atothn intctftctatio;-If the woman corrcernedgets into tnget ofin satisfaolior if Mars should'be the planet concerncd : aithott sal$facliot ov csiol,'lssl if Saturn be the occupying or aspecting plinet' If the Sun be the nralefic concerned, tlere is n tcltttlsion at tht ottlstl ilsclf. lf bepe. fics aspector occupy the 7th, tlren the union nill be follorved''by fteta (\'itasa) and qrs (Hasa), i. r. real conjugal bliss. r

110
. c/. mcnd

rndft{rt

:Adh.III

eq"<*rgqrsri rrrrlqri awfr1aqn ^rljj., wtt gnga* ctrss.oi rr?grrq, I stf qtrt: g qrrsrq{tmirtrrearrq u ,il

ffiggilHrf,fr, eqrrrttt frqilqilfl{Rqtf,t r n

qrdrq*ft ffift{rfril wr frqtffieqf{ilssr:rrQ t rr

S/ola. 13. When the Mocn and Mars (in the case of a woman)or the Sunand Venus(in thecas:of aanan) occupytheir own houseor their Navamsae, there wif l be a conception an cffspring. of Co:rceptirnwill equally takeplace wh:n Jupiter occupiesthe Lagnr or one of the Thrikona hous:s. These planetary conjunctiorrs fail of effectwith regardro p:ople void of viritity, jtrst as theMoon.beamg the caieof ttr. blind. in
NorEs. The corrnlentator Rhattotpah exprains that it is not necessary that all the'four foregoing pranets shou.ld rre sinrurtaneouslyin their Navamsas; for conception to take place, it is enough that the Sun and Venus are in their Navamsas in the sqrrs (Upachaya) houses ttre 'rale, or the Moon ancl Mars occupy their orvn of . Navamsas iD the sqq4 ({.lpachaya)places of the female. -If Jupiter is trine to the qrsFI (Adhana) f.agna, the union is likely to bear fruit. ii*flii (\ribeejinanr) l,eru nreans of thosc who have lost their seedor poteutiality on account rrf bld age, occident or operation.' tu ' cf gurrm '

d{rit ftr{t sr$r i{rurt trttrrf,nrgcc] qF{ qrrnrr{ r qrqeqdqrTscr(Fqtrir\ sr .rrrfc tT{ft ee ftcirq: rr q .{i qRrar*rrr qrik{c&rA r ftsq.ori ft,ftlrrqrggir FtrltrFtr rr

St. rr
Als,o flllFlol

qSrhsrlta:

ill

sqqq.t rF{g* cft* gv: qciurrir r . gatrt S{q"et Tqr ilil rrtfurrir rrsft il
Also of"it*6'

rvgit '&iirc*$Rrgcqei* $v-rq r Ctvri gwsrft rqr aqrrr&tTfr ccfr tl cr


The abovscombinationsneed not uecessarily with respect bc to the male or feurale. They rnay :rlso be rvitlr rcqnct to the time of conception or r\dhana Legna (s{I+rn'og). ct. tRFfs't

gtr**earftft: qlrircsqfqt: gld n r tr{ff{qnqq& ss{Rt rr*b *qa} mfr rt


Also'<ik+'

qrtrtaqnrc*-aFra ftcilt+r : r *cr g*sqccqt sngr Rih erti gt n


z\nother meaning can also be attributed to the sloha as fol lorvs:-

gd

wler: ltur; ft*srqi ! {rtrt: I

So <fr-Ravi in the slolia means fffi) Pingala and ag-Indu nrearns {lr1 (Ida) Thesi are thewirtls passingthrough the right antl left nadis itG.arteries and veirrs-). gmrcfts-Sukravanija will mean 'and semen blood or the malo and female energy. The sloka will then mean (i) tf ttre author of conception has, at the time of connec. tion, strong tvintl passing through the right alB, then the fernale rvill conceive a niale child ancl if in the lcft q ferrralechiltl. (ii) If semenbe greater, tlre fenrale rvill c<rnceive rnale child a and if blood, a female child. In the caseof equality of rvind in the right and left natlis or of the semen and blood, the frrnale .uill cenceive a eunuch.

c/. e;ttt<r qrqqr tqr;qqrdilr qntFt 6qq r

gctRcg3rcqfrsrdft *c" n

il2
Also trte

rrefiRill

Adh. III

r*sfr* rftgsqrgb rtnirrilOnSuqrrr r qqrqil:gsrffiqrft frlfti.crft rqrqrrfrr n


lnd guattct. d. U'lTd

qxsftrrrt tfri aFa*qqisft sr r qs.Sttqrfifr Slqrt ftlrqt: n

Irqg{dttgsitg.fi'ilqr aqwsqtqwrqsm rrtBrl


Slo&4.14 Mars anu Saturnin the ?th ptace fr.om the $un t ring illness upon the h,rsband. The two in planets the ?th placefrom the Moon afflict the wife with disease. They bring on death if they be 'iq the of l2th and the llnd p'lace rhe Sun in the one case and of the Moon in the other. If one of them be'ir^ conjunc' tion .with the Sun or the Moon and the other aspect d:ath. the $un or the Moon, they likewise cau$e . NorEs.
(t) tf tvtlrs and Saturn occupythe 7th place from the Sun at thc time of copulation,the tnan is likely to suffer very much from rltncreel complaints.

t sFil ItctdFit: snd$ qqrql $qufifuitEr

(2) lf Mars and Saturn occupythe 7th place 'Srom tho Moon et lhc tlms of copulation, it is the wonlin that worrld grffer.,

El. 14

qrftc'i$rtf:

1r3

e Tth from the Sun' Moon, the man and woman will arxl Saturn, tho Tth.frorn the respectively fall ill. [See chart in the previous page ] ln olher words the above cass can be brietly put ihus : (c) Sott opposition Mars antl Saturn ; . (bl Moon opposition Mars antl Saturn : (o) Sun opposition Mars: and Moon opposition Saturn' lf any such yoga as mentioned above happens to be in the radix c[ a native, we may safely say that the native is bouncl to sufter from venereal diseases. This is e:<actly the western principle also If Mars and Saturn at conception be on both sidesof the Sun, Oo.tl2thanrl2nd from the Sun or l2th and Znd from the Mo6n the death of the rnaD or the woman should be predicted. In the ebove principle, Mars shoutd be in the l2th and Saturn in the 2nd; it is an important principle that Saturn in the visible half of the zodiac will increase the life. Hencerin the preseut instance if the life is to be cut short, Saturn should be in the 2nd atone. 5{r4ii} gdt ilar rlq-gwr (Kujarkajau yutau'tatha tadeka drishtva) means Mars must bc in conjunction with the Sun and Saturn in opposition or in the 4th from the Lagoa. Then it will cause death. This mounts to (t) Sun conjunction Mars square Saturn or (2) Sun con' iunction Mars npposition Saturn causs death of male.

i:l
:l
:-l
Mars i (l) Moon conjuriction Mars squareSattrn c:

t5

I lt+

ncffid

Adh.

(+) wtoonconjunction Mars oppositionSaturn ciuses death of fcmEle. (5) Sun conjunction Saturu squercMars or (O)Sun conjunction Siturn opposition Mers csuss datb of male.

--l
rSi
ri {t

(ot I

;*l-i

(7) Irtoon-conjunction Saturn squareMars or (S) Moon conjunction Saturn oppositionMars causesdoath : aof female.

-j

: 4g'm ,
, h,

' ftnrfr wtfi trfurrrd: *qrftlrq* Trrc:ri: r qtw* qftt gcTr'ffi s *fd ftftrgr* rr
T-qR{i. saq't|firfuftfr{r ft* Frli irq| &!3 | ri: nqrr$Eq ilrFTer g*r trn: g5rp1mrr: I

F'er sorne rnore similar yogasr of.alsa frt(tsrflil{

I
I . i

w@qrfrffiirr&g61rr!ftr
gSRq, furE't Tcrqt rtlrr *ftr g rar*q r ?igw! frr{: *?,t g<riue: qr\e: c.hq: r ilrfi*{frfrr rRgr frfr: sfiri: cqqFil ssqlq r qfteftrqfrF T(: U* qr ftftvrqfihtgft:qri il r ?qr wi' qryffi.fiqn*teq,tFn $srq I

frEqrEilfufr RrtfuSi f ic{ffi ffir,iw r


ffi

g erqfiqql{trnir sqi ltt\rr ilfr,

81.1t,16

tillrlqrq:

ul

;rt

Slo&4. l!. The $rn and Venrn are termed fatber and nother rerpectively of the ceed cown cluring the day; Saturn and the Moon during the night. Failing to play the role of parentoeach of thece paire of planeB Bet the.designationof paternal uncle and maternalaunt. They becomepropitioueto the pair they representwhen they occupythe odd and even signs (the mrle among them being in the odd, the femalein the even). Norrs
'and Venus, ihc The Sun represents the father at dal time, mother; Saturn, the paternal uncle ; aud the Moon, the mother'i sistcr. ls1 night time, Saturn represents the father, Moon, the mothef ; thc Sun, the paternal uncle : and Venus, the mother's sister. If the Sul is in an odd sign, and Venus in an even onc, it is good for both the man and the woman. Similarly, Satrxn in an odd sign and the Moon in an oven one is good for lntornal rincte and maternal aunt.

The Sun and Saturn are planets that stay tolerably for a long period .in. a sign, Pia., 30 days and 30 months respecti. vcly. If the above principle is applied, it becomes fallacious as ghere cannot be so many deaths alnong those born during thc lrriods when the planets in their transits complete their passage in that sign. It should therefore be taken as drqq-{ (Ojabhqva) and (Ojarasi).. Then it will prove correct. qot Mt

C/. sKwdr

ftct rnr&(t grr* rffi ftqnqt q r rrq{ft*frqsft Rstqrqtffift 'rtt: n ',lif Rc* fiftrn,q qrfrq lft ftc: r qE ftnrqrfusrrft t anrff{tdrn: ftg: ftqtcq tqr: qc: r rlqrlftffi: <rrq$frs cq *g u qrrfiirftS wq: Mesq! | lnrRil1ut: r nrerrtqttg

dilafiftfr,frffigFqqqtl r*fttd

qRiqdssG tr$ Nr:{rrqq1 {iqiq r

lto

r|irrflTtilt

Adh.III

*sfu{tlqon ftffi $qfffir*gqr{ q wd{F\ qot g,rgtqdffilkt lltqll


Slola. L6. If a woman'Bmenses in when the eet * andaspectedby Mars, they is in an or$rsq place , Moon )ecome favourableto oonceptionand not othetwiEe. f'he husbandshould $ow the seedwhen the Moon occu, by piesan srq{ houseand is aspected Jupiter. Thir iE to be doneat an unexceptionable lagna with manygood with ct and other points in its favor and unconnected periodsof time. , .objectionable
s Norss. The last quarter of this sloka reads thus in s'o'illEq;l

s,

srsrct qrrn grrrftrgt cnlfrfldlftFt.

Rut the reading in the text is the more geoerally'acccptcd n ' onc. A few of the objectionable periods nre

rtrqd1, (a) Nakshatras Afo+l,qEi, mbr6 qrtrra ^ndgrlwtra.

(b) qc$and other Vishtiriktas, and (c) Sankrama and such other sacred days, fasting days, birth days, anniversary days and their previous ones. For detailed inforinatiott; see Muhurtha Sastras.

tITIil{Es t uftqmtilqffirfu{at Ti[frqTqr


ilrnfiqiT fiHtnm

The firgt 16nights from the menEtru, Sloku.17.. The firet 4 are ation of a woman are termedthe season. not fit for impregnation. The other nights-;thosethat to as are.bven'-arerecommended conducing the concep, tion of tr maleoffapring
NorBs. is adiflerence of opinion for discardingthefirst four' There 'tg(r1 tre-<rftqn:' whilo days as unfit for irnpregnation. Somehold pirrity of the womb For impregnation, others hs16kghK{fril:'. is dcsirod,

qil{ {nnl (K{r: ffiGtrr[lsll

-- ---.--,---.Y1'.,t31-o-.39:'::'---,,,,-.--------tI
, qqTiq qrt ilftsi ctrilR*q I qt{rRnrdt tirfttrwr frftdr rfrq rr
At this time the female is supposecl to attain the following qual if icati,ons: cf. Yahata:

{rrtlTfffi{qit cgt:*Frr,fr{rq, I e<rrfhgi Stfici Rqreqqfrtiieq n


For this aud the following infornration.

tr

-\,

sloka, see slslS{IS( for more

gffi6r {nsd q;sn91'gq{d Rwr r qtdftoKqr t**' en(s'l(r}, ttqltqatt {rqr{ qtqr dt
Slofta.18. The offspringconceivedduring the 13 with the 4th aftermenstruation, will nightscommencing be of the following description: lf conceivedon the 4th night, it will be a short,lived son; if on the 5th, a girl ; if on the 6th, a founderof a family; if on the ?th, a barrenfemale; if on the 8th, a son; it on the gth, a female; if on the 10th'a lord; if onthe'llth, berautiful son, if'on female if on the 12th,a fortunate a deformcd ; wretch; if on the t4th, a vira sinful female the l3th, of tuous son; if on the l5th, the very goddess fortune; and if on the 16th,an all'wise son.

qsquqiq{ ftis{ft, gfrmq' r


qqqtssqHo{Ig fi*rurfrGfr* ll tq ll
Stofta.19 When the Sun is in the 3rd place from the NishekaLagnafiitos, (herewill be the birth of an when the Suir i$ue. The same result qay be expected Trikona Rasi fr$rorrnft from the Adhana occupieo a qpnir or Nisheka l.ag,na ftitqs.

qfoqrqrffit iI gqsgh$rfl | {qtSdtqEr{ il(: (r{ffit

ll le ,ll

118

rdRq|l

Adh" III

$pected or occupied by a benefic planet, the con born will be long-lived and proeperouc will attain profiand ciency in all brancheg knowledga of

dWsnt{*s@:
ggH at {ft?rnr gntfr{ ffi rfi{
''

'

"\l

fnq rqt( wtffifttr\s tiiter r nrttl

qqd :n{w grft{onq s{fu qt *

Sloka. 2L. With the Lagna, Sun, Jupitcrand the thc Moon otrong irl an odd rign and in a Narnmra owned by ao odd sign, the astrologershould declarethe birth of a mrle bhild. If the Lagna and:the planecc above-named in an even eign and in a Navamra be owned by an even sign, the birth of a female cbild ir announced. Jupiter and the Sun in an odd oign (irrecpectiveof the Navamsas occupied)producea male child. The Moon, Venus and Marc in an evenoign (irrerpective of the Navameae they may be in) nake for a femalechild. Theoe five planets occupyiirg a Narn, msa ownedby a dual Rasi,andatthe same time aopected produce twins correopondingto the by Mercury, character the dual Rasi to which. the Navamsa mey of happento beftrng;that ic to my, both malesif the Na, vamoa belongsto a maledual Rasi, Mithuna or Dhanuc; both femalesif the Navamaabe owned by a female drul Raci, Kanya or Meena; maleand female when the Na, vamtiu are of both kindc.
If mrle as well as female plinets gccupy Navamsas of dual rigne, onc being aa odd dual sign and ono evon, for iostance, "

8[ zz

Gftlgn:
t...s#

lri
to be

" :;

tithuna and Moena, or Dhanus and l(anya, a twin is likly born, ono being a male and the other a female. cf. qmrdl

ffi &qcirrrril trrcrffficlr16n rfta: I Utfin cq gqi <i cit gaft'*rclrl rr gaqfi iRrt tc: <* fdtrig$ir: r ffi rrqrit q;ln6c rr{fiilt ftm rfuq. rr , ftgl d.*gq ${d qrroa* tiqr: I f a*rg* t',mi it-an?trrilcrf,i u qrassssl
Also ogqnq

liFt

Aqqt Mt
gqFcfiI qq\

frftreir gtwnqomrt: r
{fftet qrriqiwqitr: n

ffu* -ccd fi*s*g ni fui cca$ gt;gfucr: I AtrtTitrtkrgc?wr <ilngtr* tl

il fururrTwdqq*{ qt"{ xqil g?frtqr il Rl tr


" i Sloha 22. Saturnnot being in the rieing sign but occupyingan odd house therefrom, aloo bringe about the birth of a male child. Thue the iseue should be declaredto be male or female upon ascertaining the in preponderance strength of the ceveral planeto above menti@ed intluencing birttu Norus
Tlre latter half of the sloka is applicablenot only to tho lirst holf but also to the previoussloka. ./. 'ir<n-d

fr('|fr Ruqqt Rrq*dss fwqsfrRorqr

wt gt{r ftqt rfum: Seqwqt rrcft r n rri Vr, dtt REqs ss qd?qcqtri Rrt qrsft n

"' '

}{iir ' i

(i:

It may here be observed that these slokastiz. 21 & 22 oto. pound fourteeu male and fourteen female y%as, ttisa r, ' 8 of each in the first half of sloka 2l

lz0
'

ltlr't|ftil
3 of each in thc 3rd quarter thereof 2.,,,..Do 1......Do 4th quarterthereof,and
ffi:

Adh. III

in sLoka, 22 -l-iefore pretliction in this connection both the malting any yogasshoulrtbe carefully weigled and that which has a prepondcratiug inlluencepredicted,

qqlfr(ffi dr;iF{ qR qwril:{Ftrtdt

q* mw,i Gfuqrt Frtd *(M ,

gfr &rrmqft g{'ltqtTqri!&htd


qF.S{inilRtElItR ll I $qft Rteendla?twrn
Sloliu, 23, The following are the sir planetary positions tending severally to the production of a cunuch:(1) The Sun and th,: Moon in oppositionand thcreforemutually aspecting. (2) Mersury and Saturnin oppositionand so mutu, ally acpecting. (3) Mars in oppositionto the Sun, the $un being in an evensign; or the Sun in an evensign, being as" pectedby Mars (Mars being in any sign); or, in other words, the Sun in an even qign in .oppositionor 'Equare to Mars or in quincuox i8p?3r.. (a) The Moon and the Lqgna being iu odd signs 'andaspected by by Mars (which means'affliction Mars being in squareto one and in quincunx to another). (5) The Moon in an evensign and Mercury in an by odd sign both being aspected Mare; and (6) Venue, the Moon aud the Lagna occupying belongingto odd oigne. Navamsas

st.23
vy-yyv-vv-vwvvvi

gftftsw:
vvYYlYvYtYYYrvv$

121

Nores.

i r'"
r(t)
iQ)

nl'-)
I

!
!

+Ql

I I I

iI
I

(,) s l_*
l,--:--

_t__
s(z)
Mars

Irrn""
'fhe

I I I

copulation will result iu above six yogas at the tirne r'r[' rvill be fruitless and if any nothing. ln other *o"lt, the coiticln of hrrroscope a male clr fenrate of the above yog&sare found in the procluiing or bringing forth issues' the native will not be capable of

(Ttris is the real meaningof gftq-kleeba)'

l6

tIz

rili|'llht

Adti. ItI

A closer examination of this sloka will lead us to tbe follow. ing conctusions:(t) fn" Sun and the llfoon in oppositiou (or qfdlrrPoornima), (Zl Saturn in opposition to Mercury ('l'wo herrnaphrodite planets in opposition), Mars afficting the Sun in an even signn (4) The Moon and fhe Lagua both in ocld signs in aff,iction rvith lvlars, (5) l'Iars afilicting the I\{oon in an even sign and alsr"r Mer. cury in an odd sign, and (O) Venus, the Moon and the Lagna occupying Navarnsas belonging to odd signs or male Rasis are inost unfavorable and detrimental to conccption. (f)

AlsomFrdr q;de,i ftq-* ftqrffi ftt?*ir qr tff iA* aftv+ t'(n! tl fwRgi| q ftsr* | .c{cfe qE! sn* q{ "rirq* clt rrfrrq: St'& gftft: sgrQs: I , oitsernrRR{rcil il;(.s,t SiQn$t$ttr: I c{i Mi fliqgw: fuarfttgr {r I

These eunuch ycgas take efiect only in the absence of male end female yogas. They are to be predicted from the qlsl.f (Adl,ona) Lagua or ql{o[ (Prasua Lagna) and not from horoscopes. And if they be predicted from horoscopesof the last child and if thbse yogas should exist thereih, then the mother will bear no. mors. The author of the <tmarft (another commentary for Brihat Jatali.r) after commenting on the sloka says: Ei $cSt{frfi stt: c}{-cr*{rdcs

aqrr.{i a1fqt<'qqq61:aftt3r cFrr;fir}nrft iqndfrAliiw<r: rrt+f}qr


The commentator of llrihatjatal.ia twists this slolra so as to bring it in line with the slokas he quotes frorn }iadarayana which tre given below:-

f,fqh{,rft{ftr*ffiii ffi&t r Mft Eg.qrfrg*r qr r*d agv* iffi: 11

tll. 2'

q|tllrilt:

tzg

tfi ffi qt: er.T*t n6qrdtrq r ifif* otq rrraQm:Ufucd{cft il gqsrff scdf Mccafft *nntr r siltqr{tt{rrtirr ofugffitmr: I
The English rendering rn accordance with the commentator would thin be as follows: The following aro the six plnnetary positionsiending severally to the produition of a eunuch:(l) l2l (t) The Moon and the Sun respectively in an even and an odd sign mutually aspecting; Saturn in an evcn sign and li{"r"ory aspecting each other ; in nn odd ohc

Mars in an odd sign aspecting and being aspected by the Sun in an even sign ; (4) Mars in l.n even sign aspecting the Moon and the Lelina n an odd sign; The Moon in ln even sign and Mercury in nn odd sign bGingaspectedby Mars; ind (ft) Venus, I;tgna and the Moon occupying male Navamsas. (5)

ailt{ ilR{Arfrq wft g'ig il fitq: t frgt USR lftqqfrilr*qt{uFqrqfr e|t t fril{ rqtqtfirrgwfr}: ilq uRutl
Sloku24. The Moon and Venuc in even signc with Mars, Mercury, Iupiter and the Lagna in odd signacauoe formationof a twin embryo.The rising the rign and the Moon being in even signr rnd aspected by any maleplanetcausealcotwins. Mercury, Mars, Jupiterand the Lagnabeing in even signsand poeseeeed of strengthlikewiseleadto a twin fetusbeingconceived in the womb. There will be a trio of eobryoE cos,

gfi qqfifcr*rfrqrrfi tgffifrqqr

lz4

rfircfitfrt

Adh. III

ceived when Mercury in his own Navamsa aspectg all planets and the Lagna, or if the Lagna and all the planets belongingto dual signs. occupyNavamsas I*o out of thesetriplets will have their sexesdetermioe,J by the character the Navamsa of occupied by'Mercurybaingmalesif the Navarnsais rhat of Mithuna, and females the Navamsa owned by Kanya. The triif is plets will be of one and the samesex if all the Nava, concerneC owned by dual signs of the same msas are sex; i.c , the trio will be all malecwhen the Navamsas are thoseof Mithuna and Dhanus females, when the ; Navamsas thoseof Kanyaand Meena. are
NorBs. J'here are three 1'ogas rnentioned in this sloka for the birth . of tlvius. Iu the first yoga two female planets are in even signs, while Lagna, Mercury, IV{arsar.rd Jupiter are in odd signs. In the second yoga, a rnale planet (the Sun, Mars or Jnpiter) rnust. flspect the I-agna aud the l[r.ron, both these being in even signs. In the third yoga, N{ercury, I\'Iars, Jupitef and the Lagna must be powerful in even signs.

y'. qrcrqdi.

$,$ wp'

qri qcr?Rf.rt q;i q t?{iffrh eagtr r rrfisqr silst flgt {r*F[ftfi(qq. il s" rrlrtr{ir rihlsa{if&q} rJFr*s\rcofrS I f*{r{?} ar rfug c"},q.dtsfcc*c t q B.'ntrir*girr{ u-6n?aori' r{qfrgge I qib+r ;ii Stii ftaqfr,i <rt?r. ftrg{iir u. qi4dqi t ftnitiir+gurq r6rftvri' " T:riir f *t Stqq ftrftqi rr$ rr {rr.
!8' ftgt ugirr.rdfi{ qrF{er' q l1-{rTdg(l

rr$ ftg{itrq{rr uqr gtfrat aa-r rr .s;{rrfraiasrd frern.gq,fa g{frqnnra. , Ywft fttftrrgaaq; ffc|frrq il{I rI*: 1

. SLgt;s

gd{srnr3

18t

1gr* q--d*d\ilfiqq-{+' for 'g't +'ntar+qiqwi'.'

In the first ling of the sloka in tbe text, some books roed

ffiqr {rtgtr e} tft q{drqft drtr$qm'll1\ll


in SloAa.25. Many are the etnbryosencased the embryonicbag when the risi*! sign is the laet Navam' are sa of Dhanrsand the planets strongin the Navamsa bv when the Lagnais aspecteci owned by Dhenusand Mercury a:rdSaturnin their strength.
Norps. (gqrif,qr is another reading for ircffirr. If the last Navamsa of Dhanus , is rising, then more than in three children are 1'rossible tfre case of dogs,.etc. The commentator, Bhattotpala is of opinion that the word c-l[Ft:(Prabhutab) may mean 5, 7 or l0 " g-,{ sg {{r antrr trr4i}d."

qgftqFerrrt qkfiqrft{fut, r ffi

,fr{tt*fltgstq ffir{ wr q qrqft |

u;qtqweqffifid ffi EiqrrRqtl gqr grqtutr I Fqrgqftu*teinw

grqt{fiRt fi-"t6r* Sqtff}q qrtqrrI glnftmrF{ufq qtlult gQqIQrq: llRetl

qlrqlftdtq&qerFrf Rdll ll saTrntiils,


Slofra. When Mercury in a mit,NavamEaowned 96. the and the rioing by *crKa-nya aspects . other planete cign,eachof which is in a rEtt'Navamgaowned by a a dual Rasi,the aatrologer shoulddeclare trio to be in the womb. 'If Sloka. 27. Mercury occupyinga Navamsa be, planets and tlre the other lo'ngingto Mithuna aspects ricing sign, in the position describedin the previous Sloka, teqale and two males are in the urnmh rc a

t26

mrrqRqfi

rAdh. Iil.

Mercury in a Mithuna Navamsa ehould aspect the planeta and the rising sign every one of which also occupies Mithuor Navamsa. therewill be threa malesin the embryo. Sloka, 28. Mercury in a Mithuna NavamsrNpcct' the and ing the otherplanets, the rising sign occupying Kanya and own:d by any of the two signs ,Navams,re the same resuit. But if Mithuna will tend to produce owned by Kanyaand aspgct Mercury be in a Nava.msa the other planets and the rising sign io the positions in described the foregoingsloka,there will be th1ee in females the womH Ngrrns.
These nre rnere repetitions of what has nlready been stated in sloka 24 s11,pra.,

t ${tk dlgt ir* qonofttne:


dq${ffiIF('

6qqn{il{*gs gq?fitld I $n $eerq diqrf,figilrf ll R\ ll ll $a$uutr*wr I oll

29 .S/oArrs. and 30. The Sunand lupitcr in a dual by eignarpected Mercury gerlerat:maletwins' The Venus rnd Mars in a similar position produce M-ooo, , twin iemales. In such cises,accordingto 6is peculiar l.otrengthor weaknesg, ,Mqrcury tends to produc': .r a whih Satu/nproil,rct's maleone. hernapl\iodite female
(l'ltt'iew'n

"r'

rr?di* grprgd"ineir gtflai) | tKI.c c?c*tci{rfurdt $gn at'r rt g*fhm: t .itlqgfl drcdtcaia.rar r*gdt qrq$f,ih rrT gr*tgtt rrtq u

gl. 31194
s;v g vv v v t r

qrllfrsrrr:
! ! l l vtvvtvv- vvvYtv:r t 'Y vL"n ' #

lrl

R66* qqmffiat qR q{,ry6,t etq qqqd qr Sw;qx* ilr ll lt ll


, the Moon Slpl,c 3 t. If at the time of impregnation anclthe $un aspecteach other, they tend to producea eunuch, The Moon and Saturn aspcctingmutually at ruch a time, do likewiee.

qqo?twr t ftt+ )Trtrfuqit


'

fl slt xqsqQ sl* qrqqolfiqr 11ll

Slokt t?. When the lords of the 3rd and the lst possible. are bhavas in conjunctiott, twins will become '\[/hen the lord of the rising sign is in a Varga-at 'owned by the 3rd bhava or in hi6 own exaltation,twin equally possible. issuesbecome

qR qt{il ffiq-.ft gq! qgrnJ I gqql q qqdqq qr ulrluur lt ll ll

gvtqr*{tfrqr $affit *( t

S/oAir.33. If a housr: owrtedby Mercury be thc Lagn;ttt r birth and if the lord of the (rth bhrvil be in thc Llgua and Mercury lrc in thc ( th bhava. pcroon the brrrn will be a fernalehcrmlphrodicc. If Saturn be irr the phce occupied Mercury (i.c be inthe 6thbhava) by in tl're grevious case, the pcr$on born will be a male herrnaphrodite.

qr( qilfr s{ftrrfr iqqolaqs | qfr n rdtqirtr * fti* Srqlnrgh qrqqr(r 18ll
S/oftcr. 34. Therewill be.twin issuesif in the rising sign there be its own lorC as well as the logd of the 3rd bhava at the time of Rfu Nisheka. If the lagna

128

t|Crcrnd

A&i III

ava in conjunction t foremoet. with Rahu,the child will beborn with the lege
Nolris. ' Th" readi'g of the seconcl half 'f sqivlfuilqpr uf.?., qfrq{rf;r correct one. gti lii'r+dxcttmtEi ete this sloka is difierent in arrd nppears to be thc

uaqt arrnt ilfrd qrEdqiI t<rtl r;x\ o* qnr qq di{ic: ll n\ ll


S/ota. 35. When Rahu is in the Lagna and its lord is in the 10th bhava.the child will be born with the legsforemost. When the lord of the 8th houseis in the Ltgn" in conjunctionwith Rahu, the personborn will havea cord coiled round his body'
Notr,se c/'tsiifsflcicr

ortcri i,i"i

hori fFfr-qgitr sft crqcril: t

As a rnatter of fact, this ought io be the frrst half of the next sloka. It is dilncult to account for the omission'

S/ota. 36 When the lord of the 8th bhavaoccupy theper' the Lagnain conjuuctionwith a maleficplanet, eon born will havea caulwoundabouthis body' When by a Kendra is occupied Rahu in conjunctiqr with or the lord of therising siggis irrconjunc(gfu61 Gulika, tion with the lord of the 8th bhavaanditrhenthe rising sign happensto ba a Drekkana of a'malefic planet' body. .the perc; born will havea cord coiledround''hio

qq Rsi qralqt{itnta*rq I clqi qrqgt qr ti *A etrd gfthil $ aarT frqt{gt ll QQ q ilfr{ffiffifl{ qq I iltqauri atfiuro} q'

sL xrl8

{Ortrrm:
t-

129

tqfirqt q fl fuftf qKktmftfrqr{ qq llQstl

Sloka.37 When Mercury, Rahuand Srturo are in the ricing (tTcI) iDrekkanaand when thic last i0 occu' -lord, having no alPect cf bendic planete pied by itg hir upoo it, the pe(ton born haer cord wound about body.
The reading of the first

Notns. 'fhis also appcars in ttl{fi;rrrrFt' half thert is slightty difterent: oiz.,

orrftrmisns-ffm

ar.qg't il ilr frnft I

a 38. When the Moon occupieo decanete SJofrct. are owned by Mare and benefic planeto io the 2nd-and thc llth houres from the Lagna,the iccuewill be a (eerpnt) reptile; or a child will be born with a navel .orj toond itt boCy. Again, when the riring oign ic that of a malefic planet and is in the decanateof lvlarc the and beneticplanetsare in th. Zrrd and llth bhavas' p".on born witl lravea cord coiled round hia body' y' glrrd{ t qrtqt qlqgt ft,rft qr tffi tftcrrftrfi qqft qinrrqfftfufr t I $ffiqTxrrrl: rrt(rr;
Also qRnol

rtr cnRqtEtilqtdtirsft {t lll6rl

{ilt @ {rfi*{t?rnt t

tsrrfrlrA qrn* lS- ffirgl lr t g*c il tlrlqt: *ftfitrila*

Also rt

r Sr&tmrftril: r ffirrtr ftftfiltqr sffitqmqe

t30
.

fifrTqrR3nt

AdL III

C1.t+-,r-d<r sqdrshtn: k* imis*n*rt r : arcftr q ostt qrcfut$: gt: il sr{i}a&ilRa Rrgtfr Frrnq}q I qHrrritd: rr af4trwr srraznili
Also UtitTInFIq

Neither in the text, nor in the slokas 4bove qqoted, tbe position of the rnaleficsis specified. But they are to be either with j!9 Moon or the Lagna and for tl:ris purpose Crqr{(Sapap6)has to be.addedon by the granrnratical 1'rrocess (qtctqtq) Adhyaharana. of

nRFr:c+*. .rft, {r#il<rqf'r$ r , rrnqrflrrc{rcrctr{&ttQ*:gt, rt wrfrcT{fMft os *aRra: c? r qri?G qrd dq *Eeq tl dttss +d Anrl=frqf dr cfrt niaq oss tftralsEirt t' r,, r{&uqftl*'iar *rt: crrrt&t: rr i'

qrfi qil.qErrt t\fit{ql'{* |

qre frng&q qr{: mtfr

rllq ll

sign Sloka.39, When the Sunis io a quadruped possessed strength and in of and'theother planetsare there will be or mutable signs (or Navamsas), dual twinsporn wrirpped in one theath(secundineo).
, Nores. qKr{dt "/. rt{agcqSef: trqr Bqrft<itqil cRrn:' t

Also gaffit

r f,.htfuttd "{q* qg c{ciftTe

qarG Rqt t* Qfitrmaf*l\' r {Ai +gt*ft a qoffifu* rt


qgcqqtfir ft<rna{t' rt' r' q{

Also rrrt

eqtm

qrcffiftfrei&*

rr

tl 3-,----.-... - -.,-*"*-

ttl -"""-.,"". ", """..

Here is an illustration for the birth of twins (bottr matbs):lg32January 19, Tuesday' one at tl'19 P' M' and the other at I l-50 P..M. Madras Time. Place of birth-Madras' . Pada (qtt) of the star Rohini (tfRdtt' The Moon is in the 3rcl

Venus
ul

Mars Sun Merc

I-agna or Ascendant for the First child-5-:2+"-36'-30' Second child-6-2o-19'-30"' r, ,, From the above chart it will .be observed that almost all tho planets occupy either a dual Itasi or a dual Navamsa' The Sun is in the first half of Makara and therefore in a quadruped sign' The Mosn is in his e:sltation sign, in the bright half of the month and is thereforestrong' Mars is in his e:<attationand in a dual Navamsa' MercurY is in Dhanus, a dual sign' in Meenn Navamsa, a Resi of Jupiter is in exaltation and dual nature. Further, he is retrograde' Venus is in a Navamsa owned by Dhanus, a dual sign' Saturn is strong being in his Vargottamamsa' Rahu aud Kotu are in dual ltasis.

Eri R st of e.Qfrtsqil ut t

qA rm4ttqEt qrqt qroldnl ll 8" ll

Sloka. 40. When the rising sign is Mecha lq, Simbafit{ or Vrishabha gqrr, and when Saturnor Mars it, ,occupiea the percon borh will have a cord coiled

ryl

qtl5lft|fr

Adh. In

-,'".

or by the sign owning the LagnaNavamsa. ";;


ef. qr<r<tfl

;;;

d;;;

bv thc,iringrigl

erfr ar&t lfttlt wrg:I fifrrcdffi sA u+ss ftl rn{nsqrilEr rr

t tq oi is another reading. lt will tben mean " If Ifleshaor Simha be tbe I-agna and be at the sarrre time occupied I by S.tutn, or if Mars occupy Vrishabha identical with the l-4na, and ro other planet rrccupies the Lagna in eitlrer case, then thr cficct seid in the text will happen."

'arqrQR

c/. t+'rir<r vqA *q-dt nt frhrc{qqc| nt r q$rd tl d( liiarn ll 6a Sr


Also Tftqrflqq

qi urt fi tr TRfr funfrqfr t q* qriffi t rrtrilrf ctt r ;i srlfuSelqRrrrft vccdtgft t qR n dqrq etffi ax Rmffi

d wfr rl'fiqst tqqqrqt qfttsww t qtwerrt frfit {r rrfr qt ntofttfrilTt! g llutll


41. When the rising sign hasa malefic Slctha. by planetin it and is either aepected manl maleficpla' by Rahuor Kethu in addition, the netc or occupied pcrsonborn hasa cord coiledround hio'body. 'Agern, rnhenthe Lagna bclongr to a malefic planet and tbe other conditionsmentionedpreviouelyobtain,the camc resultfollows.

ll d TStflfr{ s} qril rt noftnfocu:81ll

f,eeftowt wul ui Sil trqnrq* t n

Slohu'.47. When a maleficplanetotherthan Marr ir in thc Lagnain conjunction with Rahu,or when

gL 18

atrftsqtr!

N138

ectedby'Rah", or by when Seturn ig in the Lagnaand is aspected lvlaru, round his body. the perubnborn will havea cord coiled
NorBs. tqt{(ql'{ t Valaranatha instead .of Venkatesadaivagua reads ' Vasuranatha in his qsf'{Herqft Sarwarthachintamani. Tr{R{iq' r r" '

ilGrofrgffidGI(ffi|+
R$qrrffii96, n{l qlrrdfr Rnftqqrd{FffiqG( lrq ll 81 ll REft ms
(ertntritr) 43. SJofta. Find the particularDwadasamsa of a cign which the Moon occuiier. Find the Rasi to belongs. Count from this sign w.hichthic DwadaoamEa by as Deny Raeiaas the number tepresented the Dwa' in daramsa question.' When the Moon is in the Rari thus found in the monthof delivery, the birth cf thc child in the womb may be expected. Secondly,tiad by haa wbat fraction of the DwadasamEa boenpassed the (impreg' Mo,rn at the time of the query 61 unnrr'Adhana by netion). When this muchof the Raei is passed the predict' Moon in the month of delivery, the birth may be ed. This givesthc (ete) Nakehatraof birth. T'turdly' find whether the rioing sign at.thetime of the queryor {rcrtpAdhana,is q day or night' sign (ztidecrf,ccdtilrc. Adhyaya. I. S/. 14) ar,d also what Jathakaparijatha fraction of the Lagnais pasaed. When so much of the the day or the night ie passed, birth in queotionshould be declaredto happen. sffi cr' ihrrtfrtr wstl ctrore qr qhtseth* adi I " ' :r't ,ri,, ln,glmurtd ilfr ntsfun ret qii, lt

ta4

rtlrqrft|tt

Adb.III

Er dqr{l5.rllaKftrRrfrri rri qrq r Tdi &rdlsrt sr n fqnrrraqqfr rfirrRrqt aT ficfteq *dar t afti rfigrrq* $st oFFdr q rr rrt +iqRi *qa wct I i aqr.Id I ', f<iF miti ar Uilq qofrrrn: il q?-{t{rfii cft art**r csd {{+{ r trErritr iei{r*crflsRm+gft u qrrce I eirrqftrrwi sqt.t{# w a;* k<rrfuFslrrrn& ftrrqa: zg n . qs ttsarrq ffi* qrqdrRqR: r , ilirerT fi ndr iicr sr rsir rrlq u qrarqrqqftarft:t aroreaeafifuqift $r, .ri rrir eer Er cffc} }Iiq r arq?rlt rrfl*arffi ori wi Tr {rAsTaII sfi RflrRrTre r;i ar frarcrar.rr .rq i\ffiqq cgai*qrsdtRrfa; r arai rrmqi qrsqi {etrsth ar fritt rr q{drqq-d: $ v&;<ncahir r qfusrqrrfi{rq aM qrFn I E'rrrcqriT {*qffiA*c c{r gi I tri ftagriarqr( c{ ftfr frri'rrq i uc qr{}snsrnrEc{T{crs{ri g*qn* rrqfsr* qi wfr r*t rrrfr q+i r ftrrti T.{ri qrft e*'t+,r{A s tt: I qrr qfut rd'r q.A efi rs* rri+qft qfuilsrrrarf r,rltt: r qrErqairrflitr tfnrQc'jqlrterf,:t . atere*q<di rrft,idrii aei rrlq rr qqrri: r *qritrrorrqr ers?qrGiers{riir wd{r smRqi{tlfl Rr<rc<ac]ql uit<q .s*qti q*q, qsFafrft r orqa;rgr{rTiqv.neqlF{ t\o e*o*qqfulE(fittrrifet rrcqtira t-1" q1ftrgi6 tr<r qfi'elqlr{rrcrd ftftqgcrdocti wqi teoo iFrT

til.43

qdlisrqrq:

I35

(* ltr ail'lsEtril{,erssT.;r{r q;4a{T icfufu f}.lrc:rff} g il{Trqifta+r arfitlTm arrt&n<r*ce{mriN.q;| sie rsqtrU lFgrr
g$AI q$rq: I axrl ir (rr{rqqtrq | oBpgrqtnd rrchTri rqqRrf,rrd: I {.} r

e3y.{ crffi rr*s lrntQrqrr: n .. rgqercfusft o61 Erqrritil' qfo-<rftd ffi r qft qa q;lsrtqi{u} * roerq aq errqriffiqfrr s;{efifiq: r trUi gru'ero* *iiff rerlrEas frrcrffi rrfrr:t ,, rrrrinnrnTrirrftr: fu[e f]* rea: rr fc. rr rr&grrqrt{rtsqr+nEr@ t6 qr.cq.
Suppose the oTrq6og (Adhanalagna) or qryaq (Prasnalagna) .,to be'3 signs 8o 12' 20" and the position of the Moon at the time o25' 35'. As the lUoorr is in the 5th Dwadasams.t of 4 signs lO Simha, the Dwadasamsa is Dhanus. The birth has 'to be predicted when thb Moon passes through the 5th llasi counted from Dhanus, i.'. Mesha. This is the view of sonre. According to others the birth should be predicted thus:Find by counting from I\{esha the order of the Rasi representing the Dwadasnmsa; when tlre Moon traverses through so many Rasis frorn the DwadasarrrsaRasi, birth will happen. According to this view, Dhanus happens to bb the 9th from Mesha; the birth witl happen when the Moon is in the 9th Rasi from Dbanus. i.c Simha- The former view seems more rational. +# of Ctq):Mesha as having been traversed by the Moonat birth iime, or 5o'l t6 or the second quarter of the star Aswini. To know the time, we proceed thus: 'Tha Lagnr is 80 l4 20" inifizs (Kataka) wbich is a night sign. . Thcn, to 6nd the cxact position of the Moon, we have

'fhc'cxecf

flfi$, fo ghetikas (tfre ", poiul,of !ryht) or rt 8 ghatikas,l2tiViglatit aein tha nt$.-i time will therefore t"

i36
,-.'-"-"'-".

*usrffi

Adh" III

case of the Moon and Balabhadra also adds that obly in the of query or (uilsrt) Adhena the lortl of the 5th bhaua lt the time to lrc lrredicted that the ot:cupying orle au'tl the sattreltasi, it has at that very instant ' pregnsnt womau t'il1 be delivercd of her child nnd not otherwise' tirne of conception The cooverse process of cleducing the given for any birth hEs (,{tcta+ta-Adhanalialn) frorn the data works as far not been defiuitely stated in any of our astrologicat ls I har'e seenin Scpheriel's But the follorvrrrg geueral prirrciples cnunciated been fourrclto be truc " trilanualrif Astrology,ii ^nd which have useful :after elaborate tests will be found to be very *axin8 and visible' 9r waD' (t) wtren the ilIoon at birth tt between qN|a (Adhana) iog and invisible, the period intervening for l0 lunar revolutions aod bilth will be les'i thau the time token or'9 Solar lnonths. ({rcri' (e) tf ttre Moon at birth be waxing an'l invisible interval between concep' Atlrislardha), or rvaning and visible' the be more then l0 lunar tion and actual time of birth will ' revolutions. or more-is obteiocd {f) f'ne actual nurnber of days-:loss fronr the horizon' the distance by findios the distance of the Moon fronr the Lagna when the Moon is iuvisible' aod i"tn, "o*,"d house (q(ers-Asta Lagna) when the Moon is visible' ,U. ,,n i*. the result W 12' Tbe Convert this distance to degreesand divide quotient will represent the number of days required' ' (4) tf the birth takes place in {f5q{ (Suklapksha-bright the Lagna will reprosent tbc baff of a month), the sign denotinel qHId (lairana)' Moon's position at the time of r (5) If the birth be in ifwmqr(Krisbnapaksha-dark hrlf of bhava wilt contain the Moo rt monttr), the sign denoting the 7th ofiqta (Adhana). (6) 'The Rasi occupied by '{hp lrloon at birth will bc ririry ''rI{FT{'Ia (Adhanakala) according es the of C, s"tiirrg at the tirrn srid Moon is waxing or'wauing' Let us take the following exemPle:1900 (lFrqf-rr Tberewas* birtb. et 4a;m' ou'8t! Jaquqrf

fi, 19

qrf{tsrrrr:

t37

Ayenamsa,22' 26' +')-Vikari yoar, Dhauur month-Z5th, Sunclay, night and Monday morning,I-at. l3o N. tVton ... ll signs2l'15' . Sun i Lagna ... 8 signs 2+o2f 7 signszio Sl'

The Moon is waxing and below tha horiaon(invisible). Ttc interval betweenconceptioutime aud birth time is thereforc porc

Sun
I

enus' l8ttrJan. 1S00, Venusl 4 a. m,

Chart at timc 1899 April, lst

Mars

r conccption

Rabu I
than l0 lunar rnontbs (Rule 2 above). Tho distancc of the.Moon from the borizon is(Lagua) qr 3-tgo-24r tnin*t 7-21"-Sl. Il-2lo-15, rbich wben converted into days at an averagerate of l2o per day (Vidr f,u1s 3) is t# or 9'95 days.

The conccption should thcrcforc havc takcn placc lOx 27'32305(period of one revolution of the Moon is. 2V'32305 drys\ days prior to birth. The Moon baingin +9'95 or rougbly 283'180 22td degreeof fr-q (Meena)at birth, the qt{rf,s (Adhana I-ag. thc na) must have been Meena,ZL'. Looking at tne Panchanga for tbat time, we deduce that the time d. conception should have bccn at about the early hours of the morning on the lst .l,pqil 1899 rhen Mepna had not fully risen Merch 1901 [Thc child died at 3-30 p. u. on Friday the 22od. ) t!e' tfi6 th. Moon was transiting (Aswini 2nd Pada, g$It{f{ thc lrgns.l 6tbbmftr

t3

tE8

rtq|lluf

AdT III

qgqtt qrqt q qt sqqRr

qftft g Rfti{ e,rEilQr qsql-

qi?mft R-*rqfr(qqrfur r

ffiffiqffispgfiqt1BB.tl
Sloha. 44. Ifi at the,timeof conception,ihe rising Narnmoabelongo $aturn .nd ih.t pl'rnet occupies-thc to 7th trouse(vn;the child will take 3 years to be born. If the:conception takesprace when thE Moon ,it under gimilar eiteums,ta.acE, tr. i. when the rioing Na,mmsa belonge Kataka'and Moon occupiesthe ?th house to the (nrl}th. birtb willhappen afrer L.L y?irt. Theeff;b tbat bavebeeRdegcribedin this Chapter.asdue to pla, ne6ry coojunctions ar the time of rle (qrqr+)Adhana must alsobe predicted in regardto the time of the birth when the eame planetaryconjunctionsare foundto exigr. NotBs' ,/. ss{qR|Ii d mRt c1N ftAr& glmFTF( |

tft: urfu

Aft Erqrr"r{sr rl

Also gwrl:

sqq qRr agts*istr st \q crn<rqdiq r reqqini'tfr* q"rldfr.* , rrqi q rrci qR{" urrqtn
Aleo grcndi

qrl tttrdit nfirl erdT ftt* r fr qfirifirti{, ;vefr,f" isq,l {c"tur


Thethird quartor of the Sloka is interpreted in {qrTcqfd (Dasa.. dbyayj) to mean "If the Navamsa Rasi of theMoon at the time of sorception be one of saturn's houses and if saturn be in trre l*, bhara from the Moon, thon thc.birtn WiIl happon in tbc twetfth

$L +l

ttttsqC:

1|9

(Brihath.prajapathya) quoted: is

' TrTtntcrrs qcqEl<rgt rre: I c|'ir il Qg* qriqRrffir.r6Btt u

(Brihathprajapathya)it is said " tm qg6,1 In trnqms Septhamam hibukam va ard in the text gnr& s (Sapthamasthcchr) is used. This q (cba) sbould be taken to meaDggqr? ffi s gfi (Septhamastle Hibukastbe-cha sathi.) The object of Varahaqrihira in putting Saturn in the'7th housois.-not onty to .securs bis full aspecton the Lagua.or the Moon, but also to givo him bis full Digbala (directional.strongth) as Saturu's Digbala ia too Ztb bousc ts futt.

,1. qrrqthr

teaorff"i tt*stlmi tlir r trlRcflr t&ry rts qitttqnrgqrr


It is also opinod that if,theseyqgal crist, tbr feneldwiU b.g no more.

'n Etqfitm qr{rrcne qrdfuilssrma: ft r i'qefr ril tr: sqk cqlt rdRlft: rr f$t tur: oqkcrq$.t Allva I , qi qtqftsrU"murrvcftrililTr I qlrtr q trfd| Rem: rel gl: r rq{ffi * itfr wtr rrrilfr: cfr: n

ftil drilnqfrRilrr g.i r tffir nu\tl

tEttqil S,dtit rotgt r

qiq ort rfr qrrt,tr dqFilgfr t

Sloha. 45. When the lorda of thL 9th aad tfth bhavacare in bad pooitiooEr tod the lord of trhe ririog aign is strong, the iscue bac undoubtedly been boro. guritiqagory. rtta,. eithout. fxa (Seenabtha)--and-other.

t40

rlcrdfA

Adh. III
*""

bharn and rhat is owneC by a maleficplanetalro, there will be no issuewith th: purificatory dlwae (Seeoantha) ceremony performedupoo ic o/' udtFrnfir s& ftqrrr&cfiaqrdtq I [:Qrrifr r$gurffir qFfi rfrrr: ctlrftrls& ae n elqrdrclt R*l srt sqri tec ilq1le cr wn) q(; $qihls& er r

ftsqfcrqtwq orft?al{$qft r

fttrse qrt qsqrgu |{dmtn Bqtl

Slola. 46. When the Moon doesnot aspect tbe lagna, the birth of a child is out o[ thg father'rsight. And be ie at tbe time absent a foreigncouotry,if ihe in $un be,ln a mcveable cign and has falleo out of the ase (lvfadhya) er the l0rh bheva i. e, h in the gth or 9th bhava. Notrs o/. tr<r*A

qIfrft rti{fun ftert rinr: r r.ffi llrwsgl cr c{* rrir fa1.rni,t qarftnrrR fualcft dfht ggla r qt qcqnfr Rtctqrcqns cT{irrahqn cst ftfr*;q ftg: rrlt fiqFm:crcft tt Frrq.I qrfutsi$s:cq{i cl &qqrf* Rattf qtl-{q il

Also 141a4

'

lf tbe.risiog sign is unaspected by the Moou and thc Sun lr eirher in the 8th or 9th bbava, tbeu the father is not present at tbc place of birth of the child. If ttre above Sun be in a movcable siga, thc father will be in a foreign conDtrt. If hG bc in tr b ngrnabfr s!n, tbc falb,ef ;iU b. ia tbc srotrthq fts

n4t

1 l4l

rrtcre btrth took placo. If the Sun be in a dual aigu, thcn thr father will bo on his way home. The Yqa deoicted is g day Scenery. E'or the secondyoga given in the latter half of the slola (ia thc text),the c.onditionthat the Legna is not aspected the Mooo by ia accossary; c/. (9a'srdq,) Sukajathaka:

qmftmt qrlr qilrrgtftql r Rnl: ftar frttnt sr;r qtor lftraq rr

r EEqfrsft qt Oi il.h qqrrfu {r qqnr\ ffirtsdarrt3ttBetl ffi qpn:


Sluha. 47, When Saturn is to rise on the lagna or Maf,qio setting (occupiesthe ?th rmr $[nv.1 or if thE Mqoo be between Mercury and Venur, then alro the hther will'be away at the time o[ the birth of the lhild,
Balabhadrasligbtly difiers-He says

trlqkt nsrcnrgi flffi-*sc.qqqt stl t riqqr qffiwrrl ftitretn qi* Ttt u


tbere the Moon if between Mars aud the Sca it dC to causc thc lErnc aflect. In tbe preViouseloka, the day scenerywas depicted. In thc prcrcot sloka the oight scenery(birth at uight time) is describc4 since Saturn (the Karaka of the father at a night birth) ig tel* iitd consideration instead of the Sun as io the previous sfda. G/.gKrsd

q{irr}rtifte{t: gfr{ trss,it:ftgrnn: | srrrtr cGir gtfrrit*q al qe: n


!-

The Sun at a day birth and Saturu at a night birth, if espectcd of by Mars, iodicate the abseuce the fatber. Aad if the sign tbst two respectively by the above'meationed ir occupiedaud aspected pielets be a moveableone, the yoga indicgtesdemiseof thc fathot brforergoplaceat the time. Tbe autborof SaravelifurtDcrsstl;

qnrftrni {foi qq'*T rrfuqq{t*n I rr l?hni r{qft Qaf tg* n

t1g
4i-*aAtthAG r_s

rilmh!|lt
rrJ{Jty Lwrryy-! -.ff rr!_gtr'

Adh, III
_ar jg .j-

tutnqGfrilhhsffitt dmmqtsrfrlF{ffit rrBztl

Sto*a. +U. If the Mecn b: in a sign owl:d by a benefic planet or in a mt (Varga) of Jupiter, the cbild born is legitimate. ,/. gmcrfr{

trwltlrn qt'grmfftsfr

er r
rr

crRqRKr fttsft a chfe pli


Vidc also sloka 59 ialto

Sir q ffitg' T{rt qr$r?tqr t} N{ qium,{ft-fi {r qorFqe:81tl


,sr Stoha. 49. When Jupiceris not aspecteC Marr, by and the Sun and the Moon are in their sd (Varga).the child born is a tar (Kshethraja). The sameis the cale also when Jupiter is stroog and in conjunction with . Mercury.

gr' ffg{Ft*tizt tntfr t'r{ rr\o tf


Sfola. 50, When the Moon is in the rrt (Varga) of Setrrrnand the 5th vtE (bhava):isoccupied by Satwn by and alsoaepecteJ the Sunand Venue, the ooo botn i. ir a lhnfc (Pounarbhava); c. the eon of a remarried woElan.

{qt rcfFit qA qfrrgke r

Gqtrnwtngt qd {rwtqif,tr t

qFffitSqrfriltrfrt frqq: n\t u

Sl r[.r" 51. When the 12th W-tr.bnava aspected is Sun and the Moon are.in the rrt by the $un,or the Varga of tbe Moon aod the Sun,the peroon born ic a

board.

t[ 58't5

Erflcl$crr:

;Il3

qfiAgfr@,r
{'ii Sloha. 52. When qrFE (Mandi) is aspecred the by *l' lvloon and ic in conjunction with Saturn aspected or by s him, tbe child bom will be given away by the parento to aoother to adopt-

qtq(r tl \q tl afiqqgil.ETf{ Eqgfr

S/ola. i3. When the ?th or the 5th Hre-!6.u. 't o occuDied by.Saturnabi!'Mare and is unarp*ted by otGr, planete,the son born should be marked out as6ftf, Krithrima (i, e..to be adoptedby othere)

qirc{tftttD,uH{g frftt}( ri\t tr

'f,gtcd'nsq,iqt t

qcqQrrrd ffiftrfr g

wrourq r

qfii oil{fr ft Rgh{rt {r E{qr?g* qtq u\B rl


Slof,a;.J1.. If tbe lords of the &rr (Hora) and the {th.vn.bhava count4dfrom qqqrr (Janmalagna) occupy eaqh otherts.houses if either of thembe.in conjunc, or titro with Rahu.orKetu, thechitd bom was begotten by atotherr:

s,i mr* gttrinqari {qt Mr& r


E *frq,9{

il'r

ilfift qrii qtwqwrqtar,\E lr

S/ola. 55. It Jupiterdoesnot aspect Lagnaor the the Moon, or be not in one and the eame houee with either, and if the Lagnaor the Moon be not in a rrcl, Varga of Jupiter, then the actrologer should declarethe child to be boro in consequence tllreootber'l congreEl of with eqcher,

LU

rlTIfufi
Y.!.U.YI:!ytvyyty ttryyrryy!yE!vyyy!.j!

tf,; m

qnt ftdiqrdtqrw qwqt rftqffi qr firqnl rqgeafter qnr qtfr qElhil \q rr i\s
Sloha,56. A chitdboroin any of the threefollow, iiogcombinations ftft-Thithbi, qn,Varaandrlr,Nak, of rbatra is declaredto be the rerult of the notherb congreEs ancther: ( l) fi*rqr-owitheeya,rffrrr.,sunwith day anCsrdtwather,, wadl-Sapthami, glm-W,edner, e) day andHt-Rerntbee,(31 Erfift Dwadasee, {tgfr(.Sunday and rFlu,sravishttha.
!{orag. Balabhadrain his trcrr (Horarathna) statcs that this cloka (Thathamisra.) Thc readius given is as folloos:-ir from ffir

qilt;q|eftg*gfrqrEqtFEisI q qt*ftqqfts qtdrdfrfr{ tt\e ll fig'

qrifrtfiqrtfffii s?mqi eettHrg r grEdcrGnqaqcfr qrfrsrEqgrrqq il eq criq

Sloha.57. When any oneof the 3 weekdayrrvi! &turday' Sundayand Tuesday,is ascociated with a qrfff-Bhadra thithbi, (r. e ftilcr-Dwitheeya, ecfr-Sap, thani, or rcrft-Dwadasi) anda ftqrrnnmhripada n.L, rhatr4 (i'c. gq*q-Itunar\asu, ffqtKl,lrlrakha or $rqvqr),the child born b declared tobc begotten byanorbgc_ Norss.
, Thc folloving arc somc morc yoges for iltcgitimatc o$pring$

gileldt qrqfl lmilrrt I : tffieireffffqrriwr , sfisqfl qqgfecrsr: ir&r gfficrrs; n llornnrr rlqamrgei" si wftffi r lrenrnr:s ftM *.isftrran sqq il , [ .tlrnrnrr! rt g$ qrcril cQ'i ttfoftmr gltwrqwil: s rrri r uft r

Cl.iE

rtdtSrltrnr: Tffisrffirgett?f cuqkcttt! I fuhtt qgtrft arnnrsms! qreme il . frlnt rqftg r &fi'* I ftftrrril ar* tnltFi c rl ilr: ritsecrre: c$fffrr: I qmtq*t@ftfi qfr r tTqeft sg{i ti*qrqft ilr* qrqt srq, r

116

n orFFtq lKfrttqilr {r mr* Gfi wrrrctr qnt ild gdrrr*r qtur rrqlk furqr(riqar wrqdsillr
Slola 58. When Jupiter doesnot aspectthe rieiog 'cign and the Moonr or ttre Moon in conjunction with 'when the Suo; or the Moon ia in conjunction with 'the Sun and a maleficplinet; the offepringie poeitively declaredto have beenbegotieaby toother. Fore child to b" a""rlrll'
Mooa must rcccive iu''iopect of JupiterI e) ttcsuir lr.conjunc. tion tpith the Moori sboukl be aspected by Jupitci; of (.})'tbcro. sbould not be any maleftc aloog with thc Moon in coniurction rith the Sun. i "/. sarqd

(l) ,"*,r,mate Lagna the or

.,

But it has to be strted hore that if the Lagna en<lthe ftfoofr bc in a Navamsa belortsirlg to Jugiter, theu tbe child ehoufd-'uOt bc drclared as illegitrmate. c/. qftr<

qtqRr.r ge!.rfiri qi q ftilri tE{ | lr er*{nt fi qrcslrd? tl RnE "nrg,i

ctrtrtstnqiQf En rrWft
'

? lt tadl <fo|l qclqe: Nava Sas.ankoRavina Samarpthaba. le sno$rr rcaAirrg. Tlre whole sloka is cagrableof 6ei6g inteo prctcd thus:

ar iflir +ilsr reurit rr r 3aFaanl siirrr lvrcdutq u

l9

l{e
*#

rtfinnr||

Adh. ltl

qrr !IG!yd qrd t i ftO{tr tqTrr{trt: rQor ecrrrrt q*;ug(: mft qcns; qfr il gar: rqri clq ild frrqnc r cft qFr n
That is, if Jupitcr does not 'aspect the Legna and the Moon, and at the eeme time tho Moon be not in conjunction with the Sun, and secondly,the I-agna and the Moon being unaspected by Jupiter, if the Moon in conjunctionwith the Sun be also esso. ciated with a malefic planet, then the child should-in the absonco of any restricting (unm,Apavcda) yogas-bo declared illcgitimate. Cf. tq'<*e t, {: i q{r qnftd q ql qrqqfteqr
f{

s *
\r

r iregqtortrilfr.nnfinr arut: ll qqrqsl qr giq: ql|gcdqq r gt: mrfrcttutdrfi ilirr* il hftluqsrqr* rgtse $Fenrq(| acftc ftqnrq nlQq ga{t rrrq rr

It would appeer that +{ ur<R (Apavada) yogaswero aftc great penanceobserved one after anotherby Sagcsas statodbdlow: Brahma, Subrahmanya Garga I \ ald surya .Marichi + t Iz Vyaaa ... ... ,.. Manu 3 I Vssishta ;.. o.. .r. I Anglrag 5 Attri ... .r. ... ... 2 l-omg1gg,, ... I
Prtasgra o.. ....

lleayepe Nrndl

2 3

Peulase Chyevena F
.,.

-. ...
o

3 I

...

2 Sauneke 7jdc Srutis.

nffi

wffiq*

ett qrr qtderqt rr\q tl

ae* qFqilFdr I

.Slolo 59. When the Moon io in a nrQr (Raei) oyrnd by Jupiteror is in another (Rmi) in conjunc, rrRr tion with Jupiter or ir in Jupiter'e irqpl'lDreehLnil

lfriftsrnr:

l4l

or crtn (Navamsa), the child born hasnot beenb:got, ten by a.paramour. Norps.
This stoka is'from Garga. Pleaseseesloha and thc noto 48 thercto. qF{(m (Vanyarasige) is auother reading and segmsto be the correct oue.

T*.rdqitr$ q{kffi{FqqRqfr t r{R fffitqrqr mdtqu+fr QmllQo


Sloha 6f. If the two malefic planets $aturn and lvlarste in maleficsignsMeoha,SimL and Kumbhaand occupythe ?th, the gth cr the 5th place from the $uo, the father of the child born is in a state of forcedoeclurion confined in a foreigr, place,in his own or on his way to his own country, accordingasthe sign occupied by the $un is moveable, inmoveableor a dual one.
Norrs.

4. smqd. crrnqqui qft{6t! cntfr r rq: lQar;<ft}TRrrrtrqtswrcrT il


q\ \a

From the plural numbors usod in tho abovc guotation, it tould eppear that the term " malefics" ncednot necessarily bc confined to Saturn and Mars, but may bc extndod to woa& Moorr, Snbu rnd Kotu. But it is aot .o. Aod by " T(d o'Knrrarksbl

r{6

rRsl*il|

Adb" lil

ll the five houses of ma{eficl, viz. Meshe, Siqlhe, Vrirchitn, [alrara and Kumbha are not meant, but only Mesba, Simha and iumbha. Here the difieronce between the terms paparksha (tfCd) nd Krurarksha qtf{ rnay be noted. The one means "all the housesowned by nrale6cs,, wbilc lo other confines them to " their odd signs.', ,/. f6n-*fC(

fftrcwril (ocn4; q<\ urrrncgattrt r grilt fit in$ ci* {req ei.rmrq u

i{+<q adds " If th" Sun in the above case be in gqrl s. nui*tcr (Nigala drekkana), the father is forcibly (illesally) dofintd; and if any other l)rekkana, on account of business oi $11y."

NorBs. Thc word si (saumve), may also be interpreted as bencfic. Iho meaning will then be " If the Moon be full and in Katat a rnd if benefic planets be in the lagoa and the 4th$ousc, then tbc birth takes placc in a boat., tT the l.ag!8 be a watery sign and the Moon be in the 7th bcing rlso full, then alrc the birth taltcl Dlace in a bet." ,1. qr{Ir|0t

S;loka61. When the Moon ig full aod in his own ,igni.e. Kataka, and when Mercury ie in ihe ;;rt";;;" rnd Jupiter occupisthe 4th house, the pregna"t -o, nan is delivereil of her burdoo in a boat. This nay )appenalro when the rising sign io a watery one and ;he Moon (whetherfutl or io the ?th bharn. "o$ls

Sffi cd$ ftr\ o{qh sfr r s\ et qttitsftsfr qt tnqer n rqi* Inll

ih* qa g s{r'rrh Erfi,ftftTffi qrtrofrrffi afis<nqtRrfr r

gc Tba.rrcrd (Subba) (Subh6, in Sukh6),!g\ *' in tbe tcrt pnly .Jupitcrby tbe commcntrtor brf b|fc nndoritoOd meen to as tsp'il.rn'.dlrr r jee*ihilitrcf vcuusoceugying tho.{tb plror

Dl. 60
-:t<=:Yv-ffir,*-v

qfirilsrrrri:

l+',7

from Mercury in thc LaCna. " amgq-qgns sgW*T(Tgtri $&q: n (qqrd cl. rgfqraq

{h{: *t[gi t qfti drr{rr fr.

oy' .l,tso gcn*"1

' ffi t gan $illi st ect{ft Nit r efi ffi fffifuft cr rqrTh nF{dqrs;rr r r*

Rut the word Swarasig6 fftfi may apply to (Sasini) qrftrft ot (Saumyc)ttlq in the text. For the latter view. c/t 16g1ilr{il oft qgfi grqFmTrTqr eilA gi I

qlt: ridr qq*tqr-+ ffi


Also tqr<qirr

c?q n r grqt I

ait'fr gtfiTe dqr ffi


qiilrrQT3lls! gt fitfrqi

[ir +q

According to the above, the word ai\ (SubhU) may alsr include Venusand (PoorneSasini) td rril,fr will meanthc Moor during the ten drys from fu.1fif to Srqtfq1f11it

qr( t$qrr'gsrrrs qfr:.qfrfu tuql nQirr r


S/ofra62. If the Lagnabe a watery rign with the full Moon in it, or if suchMcon be in oppositionto the Lagna, in the 10thor in the 4th bhavafrom the Lagna, or then the child will be born near water. Norss.
Anothcrirlnfuetation. Whcn the rising signis a watery onc and the Moon occupies watery sign, the delivery takes place iu a tbe vicioity od.rater. The same happenswhen thc fult Mmn aspects a tratery sign; or the Lagna beiog a (Jetaresi) fioilflr, tho Moon occupies the l0th, the +th or the"lst bhava. cFfrfi qprlq: is anotherreading.

qr rS tTfil s{i{isq{r t

t r<rt,l rrfrerrarl cqft qer* {tat cqr q0: r


qqt qb* ft*rfa{{qqfrt{qa rnf u,

r60

qrfiilctfrwl

Adh,m

qrdsffigt M

qrqff,ffftt r strrrffiq&n g.Frt ql

dr\ffi?rfrsqt rrqtrr

S/<iAc 6.i. Wh.n the rising eign and the Mo.rn happento be in one anrl the samerrfu (n"ri) .oa *i"o Saturn is in the 12th rnq (Bhava) and aepected a male, by fic planet,the delivary will take placein a Eecret Epot.
(Probably widowsderiveringchildren secretly is hintedherc).

Again, when the Lagna is E&r (Vriechika) or uzr (Kataka)and $aturn occupiesit and ie aepect'ed the by Moon, the delivery will take placein a pi t, c/. trrmilrs orffirtqemt srq: qslr{rihil: r gfr rqft"rsl atortcJccrQrq rr ' eA offi qqr ibr m frri Er* r ir{sgqel: rftdigrfa csh stq rr Also G[;(fr{r sqA?ftstqafri c"E: cFlft{tftril; r rRTtwvrwft tcti cqfr *Ra: il Also dt+rttcr qqr*0tiqcnf tr, qilq tra: r {frq'lr *lrrqt: qqt Ta{iroi rr Alsosnrqot cRirq* ffiwltifrf r qcft rrs": ff {qfu qq:fr; rilt qfir(ir, t

rqssqrrf Ru{i gqfrgPrtfirft t ilqr( gqut {u{ *qr(frERtrE qBtl stsrr{t ir


Sloka 64. According asSaturn,occupying watery a sign,ie aspectedby Mercury, the Sun or the ,riring Moon, the delivery will take placein a pleasure house a temple,on a saltishground or on a sandyplace.

EL66

Ifti$ilT:

t6l

c/. sr(r{df gqfut !r(E: I rRS qashafi dffi ' rRpr M aqlcl +{ a'Qorrr
ln the yoga described in the sloka in the text, the especting as woll as the aspectedplanets must be strong.

ol. t*qtrrr

nftSorsqefr gtq q?{ frtira: r orrst?qrrri ltaraar rr ffioq sqt nrftrr sit {6at qoariirr I

t ?rdrn hq.Wr {q{fi at fttotgr(t^rdi* q({ stit uq\tl rlidlqrq$iltsts ltqrqt {r


Sloha 63. If the ricing sigh be a humanRasi, and Saturnoccupying it be aspected Mare, the delivery by will be in a cemetery, cremationgroundor kitchen, If Venus and the Moon aspect Saturnin the poeitiondes, cribed, the place of delivery will be a lovely one, If planet, the delivery will take Jupiterbe the aspcting placein the house dedicatedto the cacred fires. If the $un shouldaopect, placeof deliverywill be a palace, the a templeor a cow houee, And laetlyan art,gallerywill be the placeof detiverywhen Mercury is the aspecting Planet' Norrs
a/. gr<rqdl

ail{oqqqae* FRqreil am ril qfi r a&ifrA 'qlrr* ftrer+Qu'ig ilaia rt qXQrt d'rtq'aaqri'g*garrai reofm!fir t aieif arffiglk WRq,n a*ass i?trzfAe.H
Also rgq-+rt4,

liur{n '-{d'c*EatQffil0 I e ,qwriRrdqTt cteil cl tl

162

rtmftd

Adh.III

tnq{mrnd qrilw{* ftfr ut t


'

qarffi qqFqirotrrrqil{aq$*r n QQ rr

Sloha 66. The placeof birth of a child ir ur,rnlly that correepondingto the rising sign or its Na\reora whichever of them ie etronger. If the stronger of the two be moveable, the birth will be in a building far away from the native place of the father. If immove able, the birth will be in farher'c own house; if in a dual oigo, it will be in an out,houge. If the ricing be ,,Ilavamea a Vargottamaone, then the birth will be in house. )he child'o maternalgrand,fatherb I *ot'"
1r' o/. 6-qtl<r \'

'dt

qcltqfuit q'nrrq;q*qqurrrql: ll trrcrfurr sr *d* arlrltfr qr r qtm&< cr {qrd"r nq qtq rr tt qqrr{rf }tnrqtsQq {ftoq r
Aiso ttFdIIqFrdT

qfr .futrsnftrfrltrrr

qcql qfidhner wri qftrr*t I qtrArtrrqi aarQastmqftfrq: ll

rt ftfr sr rr* cTEFIFdrrr;R{m tl usrftrzqql n<} edat gffisft cr r . riri qnt qnqitt ilwFR I lagnlr5tqrqlqtq"cQ$saqrll ftg clsr cut: dqiftnr}rar r f* funqqQrqr rgwrrilsmrrrfttl
For the last quarter of the sloka r/. ffirdKl

qtlqcnnkrrr rtffiet wtrnlrdurr r\f,r* rislt+ |

8[ d?
trft6 t]lflrnrcr '-

dllnrtr: lggdt qca{ rlEr sufrrt t fr qt ll ftrrftrrrqrqrc* cqffi{

168

of tbc iq19' viz', Rasi and The considerationof the stronger Sup' J*"yt bc bomo in mind' Navamsais important "tJ**u thc onc is dircctly contrary to of tu" n*ti 't"t ;;"fi."t or tbo Moon' Wc given for the Amsa o""opi"a by the.Lagna ,*o is strongcr --"d :l*j:ll oust 6rst decide r::ich of th" hie worr this ori-ncldc throughout prrceed.Varahamihir" o'r"' not of the Rasi aloqc will Brihat Jataka. ruf"." "*lideration thcrefore sufrce.

"o''*frffifrfifr*urt tq q-Ask Rqdsrqqr


.}s{tnqqF{t- {qfgr gsffq= *'

llqtrtl

andSaturn Slofra6?- If the Moonbeintrine to Mars house' the child at andoccupies ,h. t";t time the ?th But if the Moon be born ir ab.odon.i byl; io*tt' h"ppy by arpected Jupiter,tt'c cnila becooeglong'lived' for. and well.cgred Norrs. thc isdpctalioa." Wbcn Moon. Asothct T:ttnt--:l:.:lb' Srtrrfn occupyrlg
Mars aud tbc 9th or the 7th houscia rcrpect to t/' ff(t{ai oac and tbo samebougcretc"'

rctrMftqris<rttftggqtrm n $"rgptt g<rFc* tfiffi r n


'-* qlIlETilT Also -'-;--tq,.ot{*: *itst t*

ftqg'llsrrrtr lt

Chandrelrreq-Nisanotberreadiogfor(ChandreAethc) Sun ii"o bo "If the Moon or the aod the t""oiil''tiir " bc trino to Mars and Saturn etc"' 'cclipsod" i'!" itl qk (nstna) mey also bo iutcr-prctedas '1: 5<it<tvvx'----'--coniuuction with tbe Sun' qi*r

wcrtl &frq I q$tt qrrr ei! q! ftt'fqc I qt ; ecqt

ta1

incgntrd

.fan. nl

Tlu slbka quoted above distinctly says that the l\Io-on shburd bc 6 (nfooana)i.a., eclipsedby the rays of the Suu and so the words (Asttagatne) qgqir and e{Ril .q,stie in the quotations from sararali and samudrajatake do not m.an ,, the 7th house,, but mean @lipscd;" For rlleviating tte efiects <if'the yoga describedin the text,. JrqpitermuStbc st?ong.

c/. qqinr rfter g1q1r} dr* eq r{R r qS E, CBfr ffig, {qngki e *ga: rr

'

Sldka 6f. When the Moon is in tfie lagna and arfct.d by,a maleficplanetand \rfars occupiecthe ?th beingabandoned 4-."* the child periehee dl;; i*fo Tbe carneh.pp"or when lv&rc and Saturn ii O" lltt qrt?.Whenatenefic planetarpectstte Mooo, "r the chtld pasletirrto tbe b:rrrds of'a pereon crase of.a corrgp, pondingto;the.aopec.ting benefic plaoet.II .oott * .ii" nc under'theaboveyoga aspects the Lagna, then the child bereftof the motherwirt fail into thl handc or di people will die. Evenif cared for and Uy otn.rr; L qhild lives not.
' c/ sr<r{O Norrs *:ll

qfrfhtqQiqts&si* $qt*q+.nsst Yd Qarqft I qrqR;q,frqqcifr ft*sft ffifrg rqgqfrsqry: nq6fl

wcFarq rmqHgqrg! qr$irtd{ il qITft Strc] wqrqrrr.JGrpt argqil snil; I

fuqil qd qrrftFr &sri sts}r erG: I

l5ucrclrrrififuttlsfreffin

{si

Sl. 6E
-9--.--.------t

tdtftsqrr:

,lis

r'$l etitg {qr Aig wfi glrtrtt: t il qqft asrffi<lee*stg adds Balabhadra qil$ftrfi ffA s's} g{qrll6r|rl crar ff6 cn'iU[rft t sft q Smild* TqNt

qnltqfi*frg q6qoH.oi

grervr! qq irccn.6 ndt frqt rft n


Also lltqFtlqg --

qei q{qft a g{r: I ll Utrft ftqt c('

!'r|

giffi Rrnat otaQt6ql ng ' wqfttlrffi: n irrrtrr rreffi 116r qrfr qrar ftqsqt I arn flri frnrflt crtrts<r gfirt!qnq ti rtt: ll qreitiqrq crt" *flSksr eqr fuh t

errrvrc*gerittftqr mgk*

ll

l--r:
t l l

t |(2') ffii

l06

ltf,r\rRwt

Adh II

frqqrquts eeoqeeiloffis ilqlr,gt qRtilrtr u dtftfrolq. ftql rqril uqqtl


S/o[c 69. The delivery will take place in rhe houoeof the father, mother, paternal uncll or maternal aunt accordiog the strength of the planet represeltto ing theoerelativeg(vide SlokatS Supra).It will happen in an erpoeed phce auchaoa grave,a rampartor a river if .bank, the beneficplanetsbe ia their depression houses. If the Moon occupying the Lagoa be not aspectedby tbe benefic planetso:cupyiog one and the eame oign, the child will be born in a lonely place. ,$ Noras. a/. gr<r,rot trcddmtt|Qr csif tc: q{isu gdftrt r ftqdft EtFt qan*r aqrs'q1t il rrgrisRt Yi e$s<Mkuti t ftqfilxtrsilctr{rrk refrrnq ll

nnnrtrfrg r qffiIt: r&' I ffflil cfiqqtrsmqu cwccrqr


Also tnrrir<r

ffiSnaBgqrt: i@g rq3&sirrffiritffi'

r rf

c/. mq*a e*qr qnrft c r sfaqft c{qft r cqt t ss* qrt ftqt ftffffi rr
,And lteqHTte{

qri q qft cr{tqrq-dq-q{qffi tl qft eqr iltq ftrqrq, u etr6l ffi

q rf$ + qt rtftqrft *dFrqr S*sgfr sTttr c| As* ffi q aq.tt

81.?0
.tvrvYY u Y!Jt!vt!,@E.@vJv.@

q{tdstrn:

t6?

qr rqfi{ {ftfr Ggsqqetr-.sr\ (gk il (qR {{;i dtqmtq{fr | qenrit*q?q qtqlqq il(( aRt ll qfrq;ff(qKerlfubuqrgtr;'ns eoll
Sloka 70. When the Moon ir in a Narnmsa owned by saturn or in the 4th(wl)Bhavafrom the Lagna a by or ia aspected Saturn, or occupies watery aign' or is is in conjunction with saturn, the accouchement in ground whel-3 darknesg. The sametakesplaceon the cigns' The ot more planets are in their d.epression lile coming ow of the child from thc womb is exactly i. c, of the eml.rg.nce the rieing sign,from the horizon; sign, the child U-i, it a"{rffqa (SeershoCaya) "PPan '. * i , l r t h e h e a d f o r e m o s t ; a n d i f a g i r q c ( P r u c h t o d a y a ) srriqq (Ubhayo' ;6, with the legeforemost;and if an be planeto aly.l sign,with ih. h.ndt foremoet'If malefic the 7th or in conjunction with the Moon or occupy it is said ii. +ti qrq (Bbava)therefrom, mucb diotress' has to be enduredbY the mother'
NorBs. A;o}hctis|clfnlatioa....WhentheMooninthe4thbhan or is aspectedby Saturn' etc'" if.iA t Navamsaowneclby Saturn be taken tb mean (eUjea' Iu this sloka qsai'(Abjage) should
karkshaYoh: TEqF

*gni "-r*t,$ffi$;" #T',gi?'"ff":#f.Xil


cy'.wt<r qE ll . qqictRfi * td a'qQ rsdr q lw qrqacrcqqqaroft *qq: t il tE'q{q guiteQn aqtmrq

**rea

*ft" gt dlur ergt t

158

flcrlntq|l

Adh. III

t t i$cm.rtt q&qtqrb{nttqil qtc *ftrttEFa vrirt{ren gt, rr


And f(artqflrdT

dtdqrser!drlorg:: dngfrsft <r I , q*{rrt coilr cr qtttqfr Rqa:ll

t<rr<cig irrq I aqt eTTrqrqq{ q IIE:qiqs&kwa aqrQr r q:iFtcSct: vfrnlqt btg{tq tl qet * qib* ft't a'4geq g&o: t ftihtrosi drqtt' &)$rqR{ha Tr ll {Rd rTftrcrq* aar f6g6*gcr tl Alsotr<ndl , drritsqiloiiT a;|s*wghruar i;g* r ilE* Er sdr<qft csi a eqt: ll bir orS,r'i*r"rcrr*t mr6$et r ' qFr cwttztaafrgur: lr .tq"ffiah

I {ffi{i?frs*gm*Ern(ntt tal mnrriiEqrq qt{ttfficdHtllet rl - eriqiffsft

Slrla ?1. The quantity of oil in the lampwill by vary with the portion to be traversed the Moon in guessed from th"'rigo enteredupon. The wick is to be of the riaing wilf vary with the portion i[. LJgnt, d.e. of the lamp ,Lrr ritt below the horizon' The character from thechlracter of the eignoccupied i."to b. gueosed fixed' or iy-tf,. Sit, i.a. whether'thelight ie moveable' froui the nature of the Rasi in i"rlr'ic to be declared *ii"t, the $un is. The door of the lying'in'chamber.is occupying tbe ti U" go.rsed by mean!of the planets those that are Kendrapositions; or ratherby meaneof possesged strength; i'e' *itn more than tlne pfanet of the Kendra-pogitions, door must be gueroed ;."*;.

|I.

'12

qft$rq?r:

t6g

by the strongestof them; when thereare no planete in the Kendras. find which of the Kendrao strongeet, ia and rhe direction facedby the door is guesoed accordingly.
NorBs. The Moon determines the oil in the lamp; tho wick in the larnp is dotermiaed by the l,agna and the Sun determinesthe chlracter of the lamp. If the Moon is waning, there will be little oil in the lamp. If thc Moon is at the beginningof a sign, the lamp will be full of oil.. If she be in tho middle of a sign, the oil in the- lainp rvill be moderatelyfulf ; if in the end of a sign, little oil. The same holds goodin the casoof a wick. If the Sun be in a moveablesiga, the lamp is not a fixturc btrt can be movedabout. If in an immoveablesignr the lamp is a 6x. ture and not capable of being movedabout. lf in a durl sigu, thc lamp can be separated from its place (rerooveable). If tbe Sun be in a fiery sign, we may say that the light is lit (siep), the electric by electric power; if fiery and also moveable tanrp is moncable,and so oa. t/. qr..riltr

;.

qrqtr{tr|la} arelt,aRvt sfHidt I trcs{ftsnGg R'}EqFr4:strqile il qragF-{rfrii effitrw S are* ftt I {rv, 41 '4fr:aGrh qftt erqqttos il I wcftqil * cg{wa@t B{*r& qa{ili: q$r tdftdrlrdftll

tr'l',

"

q*t

qft'ftru(qtt ft?dgh i{ qftilfr Eni q Ei rfr {frgt iltsfraqwq I Etgrd qfrEt Gdfrrgil *i q ug+ilt Ee

q*qt{dt qrq;ilqFt tt sRft *q

Sloka 72. The lying-in chamber will happen to be old but repaired when Saturn_ir rtroDg. Ic will'be

ro

rrmtnl[f

Adh.m

e building epoiledby fire when Mars ic powerful; a new building when the Moon ir in strength;a structure abounding timber, but flinsy, when the Sunis power, in ful; anedificebuilt by the combination severalartisanl of when Mercury ie strong. When Venus ie predominaot, 'thechamber will be lovely, possessiog worke o[ art anJ quite new. [t witl'be strong and durable wben Jupiter is powerful. The astrologer may guet! the sttucture, in the manner indicated, of other houses begioningwith thosewhich areimmediately around the lying,in.chamber means the planetsin the Zodircal of by circle. Norss.
rcgardingthc pleccr this Comparc lI--24, &'ll-22 and cloths indicated by thc scvcral plaaets. '-'Wi,h

,1. qr<rrd. Q,i it ggf r. $ gft r q,lr $ qiaf vttqtrtruqI gt r tl r rgrQrtcsrt c qfi *q1ttudurtnr* !t "i

tqu.@:

qqfr* l|91ls qftrra{*0r fdild Eftr{rqrqrt


Stoha73. Tbe direction of tbe lyingin chamber by ir determined the cign owning the planet that is in the Kendras. If the sign in queotion be strongeEt Mesha,Kataka,Tula, Vrischika or Kumbha, the ly_ing, portion of the house. will be in the eastern in.chamber If it be owned by Jupiteror Mercury,the lying,in,cham, ber is in the north of the houce. If it be Vrishabha,the portion of the house, ir lyiog,in,chamber in the weEtern If itbe lvlatara or Simha,the chamberwill be locatedio tbrgnutbero grfita of tbe hourE.

r ngrnirl Uuileq!&g

gl. 14

tilfr!ffi:
Notns.

l6r

Jupiter is the strongest; tuen the lying'in'chambe'r' , Suppose will be in the northernportionof the house.

s
E

Directions of Rasis according to l-13

Directions of Rasis as per this Sloka

N l*

qt I s'lm{:- ftqse{qprfu*f+qrtqnrrt*ffot : gq'Tg{qErftgirfu*{wrq{$qFcil: fur?fr ll


'l'he

FI l{l

conrmeutator Bhattotpala is of opinion that the direction by of the lying-in-chaurber is determiuecl the rising sign at birth (and not by the sign nwned by the sirongest of the plauets in Ken' planets drasi videsloka 18 supn al\sls it is stated that yowerful aud the in Keudras will indicate the doors of the lying.in-charnber charncter of the buitding where birth has taken place)' His vierv il is not acceptable.

fi * 5iu1ii6iffi' , lrEqrd ffiI qng{ekGl qqFin'-sffifrs llsgll sqrgR


and Sloha 74. TheJour pairsof moveable imrnovc' the ablerigns begirrningwith Mesharepresept Eastand other.lrincipal Poiotsof the iompass in order in the tying-inchanber. The four dual signs,t)iz',Mithuna' ti*y., Dhanusand Meena,signify the four intefmediate poinie,ttiz,,$.E.,S. W, N. W', and N' E The astro' to ioger rhould make,in regagd the bed of the confined facts EuchaE havebeen madein of woEa$ statementE lyingir:hambet, the legsof the couch r6pect to tbe

2t

lee

rnrrcrffi

Adh, III

a 12th bhavaefrom the Lagna, The head and faceof the lying,in,woman are in the direction indicatcd by the Lagnaand the 2nd bhava. And the 3rd and the l2th bhavas reprecenr the fore4ege the couch (the 3rd of beingthe right leg); the 4th and the 5th bhavac, tfie right oide; the 6th and the gth, the hind legc (the 6th being the right leg) of the couch. The Zth and the gth bhaviefrom.the Lagnarepresent legsof the lying,in, the women. The 10th and the l rth represent left ride rhe
NotBs. This is the principrc of Directions zrspsr M charya)also. (Kerara.

rhe four corners of the c.uch are indicated by the-3rd thc 6th' the 9th and the lZth houses from thc r-agna. The lst and 2nd houses from the Lagna indicate 'the head and face of th" mother and consequently the direction io which shc is lying. jfhe left part of the body of the mother is indicated by thc visible half of the zodiac at birth and the iovisible helf indicates the right part of the body.

/. wtr+eri-lrtqGqtbilf .,An{ {nmrr rrnr'r r ureqirtrr: ffi qrgq{ gnri al r r1grh cr P;|adfo{id r ftqffiq r r l$marrvr{ {iqr: c{*srrft {rrR: trrrr il

dt. ?5
'---'------'--'

ttffctsqrd:

163

I 1;rwrdcrdi: TsurG6r:
"{alrsr\$qqtfr on the womanin attending Slt'ha'75, The females childbedare as manyas there are planetsbetween the rising eign and the Moon. Suchof these as are in the visible hemisphereare without the lying'in':hamber. lThogethat are in the invisible portion rprr's3nt the attendantsin th: interior of the lyinS'ia'chamb:r' a$sertthe contrary. _Others
NorBs. Iu the following e:rample, there are 5 planets between the Lagna and the Moon. We have therefore topredict that five wOre in attendance upon the woman. Of these 5, 4 ate in the visible ort' half of the zodiac. l'herefore we have to say that they were could br sidc tho rcon wheie the acttral delivery took place an4 scgn. This is applicable only to females and not males' yenus Sun

qfrGffi ffid

lte\ ll

Junit"rf

I
I

[:

jSaturni

lJt:l'

i
Nota.-The earlier slokas will indicate the presenceof a male are rttendant on the wornan prorided the following conditions fulfilled:-(l) Lagna with Saturn in it should be in opposition to the Sun' (2) The Sun in the Lagna should b6 io opposition to Saturn' (3) Mars iu the Lagna should be in opposition to Saturn' be in opposition to the Sun' i+i tut"t" in the t-agna should should be in opposition to Mare' (S) Tfre Sun in the Lagne

t64'

rrcrqfiit

Adh.IIt

(6) Saturn iu the Lagna shouldbo in oppositiontb Mars. That is two of the three malefics should be in opposition, one in the Lagnaand the other in the 7th. rl. gpffi

ugftwxr:ftgteeltrrqr qgfr* u
" Also ogqftrs flQrqsrrrt$ar cfgr{r: qlirrr

qftTr lrqr: t rrftwsF*crgrn,lqgaqrr

vqfis+'rrerrnqrrr{fis Eris* rr

qlf,s{r; I

For visible and invisible portionsof the Zodiac at any timc :iFrd {saunaka)says-

rilir siriqfr ft:*.'rrq: o,t ilir gFtr:r arhrrgfiaqtt 316** ,, n, 'l'he S

,..f

, text gives the generally acceptedrule for ascertainingthe actual uumber of pers<.ns present at tbe tiute of confinement. Sonre authorities view it otherwise, liz,, that the number df persoDs witlriu the lying-in-chamber should be guessed by the uurtrberof plernets in the visible hemisphere, while tlre number without should be teckouecl by the nurnber of planets in the invisible portion of the zodiac.

c,/. fi'fitr<r iTrs?n: va.ngwatrnqparffihfi I rti*sr{;drrn m[rff{ ct'q-{+st rr Also *rc-{rtr ' EqqaftcrKt{it: qFcr(rftsr@ | E-q.rt$stt qnrufrR;iltfrw: t
This view is uot acceptet'"by Varahamihira and that is why he said irsrqqr (parenyatha) in the sloka in the tert. But when the Lagua and the l\{oon are in one and the sarne house, the nunrber will be as stated in q&q,I (Chrndrika)

{dr, irfoir ofi qA ft: qI: qi}ilaEr: r

Balabhadra adds in his 'irr.1161 (Horaratna)

afi a{rqrn{ iIT qI?Ft: g! rrcrftn! | rnrQtT J|nrfn t q urqrft: qFm slR I

81. 76

qffisr<rr:

165

s{qqt{qcEmgr@l
qqk-dEiqqEfrr qrffi{fi'{ril:rf n sQ11
Sloka 76. The nativewill correspond mien to in the lord of the rising Navamca, or his appearance will be like that of thg planetthat hasthe greatest strength. His hue will be that of the lord of the Navamsa occu. pied by the Moon. His body and lirnbs will be com, mEDourate their proportionswith the rising sign and in other Rasis which are described forming the head a8. and other porriono of rrro$ec (Katapurusha). lVide 8, 4dhyaya I, elokas 13 and 56,Supra.]
Short and long signs arc thus ilescribed iu jata l-l 3. ' Jatakapari.

Norus.

srrortI Srrort Even


I

Even

-l
Long

! Long

Remembering that the Lagna representsthe head; the 2nd house, the face; the 3rd, the neck; and so on' onc can predict whether the several parts of the body hre long or short, or dispro' portional, by the length, shortness or otherwise of the signs tyfi' fying the particular prart of the body as' well as by the plauets occupyiog the particplar Rasi. I In the following examplc, Lagna bdiug Mesha, a short sign, the native has l snrall head. The ,3rd house is governed by Mithuna and rrrust indicate a fairly long neck controlled by planets tborcin, alzr,

t66
'@y ULrvsvvt

rlibcrRila
irrrutvYUrYlYvYYrlYllYwJ-v-!w

Adh ltr

Sun indicating mcdium Mercury ,, Venur :,, ,, Moon and Saturn indicate tong fonn or stature rrd rhort stature.

Msrs

o/, mndt

qftfufr gareurfi r arirrqqrqllaqr

csrrr|Iqr!'ifs: rflffin1qa qils I


Also 3tta*lRfd

orarqqestifrrh qBfl qqelr qE: r -dqailFttadff4gtinilqsq ||

k q"ctffiiltgqr&{ETfiM arfqElt qfkl fraS ffi{ i$oiltr, ' wgxl qgdr${qr {rqgR}qrqrrftQfi lt ree ll
Stoka 77. The Lagnaand other bhavasevery one of which is divided into three parts (Drekkanas)tQ' present the three divisions of the body ao detailed of The first decanates the Lagna and othct b.lo*: the eves,the ears, nostrile, the indicatethe head, houses drek' the the cheeks, jaws and the mouth. The second correspond the neck to twelve bhavas kaoasof the same

sq*nqilsqrse{m qE{q Ekrfl-

sl. 77

i{tifrrrr:

r6?

rboulderc,the armr, the sides, the heart, the chect and thc navel. The third drekkanaeepecifythe pelvic, the s organsof generation and the anus, the testicles, the thighs,the kneeo, the calvec and the legc. Of the two rides of the body, the left ie eignifiedby the drekkanas riren alrea , i. e.r drekkanas the tigns in the visible of dy heoirphere. Thuc, the firct drekkana of the riring rign ie the head. The firgt drekkana of the l2th, the lltbr the lOth, the 9th and the 8th houses from the Lagoarepretent tbe eye, the err, the nostril, the cheek and tbe jaw *rnthe left side. The first drekkanasof the corric' zddr the 3rd, the 4th, the 5th and the 6th houses pond to ttte eye, the ,ear,etc., on the right aide, And the fint drekkanaof the ?th is the mouth. of The 2nd drekkana. the Lagoaindicates the necL. left arms, left ribu, left cide of the The ldt choulder, heert and the left cide of the chect correspond to the god &ekkanar of the 1.2!h, the l1th, the 10th, the fth aodrhe 8tb cigns, ropcctively, fron the Lagna. The of {LrCdecanate the ?th rign is the navel; and Eoon. Norrs
l r f f < . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . """1 r lrft <. ..'......."""" . . . . . . . r -. t6f1| r..t........................

u* I'TL P::
Legna lst I Decanate | "r"

x.t " ly:"'

'

' Head

*gil*,'l#:
a', ri..i.d.aa'r.ooor rr r r r.rrrl

;-If."s=[;;;
<l fa'a...a.a..ab..r.oi.rr roo

168

qrGciRiln

Adh.rrl

Votr.-If the first decanateof the Lagna happensto be thc of first decanate the Rasi, then the usual order I, II and tII is to be followed. If the first decanateof the Lagua happens to be
Left < .i, i.............r...... r'.

les Kueet - . . , l';i; t l - |I Anus iThigh rll

lr-..1

--E;.1{:

Calf I ----l i

III n"i"r* Lagoa 3rd Legsi Drekkana


|

I lPclvisl i 16"*l: iratinsl ; 'orqan


| :

Catf I xnee lThirhl' cre

i-

l-...lr"sti.

tbe 2nd decanate the Rasi, the ordcr is tI, llt and I. lf thc of first decanaie the T-agrn is the last decanate of tho Rasi,'lln of order is III, I and II. This is the rneeningof ste+ftror'ilt: (Uditair' drekkanabhagaihi). IIurI4,(:-

P{Ttrrt oftrnrq.frd t{ i{t w} gmif r T!6iq*r qrg$i c 'TIt fsilrqnt{! cftr.tr fifti r ft<,rr Rr*gt q 11trrT6{rrsnggit q ril t cr+ q{r}rgqt ft {r* Rqs* qqorceqfiiq rt

fu{ nqgtqd wgt e} q owRtq

qqtt furS q rrstf uqatqmn I qtilrffisff{tm,ir} gU{rrqr uil wuqg'qaq treftil grr{lledll Gq,il

Sloha,?8.-When a drekkana occupied by a is maleficplanetrthere will be an ulser or wound in the part of the body indicated by the drekkana. But pla' by occupiedor'aspected a bi'nef,ic. whgn it is .q[so neti the aEtrologerrhorrld declare the exirtenceof a tpot

$ sl. ?g

Wiil$rrq.

r@

,.there. When the planet happeno be in its own Rari to ir or in conjunction with Saturn, the ulcet, wouod or i mark rhould havebeenin the portion of the body indi' ' catedfrom the very birth, tf the planetbe in positions other than those describedabove, the ulcer, etc., will crop up later on. If Saturn be the planet to causeguch ulcer,etc.,it will be due to a hurt causedby a stonc or Eonewind disease. If Mars bc thc planet destinedto tt inflict an injury, it will arisefrom fire, a miseile,poison ir'or serpentbites. I[ Mercury be the maleficplanet,the 1l ittiutv will arise by a fall on the ground trom a helght or by a blow received from a clod or somesuch earthy lubstance. If the $un be the malefic planet, the iniury will be inflicted by eomepieceof tiober or a quadruped Lagtly, if the Moon be the malign planet,the hurt will cone trom a horned creature or by liquidc, suc.has t acids. If other planetathan thege oil., Jupircr, Venus, the waxing Moon and Mercury not in conjunction with malefic planeta occupyadrekkana,there will be''no mark ot moter and the rerult would be all lavourable'
ii NorEs. '' ftr1gg$g (Sttnira sarqyutelhu) ;bas bccp interpretd 4s " in conjunction with sa1u1n.'t In the following nativity' all the
-l

'i$'

il,

I I

Ven Sun 25o

Ll3'i
-l
t$v

i rl;';t|fu h.'' '"ridt *i


J .$$ t;

l' 22

I ieS[cd*

170

lrirffiil*

Adh. III

malefics are in the invisible portion of thc Zodiac. Therefore, if et all there should be marks or moles, they must be on the right ride of the body. In the above figure, to determino the decanatos of tbc various bhavas according to the principles laid dorvn iu Sloka 77, we proceed as follows:_ Now I agna is Mesha 25". It is the 3rd decanate of lt{esha. Thc first decanate of the Lagna rules from 25o of Mesha to 5o of Vrishabba. The 2nd rdecauate of th6 Lagnabegins from 6o of Vrishabba. The 3rd begins from l5o of Vrishabha and extends to 25o of Vrishabha. As thc lst decanato of the Lagna happens to be rthe 3rd -Th.r"foru dccanatc of Mesha,Table III applics. the lsf decanato of thc Lagna symboliscs the pelvis. The 2ud decanateof the Lagna happensto bc the tst decanateof Vrishabha, order being III, I and II throughout; the first (I) appties. Therefore the Znd -figure dscenatc of tbe Lagna symbolises tle hcad. Similarly, the 3rd dccanatc of the Lagua (;nd dccanetc of Vrishabha) symbolises the neck (Fig. II); and so on with rcspcct to thc other bhavas. In horoscopc, (he order with rcspcct to cvcry bhava l!: ry. being III' I aod II, the sun's position refresents the right shoulder.

Saturn,tbc rigbt sidc; Mars, tbc right testicl"; M-ooo, il;il; ridc; Mcrcury, the right I sticle; Venus,tbe right eyc. -- Bhattotpala intcrprcts rGgt (stthira samyutc) in the tcxt ls " in ao immovcablesign or Navamsa."

ergqRilrqRr{ nt rq: eff q6. tr{fr ftqqrqqnrfil:g}E{gtg il |

qfr mtqgq: tt q-frMqh

frarrnqqu{Egr {owr{t{ ueq, ' fidteq tf

Sloha 79. When four planers whereof Mercury rhould be one, come together in a decanate a eign, of tbat part ol the body indicatedby the drerrana w-ill invariably get an ulcer or wound or somemarkaccord, ing astl.eplarts ccrDing tcgttherarebenefic nalefic. cr parr bf tbE btdy inrfitatd by tbe dccrrbtEotrr,pftt TLe

gl. 7g

{u?lrsqrq:

171

by V:nur (in case Venusbecomes qgq Agubha)will an havean ulcer, wound or mark. [This applieeif Venur is alone.]' If Venusbe aspected benefics,a mrle or by mark will be caused. If he be in conjunction with benefico, personwill possess auspicioue the oark io an the portion of the body inrticated.
NorBs. Venus becomes an q{Irt (Asubha) if he be in combustion (that is within 5" from the Squ) or if he be weak in Navamsa or bo in inimical house, etc. Sole books read the 3rd quarter of thc sloka thus: tr,4di{f{: q} osmi) rrsmftr The' tranrlation will then bo " A malefic planet in the 6th bhava from the Lagna brings on the .ulcer or wound in that part of the body which the Rasi indicatcs.'. The reading rcl >.? is better. qg here means tbe 6th plauct or Venus. I In the example giveu in. the prcvious sloka, Vcnus .is in r neutrat house (tq) less powertut than rJA (swagriha\ or ET (Uchcha). He is going to the operative conjunction-hencc wcak. He is in 1rtrd{i{r (Satru navamsa). Hence he is an Erg{ (Asubha). He will therefore cause a mark on the right eye. . l'his tsloka indicates qp_rmanent marks causcd rfrom birth. The time when the ulcers, etc,, indicated ras abovc occur will bc during the Dasas and Antardasas asrmentionedin Ch. VIII-sl.2l of Brihat gataka. c/. srfrf ilot.

* , ' , , r

W {trqnrrr: trrjr gxr: Ttr{ ir11q I ff lw q*nri inu*,i Flr1g-i( rl " l|fr m<4rq6qrq ccEq, r sft|rt .Erorf,1g zn* d? qr aA!* trof: tl lSTrEtt qrirsCrSfrA rlo+ f{rq r Q{EEcgrrgr6iftglnsFtEr Tfttr: I srqtlEcgas* qn mi q srrer t

rrmt il sqc|ft qrr{rqfufritlr{ r

172

t]rrt|r|RilT

Adh.III
.l

fr,itftwffi

wqiloqRilEi qFilflqTftflrftqn co tl

frt*{qi su{ |

th mmaqn tqnqmm irerqrRqrt


srrrnsrdqrqrnil0rfi ll

Slvka.8O. knowledgeof miscellaneoul A births, rhe effectdue to conceptionundervarious lagnaand planei, ary positions, theagcerhinmentof thetime of birth of a child, all this hae beenfteatedof in this Ch;;;;, as declared the srrqr{sqftfft (Acharya by V"rrhr^ih-i.f. Thus endsthe Brd Adhyaya, on eonceptioo .ia Ifirth io the work onrcrRqrd (;.t"k"prrijata) compiled try Vaidyanatha.underthe auspic., of th" oio" pl*.ir.

*ra-a-a.

rtB

,tS{t
.tuffi/

$;*i',fly1'1691
'ted\. "."id,4}@dr*4

lT't'

g,l.

.t

qgqrsEqFT; ., slRlsqrfrqTt
i{,

srit
'$tt o'

*r lI

of e,
l*':.

1Ttt qrqftgpqrq:U ln"


Adhyaya IV.

r {Ji

''w

Jt'

Drern INoIDBNTAT, Cgrr,DEooD. ro


Otr

I n t h i s A c l h y a y a , S l o k a s 1 7 - 1 8 , 3 2 t o 3 9 a n d 9 9 h a v e been tr taken from Brihat Jataka.

qmilnnngrsorfrtrg

qt:rt frrr u-tqrqfidurr q {ro{tdtrdR qRF[ru I tl qfu qgt* qrmftt g fte,rf$evnS, sb; r

q {Tfr t

rrutrFsrg lgrutg q+t{ifr' uUtftlrq nRtl qd iluftumfrilMi qhrRtnqtrt{dt uq r

qd qrflfi{rfr qs{Tqrlgr$tgr, wtwr {rffiil{ n I tl


Sloka1. In the case viviparouscreatureE, is not of it porrible to determinethe period of life within' the first twelve yqrs. In consequence tha sinful acts of the of parents(whether in this or in a previoue birth), the child meetswith destruction being seizedby demons called rnolr6 (Balagrahas). Sloha 2. If the child dies rn the fiiit.<[ryears, ir io because the mother'ssins.If inthe middle 4 years,it of ie owing to the accumulated sins of the father. If it comec by its deach the last 4 years,it must be due in to iis own rins (in a previousbirth), 178

tl4

rldrlrftilt

Adh"rv

t Slola 3, The first 8 years in men's lives is the period of rrqrfts (Balarishta-ills that afflict children). Till the 20th year, tbey say, it is 11t" inrtu (Yogari, conjunctions). chta)period(evil broughton by planetary It is called {aqqlq (Alpayus) or short life when the period extends to 32. It is calledTt{qrgq (lvfadhya' up to mayue) middle agewhen the period of life extends or qohgq (Purnryus)when the perioC of 70 yearc. It ig life extenda 100 years. to
NorBs Mantreswara in whose work Phaladeepika also'(q-odRfit) these three slokas. appear orbalin suggests in the following sloka the methods to be,adoptedfor palliating the evil effects described.

ntsrr* cftsr.qir{qrilq{n"i qcdql+q I qri5ri of faqu ildt cns fff*srP-rt& tht ll

Rcgarding the three divisions of Ayus nrentioned in Sloka 3 'he adds {rl* * lr

tr ll ;'' i
'

Vidc also the followiug

rr+' rtsqrgffi sc{qrtt q{q?tr $ffT qcft mifr sfd t vf,. ffit eqrg{q F fl 'ttfrt ftqtsi genfud+Arq1 ,, ; ' W glk sqrt ftfus gprt: ll id "*ft qlrqFl
from

. i

rqmq{ffirqc I tl sqtsgcftRngcrq rrt ftfu


61ss qqitffir

ri :

@iatrrqt, wicdcnir"..;h { elerq ll ffirTim: *h*iqqrsqift | qA Ruqmt fTft'{r lrrstlql: l!

}, "fc'

reurqeeEft ffi

Rdfrt q|qffiq ftqrgqr qu\fr qnnil I tl

ffiffirfut

uur*r

$. e6

rgrl${tf:

r?5

Sloha 4. Eveir Jupiter may occupy the lagna; but if the Moon be in the 8th. the t2th or the 6th bhrva by and be acpected the mrlefic planet'Rahu, the chitd 6ee$ with death. c/. +wc:

snft:.rrrrctrs t.

* frfttr: I

qnq qqfq: sq<qE*: girltt: rr

qEFilililftn

rd e{ qrfr qE{$ft qA mnqrqlt{tf\t il ll \ rl


Stoha6. When the Moon ic in the (Gandantha) by, rFrri portion of a Nakshatraaqu and is aspecteJ planet th: child D3ets or io conjuoctionwith, a malefic with early death. The same thing happenswhen the Moon happenc to be in the (Mrityu) qg or fateful portiont o{ the reveral Racis (Vide Adhyaya I. $loka by J7, supro). or it aepected a malefic planet. Norrs

EII* rillbh fiqffiFqt il t

rt Eu{m6r qrqfuttnrftrqftrvqf qd fumi u{ qrrFfr ftqcrt&rfug?ftdltuP{ wtcft: t


ilqr qftqqgglsEag{gtfut
For Gand"nlh

'i rnt ')

qrqft:

atrrtrrrr* c et sft Afr i-issh st qft: il


(qtq;-.:), vide Adhyaya l-22 sttpto.

tu
't

,p

ailf tglRt, {rqqfrqfr:nq$lnrg drq ll q li

cntffi<qrgon

qrilqd qffiei q qlitsI

tr ,
$

Sloha 6, The hther, the mother,the brother, tbe naternal uncle, the motfier's mother,the mothertgfather or the child itself will die rqon wben the 5thor the fth (rn) Bhavafrom the Iagna bea (Krurarasi) rrnft (male' rerpectiwly bythe $uo,6it Mooni fic rlgn) and occupied

it?6

mnqrftqti

Adh.tv
w*,
thrt

Mars,Mercury,iupiter, Venusor Saturn.


*

Notps. Ttris is cvidently taken from lg,qittlaif,. The reading in work is sligbtlY difrerent, rtiz-.

crdrrrcdtgs RIq, r arcrfter+rargsfua ,tr qaiffii: trg rgceft: iieFa st rc{t cq* u

rng' tetild{il qR qrgg;ftffi: qcfr q{onq I qqrT(I fiftrr'i frsrrq q{ftIt' frTdntg: tle ll
', Slcka 7. When the Sunandthe Moon aretogether in the 4th crq (Bbavaifrom the Lagna and Saturnie in tbe ?th, they all conspire to bring about the mother'r death. Whenevera malignrnt pla::etis in the 6th ma a (Bhava),it may occagion brother'sd:ath' NorEs;
,.Fhst halfl cl. E<rrriqwfi

qrargg,tn:crfr qR atr{orttn! | gr0 qR n w qn1{ grffi

r,r.Frtt'$.

(Lilier half,\ For the sane efiect, i. e., tl|{cftill the following sloLa frcm r|rqis.t(o witl be found useful. qqr crcsnifr s?cile qilrrrq"F?f,rrqnetiq t

dgrg arrt n&&rq Srr cftRqrqq:ct5{turtgsqr: 0

q-{F{(td | trrqftftqqfrqdfr ntrefr

,r,ry,$

krqfi qqft{qirt lnwt {rdl (dfr il{t ll4 ll r


s{i Sloft,r8. If the risiog signandthe Moon beacpect' ed by maleficplanets and at the same time be not acpectedby or coonected nlith benafic oneo, and if Jupiter be oot in the Kendra,the mother of the new' botD'iohnt will die.

\gl. g-10

cldsqrq,
tr

l'17

cf. ftrrrrbrcr lqfqr qft cnqrii AilT rc{+d r crqinril qtnq gu?E gri sirr ll

wrgt ffi

qugt $gt ilildt fMd

fu'{r( REffi\ RrrurM r

qaqtwrrrtn 1 rr

S/ota 9. When the Moon is in conjunction with Saturnand the $un is in the l2th housefrom the Lrgna and lvlarsin the 4th,the morherperishes wirh the child.

Rwq;ft gqg0,Tfr?T{{ha5fiqqrrrd(d I gqftrr I o u frt{ffr $KI wlqt E(Fdst gqqq 1l


Slola 10. If the rieing sign and rhe Moon bd devoidof benefic aspectE and be, batwixt two rnalefic planets, young womanand her child die togetheror the cparately, say all the aotrologere,
Nores Lagna or the Moon to ba in the midst of two maleficsshould bc within a distanceof 5oon either sidc.
Sat.

Lasna 9o Mirs 5o Moon 2o


Suu 29o Merc. 20o Venus 16o An erample.

4t sqgd

Ffigr 88

qtr?t

* grrvfe lr{qnr I

1?8

ilRrr|l|fiilt

Adh. Iv

ifntcE{lHffi{t qtrtrnrq n
rn wlq srcrrd'it tf. {Ar rnrfr I dqrn qnecr{trtftQTfioQ-qc q drq{riarir r gwufire cr Elrrtr rrrlgarftcqe ll 'e
Also gw5q

ibp

xrrredt lfrrUrrtr ttvraqe4 rrTd]icQ$r gscas]6-{ai}* tq a'{r srrta ftcq} $ ll

$w'

{iwilnrrsqqT{Q ii.,rrc*ffitSr $S

\rnril.&ugngt Er qrg{r g (qr n t t tl aril eft


Slofta11, When mrl:fic plan:tsoccupy the 6th, the 8th and the l2th trr{ (Birava) from tha Lagna and are not in conjunction wirh benefic planets, and when Venusor Jupiter is betweentwo malef planett,the ic lying,ll womanand her chilJ die forthwith.

qri aqnilqrft qrqfrqir r::' n' {riq qit sgtii rrilurl qrurfq,ii frsfiJ qil qh lr lt tl
.cJ, l?. Wherr the iord of a month of aivanced Aa p r e g n a n c v8 m a l e ifc a n Ce v i l p l a , r e r so c c u p yt h : L a g n a i and tre 7th wl (l3h.r,vi) :irg n:ichsr irr cenjunction b by with ben:fic plan:ts, ncr asl-'ect:d the'n,thc pr:gnant woman m3eLs with d;ath in consequence an operaqon. of Norrs. ,,, \ a/. x(qtenirqqr<me]: gnrd{rfiiwr crragfr sqicr I crsritrcdr iitiie nitn* qEqi sqriqhq tl
If it he before 7 months, the de,th is by an aborfion and tho after effectscf abortion. The monrh of death of a pregnantlsoman d r c r n b c r a s i l y d e t e n , i r . e i n t h e f o l l c s i r g u . a r u e r : t h , e e e v er l r

. s\tgd u+EitdHnl t

sl,3-Y " Y::T -""".


planets ruliDg over the tee mcnths (in em5ryo) are given in thc l/j[ 5lefta dry'.r. Whichever plarret is wcakest will cause the death of tbe woman in his montb. The day also may be sirnilarly a dcterminbd s Per sloka39 ;z/rr.

qii aqrqnilql qrst{r\qlilat qrdrftq4 q{rfi ll tl lt


the z S/o& I 3. When evil plan:ti occupy 4th place from the lr{ocnand ar: nct asp:ct:d by or in conjunc' the tion with b:nefic planets, moth:r of ch: new bcrn c h i l Jw i l l d i : , T h : s r n : e v : x u h r p p e : r lw h : n e v i l plan:tsoccupy the t0th plac: f ,'omth: Mo rn arrd rlle thero Sun is among
Nc.rres.' qr'igi; truaads*: is ancther rerding in the 2nd qurrter of the sloka q
\ r \ \14 A\

q;ff{iltitqrfttuisqiafkt I t}unz4fo: t

gififlTt r{{qq ilura ffil'{iT II;({qF-Td qr I

qrirquRfqft qt{qft qnrr trgrriq{rsiqiq il tB tl


St' k t 1 4 . W h:n th e S u n p o ss:ssin3 abundtnt occupiestha 3rd placefrom Venus and is strength. by aspectcd cr is in conj,rncticnwith Srturn, andthe lylcon is either on the wan?or in ccnju:rctirnwith a p m a lef ic l . r n a tt,h : m :th :r a n d h :r ch i tJd i : quickly.

qt ETFiIq{ gifr ll t\ ll ilrr0tt skffirfi{r{ qRII


Slotc 15. When the Sun or Mars occupiesthe anclt'te Mocn is on the wang 8th placefrcm the Lagna, an'J by anCis aspected mrlefic planets, is vci'J of benefic the atpects, motherwill di:.

sqlKi| iflgqq gilq qlqlqil trTz[T I{E[;I I

A\

lr----

,\---A\

gnrrglsaft el:geutimt Tdqtt*:rornt {t} wqq I

{r6o
0

qrarctfuili

Adh"tv
i T

qftiktq grrfrrre{r Rfri

Yi

antqtfr qrfr Rqilm* ulq rl

Slcla 16. lf Mars occupy 9th or the Jth place the from Venusduring the day, if Saturnoccupy the sane positionwirh respect the Moon during tbe night and to the Moon be weakand aspected mrlefic planetoand by devoid of all benefic aspecrs, the mother L..t, with death.
NorBs.

'ei ' , t;'

I ef. gano,

crgtfh Rrt't, eqd ilq} I *rcoirih a-atrrftevgu3 1 rrdt &+ingaritrftq: nnTrrq wkqq'iE ggiitsft ettaaerqtl
Also w<r+f,r *qrqAiiturnqft rftir urg*i iinft

fl

grritn list Sc' c&r tuEer ll las-' qr'r' ir*r t'lrEs' tl


q;qr.iT(

rr* I I tl.f,,, d
'r #I${lr

'4 -

" l'S

'' rl P
ct'

ftr?t wqrq llstq c-i crcfittldt r &sr gsmqr rtri qaii hqi Esq u

l?' q

But according to Garga, if llfars be in the 5th or "nd=S"turo the 9th lrousefrom Venus and uuaspectedby Jupiter and Venus, the child doesnot l)romotethe well-being of the father.

*iaqriwd\ $Frcgaii'{$l$ft er r iihit gtg:nrud tari ftct itGI: rr

..,.f'

tfl.W
j,i il

$*lrrg

sd:r
$n

lI r,'

t
'*

cii

q{it gtttg{ q qmrftqilr nersq ls tl u


Sloha 17. From the clme of conceptibn of the.

sL 1?

t[plgrrtf{;

r81

.*r," .;; ; wombin the t0th month, th:reare several stages of


development.In the tsr month,tl'resamen will bc io a liquid statestill and th: lord of the month is Venus. During the Znd month,the embrvohardens becomes and nore solid, and the lord of the monrh is Marg. The lord of tha Jrd mcnth duringw5icir rhelirnbsBprout up ie Jupiter. In the 4th morrth, the bcn: is formed and the Sun is the lord. In the 5th, the skin appearsand the lord of the monrh is the Moon, In the 6th month the hair bagios ro grow.. The l,rrd of the moorh. iE ,Saturn,,.In the 7th month whereofthe lord is Mercury, consciousness appcars.The lordsof tharemriningthree months. viz., the tith, the 9rh, and tire lOth, during which the fetusb:comes palprble, f:elsrhirsu and hunger, drawsEuEtena{ice thamoth:rthrou.gh uobiiical f ron rhe cord, move$ rut (shakes) and becomesit for deliab f very-the lordsduring thesemonth: are respectively the lord of the (Adhanr Lagna)qrqriTvr;t, Moon and the the Sun. The goodor evil happening the child during ro each monthis dependent the condition of its lord; on l, e. it the lord of rhe month is srrong and occupies ,beneficpositions, the child is happy; if the lord of the month is weak,in its depression sign,conquered 'in planetary fights and troubled, the child suffersand pherewill be miscarriage, etc
Jupiter is the planet ,rl"::rt", brain and ihead irr ti:e 3rd month. The Sun rules the .lth month as he governs the boues. That is why after three nrorrths rniscarriage is not possible. If, at the ti*re of conception, the Sun is strong, the issue will resemble thc fethcr. lf the Moon is strong, the issue will resemble the

18s

srdscritsrt

Adh. lv

mothcr. lf any planet at the time of conceptionbe wealr,then thc iu fetuswill suffer bealthin the monthgoveroed tharplaoet. by llqrfi:' sqoFTfiT{IrqilQrss{eairT+

; '

qihxlo iii*a: r Ragis'gt;rl{Feri$avscfFqE:l (ir qqqrGfi{: u r|trifd gqsldrrq?arf


Alsc qgi{d}

qrqnidr.t

$ tl

, q

erkrrurarfig rr*s qqril'lur srqEi I gg {.ie,vrus5{nqrfue*xi*qdr! tl q rTrlrsSl qctlr QtIl qei atr'1-4n: I " q's cali u*; ll q{ritreu *gi: cmi{{ g$Itifi.r {iifi i?rdrig'rrloetig I rriiarr I qIFT.u: <gli,i&er grrg* iq;q{. ri

r,

According to Yavanacharya,the lords of the first and second months are Mars and Venus resoebtively; for he says

q? 4i-g gr.rrtg;i.{ e1 armn6 w i'gr?arrtrsrr( r qrsrftrqi{{rrn} \qi wqi qqririeprrr;? rl a


Vasishtaholds the former view, cf

firetri rrerqirq ie:iril|fu fi trri;gqr?; r (g: garf&[ cr+rr|*qr: srr{irqlr} firfi-Riilr ;r{r{Ti&
Balabhedra sayswith regard to the abcve two contradictory views

,, atrr;rh{El:fi*qrraar?grrt}-iFrrilr rrtTrTAfr qt | U I tf,kamqtq cftfiirqra.gr :nnorq dzrr{ rdr: , os$ cqir qrfu err cTsriWr g: I f{tlf} qrib gqllrrr?tnr4r{raaq u qu,kte.I*l <nir qrsri\frsi*tr: r qqritirrir wiir aglt rrrtr;}sfl{c:n qsi rnfh d*tietq({rrt trrcr t
' srr gqh{rrqr qt ag cteTl4q; qlir n " r'riulli

. ,i, si].'

gl. 1g

rgtff;t{rq:

lE8

"*r0r I urtFaag: rrlnggl r{trir grr t - flirhrirsgfr crlt gaqqrs\e] qle ll oftq1 Tfrtua crsai aq+ rnir r lqirfui crik wffir rrrr*ir rre: ll qq qrcrn{fr Rqi {tit erstrrrhJsii r qr qrih r+rstr rrfirrie il n6parrlwi

gqfrltrfturqrqTtgrflwqftqtr lmnFginmts r q urrT iirtfhar fr?ctl qfiqond.rieriqtrgqt gwrr


Sloka t8, If bene{icsoccupythe Lagna or be in conjurrcion with the Moc'n and be aspected Jupiter by andthe male{ics occupy the 3rd andthe I ltir, eafedeli, very is assured. If benefics cccupyanyof the following viz.,the 5th, the tlth,the 7th, the Znd, the 4th houses, and the 10th, reckonedfrom eitherthe Moon or the Lagna and be at the simetim: aspecccd Jupirer, by then gafe delivery may be predicted aleo
NorEs. Somc books read (ftqr ftrirkc, (Ravina Nireekshitaha[ Tbere are tro -distinct yogas in tbis sloka as stated above. Thc com,neotator Bhettotprle doesirot however accept tbe reading given in the text but would h:tve the other reading and would interpret it thus: " \\'l,en benefic planets are in the rising sigu, or in conjuuction with the iUoon, or occupy one or more of tho following places, oiz., the 5th, the 9th, the 7th, the 2n4, the 4th and the lOth; and when the malefic planets are in the 3rdor the llth or in both, the fetus is happy if tbe Moon or the rising sign in the positions described be aspected by tho sua." He guotes in rupport the following from qr<n-ejt

fii; ggi ; e^r+iiq*rqqnrg<rrerrdr$: r ,cfrReqrxqrt: gdi q qr,Tfi{i&d'r r?qqrlt

l}}$"

by lf Tbis is furrbersupported the following slokafromg,4rfir qr;;guri fqti.;qr?*ior art, rirGeqrqqriq qr'sr-t rJr tt." ^, Cr&nriiea.vmqrfi iishas]qrrls :l ruqr r r ^1[ri: O& I
,r'

r84
tln;iRrtt

qtwrftc|f

Adh,IV

But the other readingis supported the following works. by

qc?fis&iqn* er{ qr ftdt: g$' I gti crt{rqqerq*R(eeerri rr


orqqrgdrnrq*+cidcqqfte*, r frht: crtaq ftuft: g?! cqr llr{at fiftirq il

Also {ftmqrqg
I

t $,tl'

fl i

1C!

uqfroE;i) t*a ga,ir$'1gs{'r: I orlsulgaria rrrrqrcftgqfc{i t ruirq ili$? t crcrftGa.irg*r{ar aRqen,lar rir*<fu+]qdqqgg ri qq?{r ee} r$ 1 srGr?ire?rrcrqi qfrsqrqqfirqrtqrrqi cqcQfqqr{ ri

ipti
ri ,, ,

',lsm , sr,
Lrage v"" ll
," , {l ,ir

rndserth rrrl tggtrqr{grrrqtt

rn the light of the above quotations, gevu {Hifre: (Guruna .'ireekishithaha) rvould appear to bb the original and correct reading: and tfioiliTfi&n: (Ravina Nireekshithaha) must be au interpolation in Varaharnihira's rvork and must have been followed by later iuthors like +({IoFth{ (K"ty.navarman) and Uyrrq<. (Guna. kara). Varahamihira has used er{r}q+: (asobhanaihi)-crc+: (papa. kaihi) is another reading-which means more than two malefics, a. c, three or more. Rahrr and Ketu are not reckoned as forming part of the malefics in this yoga, for, at the end of the ftkd.r{rq (Nishet adhyayai Skanda has said-

Et segfr?rr;il {fq: RE qdQil: I *cr" imiterr afuiqsqqrrc il


The three rnalefics can therefore be nono other than the Sun, Mars and Saturn.

qhfr qEiqrt I 6qqRqts* ffi Wt qq: ffiir{ mEFil gtfQt g frtfiaqq|trlt tq rl


SloA.r19. When the Sun and $aturn occupythe 12th placefrom the Lagna, and the waning Moon. the

g[ z0-zr

ruqtrrqtqr

t86

7th place, they predict the loss of the father quickly. In case the Moon is aopectedby beneficplanets, thit event takeaplace in 3 year$.

qini l;f,qfr Frqrqt glQri (nqti lrlriil |

t {fl qrggtft{rqt AM qIRfrdrfutq{ ;1Qort

Sloha 20. If the birth takes place at night when the Moon occupieo moveable sign, being aspectedby a Mercury, the father of the new,born child has to go on a journey to a far region, If SaturnandtheSun occupy a sroveablesign at the time of birth in question, the father goeE a foreign country and the.re meets'rhrith to death, Notr,s.
For the latter half, c/. gmnre+'

qtc.tt c(ff!S*a gitstftil r n\ftsri qt ntt qft ctq} flftrrqntn


Also (r<r{rl

qtrrerrrt fti qqd ilMteil I raft ftitnt crrqft ftat rqpv n trrstatg *rrrrrtq trfur.cft(iq r cQA cre dr: n Mfr ssqFd
$ufta.

Yiilc a,lso III-+7

$t qRtqfltr qR quefiqr qrfisqilfrqilfrffiCirTo: I

sitr rrrnrqg{keg{r

ildR ftetr E-dFilnrt qwr(tt Rt rr

the Sloho 21, When the waning Moon occupies sign and a maleficplanet is in the *rr (Kendra)or riaing in the 8th placefrom the Lagna,the child dies. If bene, fic planets occupy the 8th or the 6th from the Lagna 24

r86

tnllrfutf

Adh tv
-aa-^^a-

child goesto Yrna's and be aspectedby.maleficooslrthc city in a uronth.


r7. ggl-*f|.

, ,r,. ,x v,
{ sr

qEfrRqfilqrqqqnrfiqtfrt tf iaq "eftillrftfr ffi 6egmfrqrrBrteqr r qft: ril.qre}r&U:flq: sq ftifi: 1 *'.n: q$sqil: nt{rl}qg*:st r

qr?: qfr4 srtrft'fteil *Qg rgRFiqf r

,,il :{

nta rgilfr qii q g\ce freer: ll


Alco lrrfttqlirt

flEqFq) r$gq) oh .iqfr q;Atil! | siletrri Rni $c qrfit q q Hrtqrrr gsi q qqrQgtfi rrlft q;qn: I qifqE{qwi qns q ? H{q: ll aul eGt *q: v* qqft +qq[: | qel qpaq R qIft qqqfr1q 11

.ri;::

.tt

{i,,i,,

Sloha 22. Saturn,Mars and the Sunbeingtogether in the 8tb or the 6th house from the Lagna and being neither in conjunction with b'enefic planers, aopctr nor ed by them, bring about ihe deathof the new,born.ftita at once.

qrr qqrqiM {r {iqlQrdr Rgnftqrcn r qu{Er:er utltl drfuqil q frdrffiwrraT aiilr

qlrtt wt li{ fiIqglQffilqtI cfiqflFfilrrqtfr q(of rr1{ tl Rr$


Sloha 23. When Mara occupiee Navamsa a owned the Moon in the ?th place from the.Iagoq and ir by

31.8c4?

rg{tsrrrr:

r87

" rn c h i l d h a p p e n so n th e co mi n g o fth e T ?thNakshafir bo

(fron the star of the nativitY)'

| qanqMel g*tqn(qF{er qtd qnffifrfi* nkrar *( ll 18 ll

'r'''

Sloha 24, When $aturnrMarc andth: Sunocctlpy urry predict the 5th placefrom the Lagna,the astrologer the deathof ghenew'born infant upon the coming of from that of the nativity' .the ?7th star reckoned

'gqftt fffidffi

q{gt wnaqtrs* ort{* qr? q ffi

ttfr qr$t trfiig ilts lt R\ ll '

ownedby " Slofta25. When Margie in a Navamsa by the Moon or the rising eign'andis not a$p?cted from the 5th ptace iopit., and whenthe Moonis in the L.gn., the chitd dieaquicklY'

** * o{qfr ffirr( ild qt il u{q ilr* | ot* eu*qEtnrtq'uqiort{silotd}fr ll Rqil

Sloha26..Whenthelordoftherieingoignicin and when Saturn ie io the 8th or ?tb hic depressione etill'born diec , hougefrom the f.gn., the child almogt after much suffering.
,. of, $fismq

fiem&r* ft+ ftq?qffi qt( t ffifA ll *fifr fiqreqqrq] S-ir^'t

qT{a{ ilq ECf{ Et lrlirct qtgs 6qqfr qaill llRsll


'

1 qrfrfuqernrdl ?{trnfrqil{qt tft urggqql'

(3rd,6th,9th, lzth) rod ; tberrriltr lapotiinai placee

gTuPl a Sl.r& 27, When the Sunand other planete

188

r|ltc|nilt

Adb lv

are s$ength,leEo, life of the child, saf thoEe that the &now the science actroiogy,is either a couple of of monthsor six months.
C/. gmqra+,

t sT $alilRl GEm' qil wfraffiat: n


surtlH faqril f,r$: flgqladqll il

lt *:lg dr.uaqfrkg {rfrtiqtiqqfrlr$iliti Rcll


the rising Stoha 28. Wh'en the Moon occupies place from it, and ic cign, the 6th, the 8th or the 12th by aspected a maleficplanet, but has no benefic asPect by pnd when the Kendra-places are unoccupied beoefic planete,the new,born infant will die. Nores ,
This sloka appearsto havebeentaken from qrff{Gt(Saravali)' Iu that work the first half readsthus:

uqnft;qaqqt uor* qrtqEU $qs&f'ft t

d{rquqtflt {rflT* qrQq gqEti I gfr

aryrugtqdr is another reading.

Vidc g'13s sloka 34 infto;

llRqll frfrs *'Arffis q* qrffi iIfi q{im?qg|

fr Tqt qtcn Ro*ilffissi fr drein t

Stoka79, When Saturn occupies the 7th place from the Lagna, or is in tbe Lagnaitself, and whbn the' the rising sign is a watery oneandthe Moon occupies qf*{ (VrischiLa)and when beneficplanetsare Lagnaor say the in the Kendras, Yavanas that the ngw'born child will die quicklY.

*qkr,rt S+ riqtlttrqtsqirlI

q;tqt1t q tqrdi qrffiigdft ts ll 1o ll

a Sloftn 30, \l/hen Jupiter occupies QGr( Rasi) pwned by N4an or is in his dcpressionand when:thE

gL 81-81
' YY Y tYYY Y! Y YVVYYIWVYVVY

rlgfrsreir:
Y!YYY YY YV I UYVVYY t J' t Y TTTT4!.Y!

189

birth takecplaceprecicelyin any one of the 3 sandhyai i, c., the point of junction betweennight and day' day and nighi or mid'day,the child will die in a month' c/. ssltfatilrcFl ffi ?r{c? g Sq&qtr?sqil I sfet{*sft era eneirq cqrefil n

*6u qQRtte wil qmfr{ qfrmrft lllt ll


If Mars,the Sun and Saturnoccupythe Slota 3l from the Lagna,thz new'born child will die 8th house the in a month. If Ketu occupiee Lagna'the cbild wi[[ off paeo in 2 months. qr<RSt cl. qns Src{l r *cR{Tr$ril}ca htscqq'e qit qrrFil&sR crka il

ai qtlqgRi{trn q|il{gEg ru?RqI$( |

*g,ifuuksqa<nr{ rr[4t A R I
crsEic qrqi fiftfltns araq r

qtqqfltco* gffi {d I Tt* HIR Eglr$t qil ig{ qiEPquq tl


Sloha 37, If two malefic planetsoccupy one tbe Lagna and the other the ?th place from it, and if the Moon be in conjunctionwith a malignantplanetand be by not aspectgd beneficotl(Brthe deathof the new,botn child will soonhappen. Norrs;
If one nralefic in the Lagna be in opposition rvith another rurlefic in the ?th bhava and the l\{oon is in conjunction with a malefic unaspected by benefics, it will lead to death. The word *r' (Krura) may mean Mars onll'. lf the Moon be with Mars while ttle Suh bnd Satur,n are in opposilion..in the ldf andthe 7th hduses, theu it witl be twilight.

r90

tteqrfllrl

Adh tv

a/. mnra qtrrtrsiF qt gi qr fltq{i snt t cfi rrrtngil fcqtqtilkfo6sg: I'


a\

Also ttr(il<t qrq<t||t(Trta[tr: t TF qr:{|Tir:

Tpur eqiqwear s cf;ia:t'


fqt cn

trq: trr;F(6 irrdqrnlrtq t

gilrr r +( M P{qi{fiq n 1l rl *-As


Sloha 33. If the waningMooo occupy the l2th placefrom the Lagnaand all the malefic planetcbe in dre Lagnaand the 8th placefrom it, and the beneficones be not in the Kendras,the rstrologer may prediit tbe deathof the new-bornchild at once.
Norrs When the waning Moon is talked of as being in the l2th house. thoo tho Suu rnust be in the Lagna. Thereforo two maleficsis tbc first and one in the 8th, or all the three maleficsin thc Lagqr ere possible. Three malefics rising in the Lagna at twilight tirno ie bad for iife. Two uralefics in tbe Lagna in quincuar Bspct *itb e onleftc in tbe'8th house or thc Sun rising in tbc hjra b

qfrtqqtsqilt darGqftaqqft

tl; 84
--A*^^..r

rgfrsrrrr:
r"G*

t9l

quincunxaspct to two malcfics in thb .8th housein conjutction is elgo bad.

,/ Rt<tcd

ffirrtrwfo snriRr *lr{fi *ifnrr*:

qfrr Stt rqqhd rt r sq: ffig tqgrrr: n


r

Also rndf: dit qd nrqqt: qtihwatitt

*rniftr fttrd *(

ll

*tq tW! {il qq;6rqq6m: I ll spu$rrfts *{ilfqir{ qRlEs l8 tl


Sloha 34. When the Moon in conjunctionwith the a maleficplanetoccupiee rising sign,the 8th, the 7th by from it, and be not alpected baoefic or.the l2th Blace planete, thece latter being in positions othr than-the Kendrag,the death of the oew'born infant will happen quictly.
TSt: lr$ sRtcol (Saravali) in the notesto sloka 28, ttfra. Norrs is'anothcr reading. Cl. the slotra quoted from

rtl
rrtt:ylrt9l99Jlr*r

qrmftiln
Y!9.gv!i Yvvvvi gwY !v! -t"

Adh.Iv
ai'itffi

11s6 tt;aqlfl

qg: ntr ggct rq{ttrr'ilcrirr' ;

q@g ftrqstasr sgq: ll

Tho word ftt (Krura) rnay mean Mars wbo unfailingly causes death, aod as he is one of the planets governing childhood in the afttt-+<qn (Naisargika dasa). Then the Moon in conjunction with Mars in the 12th or the l,agria will mean that the Moou is just risen or rising. Note that tbe lloon in the l2tb, lst, 7th aud 8th housesis baA (Vidt Brihat Jataka XX-4 & 5). The Moon iu the lst,7th, 8th or l2th, that is, the rising or setting position for Moon in conjucction with llars is bad when benefics are not in angular positions. This is also the western principle'

qffir*i

f*nqrg q**

gttq sqTniEoqffift\ftt I qqil*|t.t qRftr qrdgt ll Q\ ll uuxgRtq qrqR&tffi


Sloka 15, Wlren the Moon occupiestbe 6th or tbe 8tb placefrom the Lagnaand ie aspectedby malig' the deathof the new'born infant follorpc nant planets, a6' ac' deEcribecl'be quickly. If the Moon in the posirion described'be live 8 years. pectedby beneficplanets, the child will mixedtogether. by If aepected beneficandmaleficplanet's it will live only 4 vearg. If the lord of the lagna be beoeficand in the ?th in op:ratiog conjunction with a nateficand in affliction with three malefics,then the' child,diecin a month. NorBs.
Thc Moon in the 6th or 8th is generallvbad (/ddc Brihatby jataka Chapter XX). If sheis also affiictedin opposition thc (maleficsbecomingoriental), it is bad for 3.:n, Mars end Saturn life. When such Mdon is in oppositionwith benefics(alt the threc),

81,8a

rgfillqn:

10s

iti b.dfor tifc bcforc 8th year. According to the Naisargika Dasa,it is Mcrc{rry that governs the period from the'4th to the l2th ycai of a child.
When the Moon is in opposition with malefics and benelics it will shorten thc lifc by 4 ycars. In thc abovc, if the combination be of(l) three boneficsand I ma1efic,the child will live 7 yearsi ,&l'*i' (2) three beneficsand 2 malefiis, the child will live 5 years; (3) ooe benefic and 3 male6cs, the child will live I year; (+) two bonofics and 3 malefics, the child will live 2 years, Rlildi-

ffi trcftsgucoftnirtqrir siitr{,I eru:drft, d*r.qrsqt" rl \ rgugt: tr& t{agqof fqfttrq-tq r qlfri: r{rq: @ltfA tt

Latter half. As interpretedby me r'. r", s'cl{id.lMqt g\ w/}f*i nl,,r (Kalbthrasahith6 Vitagnadhip6 papaviiith6 Subh6 sathi),the following is an example:-

,} --..lMithuna. Jupiter Saturn are in


the same degree
ilx

--l

i Saturn
Thc lord of the Lagna, i. a', Jupiter is ro the 7th in operating. conjuaction with Saturu, a malefic. He is further affiicteil by 3 malcfcs. or's.,Mars, Sno, and Mercury (who should be considered re a mrlcfic when in conjunction with a malefic planet). Tho nrlcr-of the I-agna, (the benefic Jupiter in this case) is setting in ilc 7th houso in operating coqjunction with a malefic while it ib.i[

J"*

26

l94

friFcfiEri

Adb, tv

affiiction with thre.eother malefics, which aro r.ising. This witl lccd to death within a month.

$.r

N' B.-ts these two cases, Mercury should bo tahen as a malelic as otherwise the yogX will not be complete. The comnrentator Bhattotpala says in sounection with this rloha:

It qqiAq cgrEsri q;{.Tft i Mt(aflsri Rsctmrm: I srdgr qft qEturr<r: ttrprt*mir qEarq{r qm$nca: frrcg* rrft trqr ? qwlrqs"il bc That is, if the Moouin thc 6th 6r thc dth plaoc notaspect'
cd by any planet, the child will not die. Again, wheu the Moon in tbe 6th or the 8th bhava happens to be in a house owned by a benefic Dlanet, or, being in a Rasi of a malefic planet, be at tho same time iu conjunction with beaehc ones, then too, tha child witl not die. Iu support of the above he quotes from Yavancg' wara tho following sloka;-

qsFeqf Xvqfts$rf, qtsqsrqrqftffttry | er@tFa gtiafuettrAmts;qrg{q** qr ll

from He also addsthat the I\[oonin the 6th or the 8th house planets whcther benefic or male6c {oes thc Lagna aad aspectedby to not causedeatirto the native wlten the birth happens be ia tbe time during the dark half of a month, or in the uigbt lipo day during tbe bright half of a month (1. qgc-6'lgilsrtw4tF' ctc. Brihat Jataka, Chapter"XIII; Sloka 8 ) and quotcs in support (frear) worl. of tbis the follorving sloka(1V.75.)from Mendsvya's

sl. 85
;

rgtisrar:

lT6

qnn{\I wr{t ffit ftt r u& u t crffi ftsRinrqalstQ


qarffi adds._.( The commentator qtssl, cr Frfr s*

' fofrsfltli qrnrq I *rrrrct Rqi arkq efa!*: cftti qras efr crqftft qr frrteqhnt <aqefh $rtt ftsqlrncn: r ssrqi'
tl ctcqrd* qrf,q I

cfr*hnrtqdftf,? rr lrf,ttr: t tffirr: crfrTc{qqr:q: crq&fr osc{r*r ll


Also -,lra-c,tnt
gttcstirq qrg g[*

.' ,
{tqrETq il

qfrtttt figrernt rm: 'trVhh glt: r . I *acrfurttsfh( cr* cqqqgq t qd&stqft{afs 1afrrrfunniiih*| qftsfue'qrirs 6r$rTrg: dl ri tt tffir ftqlfr vtr ftF*t gft t qgctt rr qnq nrerrgt{iiq u

Noli.-1'5" 6th and the 8th bhavas arc congiCricd bad, bc' one is settiog ad the other hcs alrt*dy set' (Bad planets cr,ueor in tbose bhavas rro better tblrc thao gocd onC. c/. ffilir Rt (Edhct Ftala swulg.Viparocthnm rihppha sbaeht shtatnechu. Opporition of bet;fics to t&t Ms6tr ie t&l* tucpllcor XX-10). only hastensdeath. to mead Again, some take tnu trordr aftfirttrqt (tHttffitl i. a., the I"eeD& and qrgcilnt? thc 8th from the 6th horse, (Asupapekshite)when aspectedLy the Sun (also called wqmrr (Asugamec) or dflq4t*'l (Secgrrrasamd artd ia s*$ffit .cf thc above quote the fo'llowing from ltr+f (Sarlnaka)'

qitqd dniffi q 1t rnqqlhir t Rq q{ cqRr{f xld qrt dcfq: u


Thc word qq (etba) in roe 2nd qra (P+dd of the tcit ber nccn to ondersto6d mceD" with'the condition lbove Sivtb tlf Sc nrst r r-, lrhen ''bc rfril rool ll tb' t{t qrlf,tcr of tlo rloLr)";i

196

qrdr|ltnilf

Adh. Iv

aspcctedby tha Sun aud further by gl: (Subhaihi) rl.r., Mercuryr. and Venus,tben the child will liqe for 8 years. Jup.itei

t'rm, 6rJ.
l;j

qrrtui

$r.{ grrfr.f{:stdqffirscn&hr
itfo wce q(|Tgi rt

By <oreq &*tQt (dalamathaschamisrekshite) is mcant "when the weak Moon id, the Lagna is aspectedby the 3'benefics end also by the.3'mslefcs, thc child'will in this case livoonly for 4 years." c/.trffi

ttu{dh gt, d' qMtftt


sril&t crg{{"ggqq u xsrRKr

In the 3rd {I{ (padd oi the sloka in thc text, it the q{tk (padacbcheda) be made as qflS-ft; (euauuuihi);.the meaning will (being h"uefic) is aspccted be " when the ful1 lfoon rn tbe Iagna by 3 wcak malefics, the dhlld will livc only for o;re mpnth'

o/- drrt. q{ftoH ftvrite g{ rcffiit:

qfr{tQfissffitffictcgfttq u
Thc +th quartcr may. also be interpreted tbus: " When thc rord:of the l*gaa is defeatedby a maleGcplanet in planetarywar, aod the.boneficMoon occupiesthe 7th housebeing aspected by maxiinum life of the child will be onc thc 3. weak ma1efics,.'tbe o/. iiram. month.

q$ffirrtrq'fttH* ct r q qfti AGTesft r ?t fith\.ffi

qgmRt lR q-"iui M{t


A rQ C\ \

vqqfr-6{fidft n ft*rqffir

I qqfrgff{ftgd{ Fir g tr {tGtct;

I g*rgttst ll lE ll

Slola 36. Wben the Moon with Rahu is in con' (irrerpective of its ' iunction, witb another malefic

SL;J6

rqfrsnrr:

r07

porition) and Mars occupiesthe 8th, both che mother and the child will die; and the death will ensuefrom the effectof an operation if the Sun tr in the Lagna.
(The force.of g (Tbu).cao only be brought about.asabove)

Again, when the Sun or the Moon occupies the lagna and malefics be in the 5th, 9th and 8th aod beneficsin their etiength do not aspecsor be not in coojunctioo with the Suo or the Moon in the lagoat the new,boro child (and the moth"*) will die. Nores.
have been ioterprcicd The words fr qt (Gra:.th6Chandr6) 'eclipod \ Moon ia association with Rahu " and-aot'nccesserily tas by some. is lnderstood
l -

*""

IUarc

*Fq'l[,agna

l*"*
I q-{tignfi i- u"r".l

Igtt"+rfrs-|
i tFtl$:

-i-ll

-l supI

I-agna I

Seturu I JuPiter

Ketu

Mars

rl1 g ctrrc:
III
iu

t_

Venus I Moon lMercurY

10s

rnrltrftqfi

Adb lv'

Thc ugu (AsuUlE)in conjunctionwith this'qfr qt'{G'rt*Uc may be either Saturnor the Sun, as shown in the prebod' CLandr6) ing e:rarnples:-

MoooI Rahu I
the Sloka Eraoble

--!
Merc. go Kctu

il-atter lalf of the sloka lI Emnpla lM"r".


t I llagna lLagna 'enus I Sun
I l(etu

-l

I reo

The iuterpretation given above appears morl ratiohil ibA many instances (of the simultaneous demise of mother and child) yogas that are of common occurrenee may be brought under the thc Moon, cited in the first half of the Sloka. In the first ioga, wh.rtever may be her position, is very puch affiicted, being in con' junction not only with Rahu but also with another maleficr and the 8th house is occupied by Mars as n'e11. With the abo-vq tho Sun's position in the Lagna is further nccessary to cause the demise as a resul.t of operation. Moreover, there was no aecesity for Varaharnihira to use the word ergq (Asubha) if he did uot intend any one of the planet*, ttiz,, Saturn or the Sun' Tho word ofr (I-agne) should be taken onlv with <sl (Ravow) ttrat is next to it pnd need not apply to q..i (Chandre) in the first line which is q-digilfi frr removed, inasmuch ss so manv words S+ ft*Tar&a ieg: (Kuje Nidhanasrithd Jananisuthayormritbvu) intervene. The commentator Bhattotpala takes the word ctc (Grasthl) as referring to eclipse (lunar or solar). According to his view, the translation of the first half of the sloka will be " when the Moon in' conjunction with Saturn is eclipsed iu tbe Lagna and. llars occupies the 8th place'from it, both the mother and the child will die, and the death will eusue from the eftect of au operation if the Sun be in thcabove position, (i. c', if thc Sun in conjuuction irith Mcrcury and Saturn bc eolipsed iu tbe La$nr ind Mars bo in

.sL g?

rgfrssrr:

199

the 8th place fron it.)" So that such deaths shoqld be expccted only lb times of eclipses, and tbose by operation especially io tbe Solar ones. According to this ,interpretation the word etgu (Asubha) in qgrrcfet qR q.R (Asubhasahithb Grasth0 Chandr) can mean only Saturn and no other malefic planet. For, an eclipse of the Moon can occur'only on a full-moon day and the Sun will then be in the 7th place or in direct opposition. Consequently Mercury will not be near the Moon.

l l

sr(Rdi qfrilqrri qd ssi orai gtsrnt r 'r^a cr"r sr* hqt s-asE{ q nr*q ll ui <ds* il qmref?"aflarflurfteig r AI qst: lf ft&qEg6T: d c{ors n?rQar

{qft qrorqn[ qlt qfunWWa {tRmrnletl tlfii


Sloka 37. If Saturn, the Sun, the Moon and lvfars occupy respectively the 12th,the 9tb, the 1st and the 8th places, they will conapireto bring about the death of creaturesborn under thic combination, uulessthey be aopected Jupiter possessed strength. by of
. Norps. In the example given below the sun is squ4reto seturn. Thc Moon is quincunxto IVIars.

900

mt|qrftcril

The Sun has gonc down the midheavenwhile Saturn asccnds rt. The Moon is rising. rFn gwn tnt*r:{gatina Guruna Veekshitaha) may mean only trine aspect (frftq r&') (t'rikona drishtihi). af. gu161

TRI: I r{qgsftll{rfernff*: r?rftqrss qq: rl UqenftfrTtsttqq"t{

ilil i t.t( l ,l;

From the quotation given below from gr<rqnt(Saravali), it will be seenthat the sameeftect is producedif Sdturn and the Sun intcrchange places in the yoga describedin the tert.

erarqan*qqirgwrr{q{frrrar
ildq

Er{!iir: g; ir gcor rt i{Esrr n

In order that the four planets may be aspectedby Jupiter, the i lattcr.:must occupy the sth housefrom the Lagna. If he shouta aspectonly someof them, or be weak though be might aspqctall death only in tho four planets,the child will die. It bill escape case Jupiter in ful'I strength aspectsall the four planets. Also ttilwt|.s

Tho plancts mentioncd iu tbe sloka ia the text as respcctively occupyiagthc l2th, tbc 9tb' the lst and the 8th houses may also 'Saturn in tho 8th, the Sun in bc takcn in tbe fotlowing order, oit., tbc lstr the Moon in thc 9th and Mars ia the l2th.

srnsrcfr R:Eofi Rqftdkrscq I rfuil cft *ftnrr: ll nr$mtqrfiftedff gtorrc{oi l<ritimrg qraq| \ qr*fi *i w*q q{isrqn gQ,o "tt

,/. Gwrsrc-g

wrrffisf qtftStrfuqffictw

lThe sloka is also capable of tbe- following.. interprctatires .rF{-{{iT(*t{t iuto two, thus i, r{Talq: and vaq+5q; E13s eplit up 3s4 ffiE{fuq. When thue: ffi ffiadq{frinto.two,

"lq,-r

SL 87

qgqTctqrql

201

in Saturn and the Sun are in the l2ihand the Moon and Marsare and the Lagna the 9th, or when Saturn and the Sun are in the unaspected by powerful Jupiter in Moon and Mars are in the 8th, either case, the result will be the same. gEinil[s

qqr6qqq*-S*d *aqi tr* I f,qrwqa sqa delrq{qqlfit( ll qEreffqfr *q.* ?Rqq tI* r c/. at{* qpq;qtfrfr ffiT dq: I dq{rrft eTqql

tt il{r qFqasqa dqrrTvrrnRta.

The inverse order may also be applied in.the above vtew'

frqr* qdu-qi*tr aqrqqqTfqt( ll


il{r awn\ qTqr-E*q} il{Erlq. t

ffi

u qtrd inql q(oHIGlr(

may also mean the 8th house count' The words ;qqmlr<q*qa cd from the l2th, the 9th and the lst: i,c,, the 7th, 4th and the 8th from the Lagna. C/. gE.FiTd-

t rg'iqqt;Hg srRes{nftat
e{dqITIqT {iq q{-t *qqt qft: tl

frwqr ffqg+r1gil:Rtilfi,t: 1 {rcsrqrr;qql+ar-frR aqd}srqqr tt


Again, the words eRrer<F{{rqr*Uter are capable of being in' terpreted as 3{fkilfffi{4.6qiqo1:,' that is Saturn and the Sun, Saturn and the Moon, and Saturn and Mars placed in'the 7tb' the 4tb aud the 8th housesfrom the Lagna. Cf,

aqt t<ugs*rdq1, n* a'n t

frqq:tf Stei ftqnwaq*qarg


B{{rfi qog.trq elelil f{Frt: ; fir* ll ftE$eh: $rn?nqn

rlillfiilt

Adh.lv

il uweuffiwt{R rftft{ sfrsildtftfr utctl


Slo[a 38. The Moon in conjunctionwith a male' fic planetin the lagna, in the 5th, the ?tb, the fth, the 8th or the 12th placelrom it will briog on the deathof the new-borninfant unlecgaspectedby or in conjunc, tion with, Veouq,MercrrryandJupiterin their srEngth. Norss qnnfrr

qflnq drtfrrl t

Maqqlftrrm: qhqq*ila: tq ? egtR qGFrdr *ti sgf: t

qnmr erregilAFftfr: frgfr* tt


Tho Moon here need not necessarilybe waning as opiued by Bbettatpqle. If she be in conjunction with malefics (not oaeqg,rgit m"y br interproted as qgttfi-)in setting or culminatiry hdrizon, it is enough. Bhattotpala baseshis opinion on the follow. ing quotation from sKH{-

fr'fir6q{qilArhtrn: qfrqq*g$r: I qtrl qBfq: gfrcefl{ril TrdRF tt gt,

itiltqqilfrffidnGnrqqdr

ll {ilff rGfr qrftEtqlt fril lfuntrdq lq ll

Sloha 39. lf a child is born under a fatefulcombi, nation(qfiEiq"Arishta yogr) whereofthe periodhas not been specified,the death of the child will ake place when the Moon in its periodicalcoursesgoes to the of houseoccupiedat the time of birth by the strongest the planets producing the Arishta yoga (uMrr)' The laure event Bay alro happenwhen.the Moon goesto her

SLse

qitsftt:

gB

place (occupied at the time of birth), or ttc Lagna (et the time of birth) and is arpectedin strength by malefic planets. The sagei say thio death may be expectedto happo within a yeat.
NotBs. In thc previous yogadfind out who the worst d.tloft planet is that causesearly death and the place occupied by it. Fiad out thc Rasis of the Moon antl thb Legnr. Now, we kaow that the time taken by the Moon fur rilhing days approiimately. Tha Moo-n one revotution is 2?'32305 $trcfore makesabout 13 revolutions in the cour$i: of a ybat. Wlicn. ever the Moon in the courseof hsr orbit cornosto a.ny of th0 tkoc placesmentioned above,ur.l.,(l)'the Rasi occupied by thi Mooo, (2) thE RaSi sigfrifuint thb Lagna aud (3) the Rasi occunred by thb strlibgest rnalifiC Dlalot ceirsing the .A.rishtb vd8r (iRrhr0, dbrh sill happen. wc thus 3t 39 probrbilitias. T[l Mffi ifru3t b6 ]rr6iful (roft-Balavati) to cause death. That is, shc dbtt lO t$l or bc the ruler of the 6th 9r the 8tb horlse. Thus thl f,umMoon ber of probabilitiesis limited to 13. There is anothcr conditiofo odr., thit the Mooa should receive strong aspectof all the raalcficq, thc Suri, Mars and Saturn. Thcu only, death will talre glrco. ThiC radueesto dne cirtaintY. it rtray be noted hCrethat the general treid of Varlhanihira in treating 6f early deatbs rtfors cbi'eflv to tha PbsiGi$ ;oei! or otherwise,of tho Moon, thus indicating demise within oDoycar, which is the Naisargika (teltr6) period accorded to thc Moon ia aly onerb rativity (Yidt Adhldva 7. Stoha?.trfl,eli ottur tbter pcriods of demisebeing alluded to as rtray clse*

6/, sKr+r

,iii qRq,FqTi il ai qtsRQr.fi r {trcfrqnftqqit ?firo: r( ll Mtl rfd'{tsRfril Tttl

Also fr;rc

20d-.

rnnffi

Adh. tv

qMtA qrq qeilrr oofidfrAr: niqrr.fteryoar&ftqfurq, I qeqRfiirgq:dFrf{frq-.Ft: rr

Sr* qrsmr Fqqr: fiq+qqT eir tl qfrfiitfqqTqqqoeia,TinEr t

,,

,fi

q*rufrffqq*rqrer *trr*r {T.It ffi


$*n ffi

Sloha 40. Saturnin his retrograde motion, when occupyinga houseof Mars, a Kendrapoeition,an inimi, cal houseor the 8th house{rom the Lagna and.aspected by lvlan in $rength,:givei a Z..years' leaseof lifeio the qew,<boro'child. . Sloka 41. "lupiter in a house of Mars and in the 8th house from the Lagna and aspected the Sun,the by Moorl Mars and Saturn, oends the new,born child to the othet world in j yeare,if devoid of Venus'aspect.

Eatqfr'flqqAsswrs uf'gfrrTfiwEddi r q+Rfufffitrfr #nFilt*qfr xqrqu'Rtl

Eul E{eqqiqqR'{qrilqu Bo tl

Rftwt|frit n'rft{fraqfi*h r ffiq: Ursoft{+


E$dqfisilil{il<i}n rfiffiiEvqnrggt{ e: ll
frra{fr.
Nores. Thesetwo glokasas wellas slokas +3, +j,46 anil 50 aro from

qgrst sfrtDr ffqo{r( frst gqnffitrqqqro} r qtqdtr qgtfr rnr w* .ru ff.iqofurfi ngRtl
Sloha 47. When Cancerhappens be the 6rh or to the 8th placefrom the Lagnaand Mercury occupies it and is aepected.by Moon, the person brn wiil in + the.

SL 49*{6

rutfsrfir:

n6

of yeart pay the debt of naturealthoughpbssessed every kind of etrength. o/ w{r@r

ftorert(| miad{f,q nsrEqflfr{il ftrq: q+q sffil{q*q qnqfr ll

duttr r rRq'Ffrqgeitt oqgp$fugi\r


ll tftqtifirqffir*dwrt*s q{i\Wf ll BQ
Slohd+1, If the Sun,the Moon, Mars and Jupiter be togbtherin one sign at the time of birth, the deatbof to the new$orn child comes passin 5 years. The same group of planetsin oneplaceconsiets when the happens of Ntars, Jupiter, $aturn and the Moon ; or tbe $un, Saturh,Mars and the Moon. o/. gqr+.(

nrqEdEnflrqfiqg+,*,qrifi'Jqrf*k: t at: gffiilfer.{ffT fHtqer.qamqaFfrq 11

owo' a Sloka 44, When Saturnoccupies Navamsa ed by the Moon and is aspectedby that planet,and the lord of the rising sign hasalso the Moon'g aspecton itr tbe child's life will last for 6 years.

qfl gqnfiqiqt{sefrfttfi[e' {ttdq qe{l I qqq{R'fr ililssg!ll 88 ll eqrftqqqgil qHr qnrat

oi fr isroilffiit{sqmqws: t
quFI qrdl

one fwrur Slofta 45. If thc those otyled frrro (Nigala'fetters), fr-Ahi-snake), ftgr,(Vihanga,bird), qffie('(Pasadhara'carryinga,aatel, eqd be occuBiedby a male{ic planet a44 tdalPected by . 'of

a qqfr$qEsn 8\ ll ""ag3t (Drekkana) be riaing

tnc
t

frrflnltt

Adh,IV

yearE. [For tbe names of the Drekkanasin thie ils&|, -ilqrm'(Brihat iefer to Jataka) ch.27, algolkilFrfifirr' Pariiata) Adhyaya 5, Sloka33 in{raf.' (JataLa ,/.Wrrt(

, i"nqr omtr:giryfiqaT{qfton* sq1q1 at: qamdftft11;1q ffif

sl tfrdhfrmIrrG fi\ trS Sq:r

Sloho 46. If the Sun, Saturn and Mare be in the Lagnaand the ?th housefrom it be a signowned by by Venus antl occupied the waning Moon, and if Jupltct aspectnot that Moon, the deathof the child may happen io?orSyeart. Nores.
The last quitter of this sloka readsasrffift(tllrtfirR srq{dt. in

qr( til a t{gt'n cnfilftrcq*Et lt 8q tl

Stoha 47 If the Sun, the Moon and lvlars oecupy tbe 5th placefrom the Lagna, the new'born cbild gocr to death'shabitatioo in the 9th year. c/. e<itii;enrft

rr

qTiliqq$r qffi qEttaqa imqs ll Be tl

ffigqgrr!

grqmTqftns l'

g{Ftni fur a frrqrnrt f,{utsEgit: q qrfr qqsi qrft qqlsFt {q: ll

qTfr ffis

{ilifrcsRrd'rGtlfrq}( |

q?rt{{sfr .G qr il{m 6ilr<r ftgd6 o{ fir{sllBG


Slola 48, If the lord of the iising rign bea mnlettc planet rnd oceupy the 12th placefrom the Moon aq{ bG

ti:31"."."__"""_",
rcpectedby maligu planeta,the chiid will die in 9 years. Tbe game event will happen if the lord of the rising rign be in a Navamsa occupiedby the Moon or happen to be the lord of that Navameaitaelf. c/. tmlff

?srftqfi: qrq:{rfti}i ftlq,} qGq q;ilit I


Also gunt<

ffid+nrrfr nqqfiftS aftrt: tl


qn]osqRfra, tnwt eit fi*r'sq'
qt&q6g,fi\ft q?f\E{r ftrril' q*ffiT{ tl

wtqstutqtffidtr

qtqquR {fi{ tqrg{T{itrq u Bq tl


Sloha 49. When Saturn occupies Narnmsa own, a ed by ldakara and is aspectedby Mercury, the child wdll live 10 years and will have to e*periencb hatred riocc itc birth.

qqrfrftfrqfti {qif<qdfrritqq \o tl n

qrt rqi{_tuilqts+fr ffi

wq }

Slota J0. Mercury in conjunctionwith the Sun and aopected beneficplanets, by deotroysthe child in 1r year$thoughbroughtup in the interim in regalcomforts. Norrs.
(This perhapshas reference an qRcqh (Arishta to yoga) Ttre latter half of this sloka readsthus in wfmdt.

qqs{nqqrq{, qsq Wfte: t ar{rEEqilfi{efr arsflt irger il \t tl


Slola 5t. If the Sun be the lord of the eign occu,

q.nrfif{qqier$sR wrnq ftaii rr

ng

rtrtqtfr{lrt

Adh"lv
;

rising oign in conjunction with Saturn and if Venus them, the child will pass away in the l2th year. .aopects
c/. gslr+<

q+qii Gqil' flgntdtq frtq qqqqfttaat: s1 Fs:

qtuf\qrrtfr: n}ft qg qft ft qil r tRqt fil{-dt

wiqqsRr{qq qsfiqfitRt r

q ftdr{qrr*r Ew{rdt qt{fr n \R tl


Sloha 52. When Saturnoccupies Navamga a own, by Vrischika and is aspecred ed only by the Sun, the cbild will live 12 years hatedby the father.

qt goiqsRqt qhffiAt r qwq frEtfror' \Q tl Tfrfit* qtof n


Slofra53. When Saturnoccupies Navamsa a own, ed by Libra, and is aspected Jupiter alone, the child by will be disl{kedby the father and die in the l3th year.

qt wqinrqRqt fiqs&qlHil |
qg&tq qtoiqmr*qt dfr q n \B tl
Slofta54. When Saturn occupies Navamsa a owo.

ed by Virgo and is aspected Mercury, the boy will by be ill,tempered passaway inthe 14th year. and

q ftrti{Fftft qt {gon frffit r


qiqq qqr q{fin6({{ lt \\ rl qerqtsr
SJofc 55. When Saturn occupies Navamsa a own, by ed by Leo and is aspected Rahu, the child will suffer hurt inllicted by a aharpweaponand hie life will consicr of 15 yeiuE.

gf. 6l-w

qfrsrrp:

209

sqffiqi qt *ag&rnftt r rftfrr qhrc iiryrqrqitftq rr\Q tr,


Sloha 36. .iWhenSaturq,occupier,a'hlrsrilmra.own. ed bv.Cancerand is aopectedby Ketu, the grgroon will be hurt by a cnakeand die iohis l6th year.

qqfr{sfurt umfu{ r q+ ftqt

t'r '

't,J

q6, {.Hfr qtrq}rn sgflrq} n \s tl

Sloha 37. When Saturnoccupies Naramsaown a ed by,Gemini and is aspectee the lord of the ficing bv rign, the person will be a hero in war, leada life ol great hxury and hic deathwill take ptacein his l Tth yeai.

wfuqft

fuqfit il gwnffifi iqsrq{RPrrrixqrlt u\dtr


Sloka 58. If the lords of the rising oign and of the 8th place from it be in erch other'i 1t."", and if they be not benefic, the native dies in hir lgth year. The samething will happ:n when the lords of the Lag, na and the 8th houseare nor benignand the t2th or thc 6th placeic unoccupied,by Jupiter. Norss ,as The3rdclri (paael'ofthissloka reads fimft! n r&iq g-*
;n qTtffi;ilrqtft.

n r;Bromffia ilFfi |

q *{ffiqt rt rrgnn Fn?fttr r.rfr tilfTt gqr&Enir: ffi n \q tl

btg qfrg ftilqn"r frs'rrtftuur*ffiirs r


27

wsi rI '{R darir qril' gdt fiiftq-wnr{ nQotl

gl0

inllq'frrqrf
%..a-,t**

A&. lv

sloha 59. When Saturnoccupieo Nav.aoga a owned by lupftor and is aspecred Rahu, and the lord of by the Lagnair not aspected beneficplanets,the new, by at once.' But if the lord of the rising born child liea oignis in hig exaltation, life of the child is [9 yean. ohe Stoha planeta 60, When malefic occupythe Kendrar andxjs not aopected the Moon and other benefic by planetsxsd when the Moon ie ,in the 6th or the Sth place the from sheLagna, child born lives happityup to the endof the 20th year. Norss
Some mofe yogas restricting the period of lifc to within 20 yGarsare 6y1gcted, belorv fronr lFmqpf.n

sq(ffi oil qnrn\*'rqfifr,ri l frE ga'rfrrrh a;i


qAleqi: qtt:

q\s{tg-twit qfi d"qar'fi+| nr\: $;4rra: pq1qlasrftairiftdqfr lr

,h$S-r,lit

fi'qarRqfff* nsrgfrflfi: q{q{ U

fin arnqri rfirei #e,ii qgrEd I aTrffuhifi: ems] qriiqg+ qrtl

ileq sFc' qfr oqtq:ffitqr I qsqdffi rt erfimgq*qfir ft qt tl


;-toha 61, When the Sun in conjunction with th: Jrpiter sgsrrpies Ltgn,r a.d that happnr to be Scor, the lcrdof th,: 8th hous: from the f.S* pio, and rvhgl occupiesa (t"r) Kendra) the person will die i;J; ZLnd year,

s[. 0s{6

qilrT.tqrT,

2ll

(Yavanajathaka) fixing The followiDg yogas from Tffqff,{ thc length of tife to a period ranging from 22 to 26 years will bc fousd to-be useful:

qdH geil {fiat ilgqr sl?t il r q: *f{Rqnqa} qq+(|Aafieqrt q{q rr


r'ilqir qrqqf,r.rTdr,ilerr tqq;nreigqFt

qrd*rcf{flfra,iwg: g,fhi*{qrrhq, tr
,ilJ

frqia{nrq-iseqeqgrq: q rTwrfi(: flfr I Ir;qSilEri ?ecs1g' qgfiafr: 'rcq. lt

qqiEt{etrfiftffifrffir Gtr qf{H qfr


qqBrcC* {r qr( t*ftfufr

t
ll qRll

qdiffi

T{||;(ftIqrg q{qrg{{iRqilrt

tirrd qqt :qrfr{ftfiR il qQtl

fr qrfr qq$ et* tt qBll

(ffifrn

e ft{rifi .qt utrt

frqffiRqr:fr'rrQ\ rr

Sloha 67. When Saturnie in the rising sign and that happens be' .an inimical sign and tba benefic to planeta in qrirfuc (A;nklina) places, end of the the are lrrron born will comeeither in the ,26th or in the 27rh yar. Slo&a 63. When the lord of the 8th house ic a maleficplanetand is aspectedby Jupiter and a malefic planet, and the lord of the house occupied the Moon by is in the Eth housc from the Lagrra,chc deathof the native will acur in the ZSthyear.

2r2

rlcrqffrfi

Adh.lv

Sloka 64, W{ren the Sun occupies the gth house from the Lagnain conjunction with the Moon arrdSaturn, the person born will go to yama'o abode in the 29tb year. Sloha 65. When the Moon is berween the lords of the 8th howe from the Lagnaand of 15garrqrrfu (Ja'nna RaE0, i.e. the eign occupied the Mooo, and by Jupiter io in the 12th house,the death of the narive will happe' either in hic 27th or 30th year.
Nores. For additional information see the folrowing slokas from T.li|nrTiffi

fuq-qrfhfr,r5e*rr:*qggilRrFq. r ila nqa:ed| frqil erflsff1|qTg lf q-{r*il6fr 96r: I slqfraftd{tq fiil Sqm ennrqr -qqt derftqe{ tt .rt"qqfiqpil Trl ff+sR;tT frgr': I " inrnx:qt f+{R u fl8rsqfiairEr

*\t qe{t sd qqn.ia}gofl r

olt qdti iiliing: qi ffqR u

qA St d frqifr *-qlssi qrt r

ffuefnmrrsqrt ffirrmfr R,u qqtl 6q nrr* qlt qrqgtr+rft\ ffissl n r nqrFritnrb.RotrlfrtrEt ftqf xqrfu qetr n
SJoln 66. When the lord of the gth house occu pies a Kendra, and therlord of rhe rising sign io **houi

quqrfrqfi CIttqaqRtr k-l

( ftqiii *'rq? qtiTrrll: ffnrq. , rr

gL 6E-?0

qgrilsrnt:

,tt8

rtr.eogth,-the p{son born will lirrc nc fewgr than 30 jwc;perbapc hic deathmay happenio the 82nd year. Sloho 67. When tbe Moon is oq the wane aod occupiera Ken, the lord of tbe 8th housefrom the Lagna drr or.thc Stlhhoure itrelf in conjuoction with a mdefic plaoet,aod tbe lagoa is without ctrength aod occupied alro.by a maldic phoet, the perron born will die io hir 3lhd year. .r
" NorEs. Yide il?o the following ftqrn Tfi-1rf,6 (Yavanajothals)

ffifrrrt

vt qltr c nt{ ft r

rrfft d@ d}leucildorqu rqrsaqqdi trrrrarcri rr: ritt I rqrlkrrrrl qpqrqrr*ght+ il


Atgo qntt?u

rrtr dq: rrff ftt Hsrl crt I .*ft rql* rnsqI: ci fr{rq ll

r$urd qfruffi Ef,U , eR


qilt|5rrrdt qr {rttfrr5ffi

ll qc ll

S/olo 68. When a oalefic planet occupierthe 6th, thc 8th or tbc lztb frolh the lagna and when the lord of the rbiog oigo io weak and it not in conjunction witb or arpected benefic planets,the peraonboro'if eitlrer by rhordived or childlego.

n T!dr$ ilsfrriiir qrgtsft t qqFqtrrrt qrq{grftftqiqrrtq il qqnilqtqgd g{ftR{frd r


qreqqnlltfrfi+( so tl il
S$TTf,: II

llt4

ffrfcrftqfi

Adhrlv

the Lagnais either Saturnor a mrlefic pl rnet io coojunc, tion with anothermalefic planet, and this lord of the 8rh houreoccupies unpropitious 'rurir (Shashtyamsa) a an of cign. the personborn shouldbe pronouncedto be ohort, lived. Sjcrla 70. When the t2th and the Znd placerfrom the Lagnaare occupiedby malefic planets in unpropii 'tious Shasbtyarnsas, and arevoid of b:nCic aspeccs, the perEon boro must be declared short,lived. Now ends ths trertmenrof she different kinds of chort,lifeduero rnqrfle (Balarishta) dtrrfis (Yogarirhta) and coupricedwithin the maximum age.limitof 3l years.
NorRs. The following is anothet ontgtTt (Atpayur yoga) montioned in qRqmn (Yavanajathaka)

r'

gGotr g$r crrrra: cr] gwdgft r :l$: .q.ftnlrrqfr cr*sqrft?fdl ftnrq rr

tl I sTqrftgrTsf!
Nur.r.rrrcArroN oF EytL oR OouNTERAcTIoN oF

MrsroRruun

(t{rrgl tNrtrr haftt 'Trqs{n {frFqgrr.qtlft R{ri


Sloka 71. If the lord of the rising sign posce$! exceeding strengthand be in conjunctigrr with a benefic planetor aspected thereby,and occupya Kendraporition and br freefrom any malefic xspect,the person borry. will be very fortunateand be blessed rvith long [ife,

qs<tr qR onr \ \ rrqrFEi ;ilq erErrfutft |

g. ?2-78
cf, q

qq$fs.qrq:

CA6

wgftfturaq r{rg:nrtrqin11 | gq*;rqtsfttqi uir,ifi qurq ll dqrlanti'rsrqiar qrorcftr arrq r tn*i qrqrroieq mnrgtqqrBqt tl

q?qfk{ftHK fis,{ffirsft qr t mtRsRffiran( fl{n$qu*eil: u \eR tl


Slofur1't, The Moon with his digits full or iu thc h<luse thc N;rvamsa'lf a benefic planet becomesa or deetroyer all evil; antl this all the morc when aspeit, of ed by a beneficplanet. Nores.
l'he lasttqre (l'ada)uf this slolia shorrld rea,las Rllr=Enll fuc' (Viseshatchchukra Veekhithaha). In supportof this, *" rlu" the .follow ing f rorn zaqr{tq et ( B, i hatprajapathya)

cfiWrrgr4: grr& gqqr4rr: I arfti trst s* gErA ftlrve, n


cl. qrrrgaqa6ifi

qeq:tliragr Srl&mr fuer grtaift r crtiift nsn* ftlrm: gnirr:: ll


Also ST(lTo'i

qq: trftcg: g*!r htfu, gttri r *tr Ruurrqt cKtrrrqt qft: rr 9{r

qt{ffis:}qq-frrdr
nq$(aerh*(qd Rsqryo( ns111
SloAa 73. If Jupiter, Venur or Mercury occupy I (ftd) K.endra strength and trc free from ,hr'.;;;;, in or conjunction with a mirleficplanet,g6sqft$(qtirht ir. prrllif ied tlren and .there.

cl

qlusqilirfi

tqqqt} lqqr{ | ${qrffi{rnlrrtr: quft rrcwq3 (A ffw crrq ll


Also qrcc

q*s& drig:rrof qqr*Frr* cR t fril Aft* tGe ftnt qrcnttqsr r qdrft af{ *qcr: g:n a} ars*trcft: t T{t * garrrt e*fti foar<}cr

Also rf+a

.u1&r srfrftc {rtrqtdt c*fofr n t ffirnftg*fte;


ftt EFilg6t ffir ftqtr|if qqr lreB
Sloka.74. The full Moon in ito own exalatioo, in irs own housc,in a vargaof friendly planetror of an 'or in it.r own varga, if aspectedby a aurpiciouc one, beneficplanet but free from the alpect of inimical oneo and conjunctfono-the and free from all malefic aspectE Moon in such a pooition dertrciyc diotreu, howEver difficult it may be to tide over. juet ar the $un deotroyc . hoar'ftort' NorEs.
This elol is taken frqm {r<t{'dl (.Sgra.vati) Also ef, qro+rr.{

fr drrq: s.ftswflft g.dqt q ftrqq qr

r;4: 1fif,g: Ulgqqfl: An qb'qr fufd

ft*: <rf*mnt*qdl; ft'tn*

dfto: r

51t1, spq.rt: stftqftflr"kdrilsqar c.qttfifuiqRgqtrs qFfo qqt rrex: tt

qfr lR r-{Ril;q qG uQwrar?grrgfeq$rI

tt-.]:-?j-"-.".-gy-'--, "
:n
;

twffirR,gffifr^qil

night Sltrlri 73. If a birth takecplace during the or in the light half of the month (gccsuklapaksha) (rqcrduring thI day in the dark half of the month Krirhiapafsha), the Moon at the time though]occupying by the 6th or the 8th place from the Lagna,if arpected beneficar well as mateficplanetsprotecterthe new'born

qtq GrR ft+{ Tt {sffql\${.ll

.,

verylikea father infant THlt

afflictione'

c* ft* rrfir qeg qt sqrqtpilsrrrsrft gsngrrFrrt: I i rqqr ffiarrrrnFft crr(rc{g rrR Rtc t?rt T tFt tt
to Vidc rlso notes sloLa35, Srfia. c/. vqi'l&'ilrciq I g$ r ck qft rn?eq qtfifu.ctcsilftrgsr qrjrq r qfir; 6tordQ sqq: gflffia g!ffi
Atso ''triltffq{rl

Thc rcading This is from qplqs[riFf, (Mandavyajathaka)' thcrc is as follows:

rrt{: I fiqtq'fr'fT atq rr*r antrftarErftrirft rhq tl: grrrreftE'ftia sr'i qitcreritq:u

Also ta.r{q:

,flqtfr E,urq*a'rr fisfuilr{F. il

irfurfrsfrqc{r{ts,ffi| r*
mitfir&qRqr uqtlq( |
ll I|iFtt qgrF {rr {etqt qU[Hs tgQtt

ry

' qdtqEfr gRcrft sgtnftr

:rtrd Por' .$lolrr ?6. JuPiterirr a Kerrdraposititrrr Etrength'witb clearbrig$t raYs'call of ressed exceeding 88

218

fingrltqrt

Adb tv

ringly and to - . hoodevefldiflicult they may be to tide over like a saluta, :iion humbly and devoutly offeredto the trident hearing Siva. Nores.
This is from nt<rcdt (Sarevali). Tho readingof the tirst half t'berois difrerent,oiz.,

mthnreqftrq: qrrigflel

qri fke: ftrtrq, garccElt r

to Jupiteris considercd be the strongest amongthe.beno6cs in tbc matter of waqding of ail ovils and increesingthe happiness of tho nativs. ct, qa (yavana)

Also qnqr)"t

ftrlrctrqgil g3cdl s +i Srftregfuqftlqr tftisqgadirr$ qgSr qrrt r* g Mrt{rqq

I il

oqrq iqrq, tft tirnrW: *4i ndt ffi rq-*q.r {tihc' e'nrglcq{ sr.i {tE dt{+S srmr{ tl

qREqlq$iljsft qf\lt ftrqr n ss tl rr0r


Slvha 77, If the lord of the riciog eignbe ltrong or io a Kendra Trikona porition,the child thoughborn conjunctionsurviver underan evil produciogplanetary it of couns
c/. wqq gG qq R sltr k{rttcl rcrlhilr r iRt Fifub d?e Rar$r ffi <n rl

ald qqqstq,ltdit il qgst I

rnsErqRilifer qtrqmqrftilis t Rfist P{dqrrisftsr r tqqr u \% tl


Slola ?8. If, at trhe time "of the birih of a child, there are planete occupying some of their exaltation rigoc, others their own Rasis,'they will undoubtedly Gontributeto the long lffe of th.enew$orn child.

Sl, ?9-f0
,'!.v.Y.Y.Y-v.v"v.Y-v.vwt vvvvvvvvyvvy

sgfrsqn:
yv r r vvYY vvYvvvYYYvwYY!!YY

219

Norns.
This sloka is taken from {Tqq (Kasyapa)

R.rft l, , , qrz{sf*r?s} qffuei Tto(|


ri gh{ffil:

wt! amridrsifitiker | rrgfhwor'r ll il{{ii e*gRiqrcil (orf,r<r( sq ll t{


{Rqt E-ilTttqtnn g!H( ll do tl

Sloha 79. Rahu occupyingthe 3rd, the 6th or the by llth place from the rising sign and aspecteJ benefic planets dispels all evil then and tbere as the wind Eweepg away cotton. Slota 80 Rahu, if occupyingthe Iagoa in lr glrr (Vrishabha)ot inir{' (Kataka} prorects the (Meeha), child alwaysas a clement sovereign EaveE offender an froro (the) death (he may have merited). Norns.
(Saravali). These fromlnr<rqdr aro c/.Rf.lffi

errfr vrtfuu: gTrqqqra: orirEqffici t Ril{rrsrgsqqilt a* lw srgraq iqrq ll


Also il-d61q{vr

aftg rrlftrmqc{r ftt 6&e gt: ttt: u 1efiA4ffi tvrilt,dra{iffifr r


Also s|ffiA{r

(erirr: etrn&qr fttilrit rlfi gitr r dcifir"' qqfrcig rJ: SffitM rt u


Also tnrq.

,,
I

Also -gsns(

cf<rAq* cr cfu c?$rdg3r I eqtlr rn crn Ri s* crcqfn tt Tq

1rlfirs.irqfrwrqsfr tu: g* ftwr: fru: 1

g)0
" Al* nr.tcildtttr

mwftaf
r eqr* T||r.ft. I

Adb, lv

ngQwontr: gHryfttQm: lt rrdrfoirqrft c*ftgfrrlruq r

frqmr dfii{tgil gtfter ffiltqror t

ffittr ftrtqqfuqrg frFil qe{ qdt qGqE n 6t tl

S/ofa Sl. The Moon occupying the varga of a beneJicplanet and arpectedby benefic planetc and shin, ning with full radiance, averts coopletely all illr drat threaten the oew,born child as the Garuda reqoves poison (threateningto cause dtath).
Tho rcading of this sloka is slightly different in sqt{F{enqfrt (Sarwartha Chintemani) uiz.,

Fiqtrn rhrr*cdfl gtQft ffiftcrq; r iircs ft:ffi*rg cqr ftt fcteftirtq: r

rqfiffitbqrfrgnqtttt

flftilq-A qA Rli Aw ll 61 ll Urydn

Sloha 81,. When thr' lord of the oign in which the by Moon ir, occupiesthe Lagnaand is acpected benefic planetal evil threatening the child io averted. Thic rhe is the casealso when the Moon is in itc exaltationancl by ''aspected Venue.

fffi q {ttqrgr E{ Atq il{ drffieuqornn n cl tl

*-'a?tqq:

ll SqRtFry3 il
Slolc 83. The iord of lhe t'i-cing rign; wnel poo, recsed of great rtreocth aod unaipected by maldic

sl. 84

tlrlsmr

planetsbut acpected'bybeneflc onee and occupyiog a to Kendraposition wards off delth andsecures the child wrth tbe Etrong virtuea of a vigorouo long life graced, rovereignty.
Norcs This slola is from Tllrts6tiliffi (Mandavyajathake)

qo{l Rdfu *t hqF*dqtt

ll T8lsqaqtqfu q6q$$qriTq. 68 ll

nffiqeiqilgvrt{FRItti qqqrg{hr tt .

Slohu 81. Whcn the lord of the rising sign ir a without strengthand Jupiteroccupies Kendraor Tri or the 12th place kona position, and the 6th, the,Sth from thc Lagna is occupied by a malefic planet, the the perEonborn is declared posEess meanperiod of to life. frcm ths 33rd year upto Mean periodof life rangeE the 70th year (bcth incluoive! A few of thc nn"u,,r^)liiti**n,gqJosas cultedfrom
other wurks are given belorv for the reader's irrlormation ls the same nppears tu have been eitlter lost or omitted ffom this work.

qri: fr*: qrqin*t'S: fi"flri<,{rI qEqqrgrd fr't' tq6qffrtt t rit{:


qilGFlril: qnr illFs{ft
.{i !}rl

q''qqrgoq{ r

q-qrntqGqt' {il"t{i{tfhflI n gqgsl : tl gf,a.{r} df*: erfaqi raqftt oq} qiq t


qEqlg:ll qtaq<)e geg*.re+qfr

+t sqfroetqd qG' nlqqQ{i}:r *.fleRtffqqqqrfiq\aqfrRtstffa*w tt

.rdsrltd
*

Adh.Iv

s [i'. s,i

qtq,fr cwt sqA*Fqfrtrqr qRqrftfrif r u frttfrt qnq\tqrfislffiqft{dftdqq. ;1 {* qgfr\qgb ,itnqzRgrreqfi' n t uagdq *'qFil dt nrqflgl
tR{qq'll .{Titfrqtt Pqsi qTnerq qnq'q{t S unrt {rg}{qHt
qrfla Med, q(qr{ Geqq tt

ri

tr

deW*alqi qmqrt$qq'ill

1 onff qs 1';4;gqfiEfft|: u

ftsFti: E5r*tsnrttnffi wqtrfrtqgil q'qet t q qrqcg gfrfEt-tqqft nrq'{q\' ail nutifrra notrtfiqrqh qroI
q?qrftni{ttor q gqg+ tt td

eil,fr*.t

qqrt hqrsR! qAffi

qR qtri t n{fii iuoe\f"il td$fr lr n tt ntt*t *a\fi *f,*u'+'fh*Bqqrdht

q,qtftnad qrglft drfl:gfr il'rr'fi {Fatil( [

q* ia st;frF qls* t lFn' ffirl'r q*


sqrnfrt qeqtftFat ft *e ' ll qot** aqer* *iSeaEgqq' "' *i a; ftta.di *t'd fiq{d

'

iqFqltfiY qarfr lt qft wre* qg{rTqlnl ffqrffi ta{qt-ntti qmftt onqrt|W r qqR tt osr6qqtfi'r< qsrFqtar gueftegh qld3| Aqtr{r} aa'l gqil il+Ri Wfr q qnnnrurt sil fidi ar{rFqq!fiqisqrRI

81.8r

rlfrsqrr:

* i,,

qdftqiqil q'i effirtqrq{tftt r frA*oG{ta flq{Fqqqeq{tl

, eilfr ftqqtnrtenit fr{i& |

qt r furfrtqqqrt q.i -qlsi qrsR qgd qrircrsr fraqlfir Sremq tl

qrrgiit ttfl drt: qqr{raHtfiil'tt

"

fiqil ufitm:HilqFiq+"qd.qqtsgqr: FII:I , ei. 1! lqr.rtrf,ng{ftad qrdfilT$ qragq! tt qfi git arsntsEqFt sntl gfiqtqqT ,iti r (4 rt ilqrril {Rrri qmFqtqu{ffissilfr tl

rr*ateffi nqfnsqe*frnnrir
AsA d qr ilifqrsTnr( tl qeuqqwil$l' eq{rts{t q r qfuailt nn: KqTgsnEqq{( ll qe *t qrqgfta) fifrqGi r qB{qi( qt qtk qft: qqqdfr?'rr qffi ert* aqqflftqe qqgtsft err qTF i arl q Eqrrft: tt qBqqftqt 'Tler: ert{flprygquxtqFql: pfi| lqi qs{dFqlr qffiil qrqt * qgrq<srg: qfbq{ r'.F.eq er( tt dt ne'* Rg* {vT* s} +.etqqi Riit i aiqRj diqfrq,iqeEr tfirqf iGtitlg tl t fig{rftq$ gttqq-}' qRqrqqri emrftqrh qraqt $qft q?r@ dtfr qe"r gtt-qg*+ tt qrriRqil: t frfr G@{gfilefiililrqt qgeqoql, q}} qilqsrqqinilf{ r$1fr: erfrqi q qtsar I

224

rrr*rf,uil

Adh.Iv

H{aft tisi} ffi

s* H$tqGhqnnl r

qeqiqqftEttqi a-rdlt nBs fiq?qf\Ra fr Hilvlqrsmqftefrft tqiqht qfthE' rl *i tta+ glqffi dtf {r* erqi {ftdr{ql r qtil dil qrqqR q *ta qgnr qqg(nirguq,n {qm *urrqnRa: i{Fer: RRar ftgt frRf*er1afrcr d"q' r srRr'di ilqqri {grf; EiroitcfrT{aqsqsil tt erdgqq.qg+ reqffithrqw* r T* rq+gt qrnsfteqtfr qrq: flafH ll : dft qt *-d qrF*ft il* ** ,ilFrt qrnnlA r frt qra,qffi qtda] ilff srf,:sstfts<ror{ tt rrU *FE+ nqi rfuqiffiilr dQ qrilRi? w&rqfr#qfr FHfr s1 rrq* qwq1l rQsct rfl r dti qfu{,wrr}q$qe wt Aq?riq. tt

q* fuf eqi rqrt ft+ {r* ,'rrqft q r es} qful qrfr{rgfrnrfrgcd} qE,qsf\:nqg.s:ll *ia. pat q ki frsqqlftrrdtnergq'rdl q dt ardlfi5foqawfi aqr+tfffurFqil r

&{1i guqqR ilatqr ililFE qw1 ffi qqrfrrr H sqrt itgt 6qq* oti& rqrrt Q r* tt Afirrili qTqqfr qrdsffi s at Eqqiqq n *-arr* Tgqrq{is# | Aqq-qTRqff aqqgeqtli hgit o*;sqqt;nqtl

gl. 85-89

rgdrwrcl

226

ll turqrgrTrartttd\ ll IIwr ElQt,iiit


by S/olo 85. When the Kendrais occupied benefic planets the lord of the Lagnais in conjunctionwith and them or is aspectedby Jupiter, the astrologer nnugt pronounce the period of life of the native to be full.

qse snr{+ grtgi t w}t

*'ari:tt frwlt ggil$qlAtI *mrqt lt ftftfhrtn,ft totqrgi{rtHt( cq tl


Slolro36. \Vhen the lord of the rising sign occu' piesa Kendrabeingin conjunctionwith or aspected by Jupiter and Venus, the personborn mustbe declaredto possess long life.

sqrFqefrft: ttSrl a$rngtt 'i r& qr{Rrt} frfurgf{-fiftiq cs rl q rr


Slola 87. When 3 planets are in their exaltation aignsand the rising sign is occupiedby the iord of the and that again is without a maleficplanet, 8th house, the personborn will have long life.

u'ih qotg+qttngftftfiir( u cc .l
SJola 88. When 3 planets are in the 8th house from the Lagna, cccupying respectively an exaltation lign, a friend's house and one'sown Varga and when of theLagnais possessed strengthi the astrologerie to declarethe pereonborn to be long-lived.
li,

Qtr GuRqtfrrt: drffiilt

ffiq*ffiHorsqftqilr
f0

El {ftd r;qnnr} tttqrgfiRfl&(tt ct s1

226

Tirtcrfurr

Adb. Iv

Slohn 89. If Saturnor the lord of the gth housA from the Lagnabe in conjunction with any planet in his cxaltation sign, th: life of the personbori must be declared be long. to

gqn fiqsrqqilrrrTFn: kd?fr\orflr t

oil{ilirat{riftrr ffiftfrt(

lt to tl

S/ota 9J. If malefic planeto occupy the 3rd, the 6th, anCthe llth placee from the Lagna and tbe benefic plonets in Kendraor Trikona positions and if the be lord of tha Lagna possesses strength, tbe pereonborn will havelong life.
t -

rtttt{ilrtig gtg qRtSq r

{MsqfrsffiFfriEnql

tl

Sloha 9l; When benefic.planets are togbtherin .the 6rh,the 7th or the 8th Bhava from the Lagna and when the mrlefii ones are in the 3rd, the 6th aod the llth places, personborn will live long. the

qrTr Rlq{rflriln u}tr qQkrqr r qlqatsR qtqtgdnqgdrd{n qt tl


Sloka 91. Malefic planetsare in the 12th and the 6th housesfrom the Lagna,and the iord of the ririog sign occupiesa Kendra: this is y6ga (l), Malefic planetsare in the 8th housefrom the Lagna; the lord of tlre L0thhouseis in his exaltation sign: this ig yoga(2). qajqrity of astrologers agreethat in both therc The yodas, perron born attainolong li[e. the

rmns GrRqFFFrrs dul dFwrRrql t

8t, 98-96

rqcTlqr:

zzl

Tqld o{ttrrn *qril qq ilrsqqn 31 lt


Sloha 9-1.. Find the Rasi in which is the lord o-the sign occupiedby the lor<i of the 8th housef rom the Lagna. If the lord of the Raei ao found and the lord of the Lagna occupy a Kendra, the life of the personborn will be suchas has beendegcribed,

Tfitreq{rqtfiqfir{ qrdaqqfficr

n',i; .tq{ilft*rfr {r ftt qtEfdqFr{ ll qB ll


Sloha 94. When the Lagna is a dual sign and a when its lord occupies Kendra,its own, its exa[tation or Moola,trikonafoign, the personbotn will live long and be fortunate. ',,

ftsqd qko* qqtt k*rsfr qrt

Asm{.R qnafun(*-'Ffiqt r fr qtfrqq trdl eqqfrtiqGtqrrq\ ll

*,

Sloha95. When the Lagnais a dualsign,and two maleficplanetsoccupy Kendra positions in respect to the lord of the Lagna,the person born may be pro' to nounced have long life.

tqt{ WqtillKrqR qq ir(r wgqrR! talg! ll qq ll

q{t{ffisrftq;Tftqu ffi

tKritctr I

Sloha 96. If the Sun-,Saturn and Mars lre in signs,Jupiter and Venue owned by moveable Navamsas and be in thoeeownedby immoveable'signs, the remain' owned by dualeignr,the person in ing planete Navamsas born will live 100 Years.

tl qsqFRqeni(&qg'iht 'r

From the ?1gt year to the t00th ycar (both inclu' -ri{c) it calledqgfr'gq PoornaYus

888

iirwM

&f

Adh. rv

Norns. Tbe I oga This appears be from gwnt (Sukajathat<a). to


uoted there is slightly difierent, uit,,

Niflqtw: mfrq-qitqrr fiqqi{rtr* rfrqqqq}r i* g grqi{mgqgd {tqtgrM qqi zqrcrtl


Oneof the meansof findrngout the qq, sEq(Alpa, Illadyba) in has and diqfut {Deerghayus) boroscopes been taken from Parasara and given below in a tabular form for easy reference, _, qfqigt Tqtg:_ qcqrg' . __

wqt ofin: q{yu}u1*

erq! otan: liq{qt'orsfin:

wq! urinr crrq{Rii cEhlr:

II ftR.ti orld;

Rutqi.or*rr, qslqr: qrudqdm: Eqcrnir c,Tqrd qrittr srrq{rqtrctc{:

fur.lt qriqr: fifiqtss*{r


s11qrRi'ror?a: qtUtsek;

\\ EWr{Filr Ori{;

NI
(id

Rurqlsu*g:

Erflaaation:-There are three sets of yogas uuder each of Deergha, H':'-f Madhya and st"qrgv Alpayus, Llhat particular

kind of ,Ayus will have to be predicted under whiclr both the 'l'hus, condition5 ryhich constitute each sbt are satisfied. taking tbe first set under each of tlre headsof Ayus, (r) if ttre lords of tho Lagna and the 8th ,house are both iu nroveahle l(asis, {qigq (Deerghayus) will har:e tb'be, predicted; (ii) if they occupy move' fixed sigus respectively, qt.{qtgq (I{ad}'.yanrayus) rvill eble and to be stated; (iii) if theyare in'q'. (Ctrara)antl s.1q (Ubnaya) havo hasis, then the native will be ,rtirrgq(Atpayus). reference to the remaining two sets. Similarly nith

f*qqrfirfr n qe tl rodhil omc\tiqtgtqrnqEt

I wddrssrdtqtilfiqr qfiftqermaqilq*srs

s]:'gf;99,,-* ---ST'. --*----*' ---,-'o?u


Sloha91. If theSun,'JupitetandMarc beinthe they 9th houre from the Lagna, and i'f the Navamsa' Lagnaantl occupy be owned by the 9th houee from the the fth *leo Ly Saturn {i.i,, it Makara or Kumbha be by the 3 planeto be ;l;." and the Navamsa occupied (Vargoththamamsa) and if the Moon cfiRfi it. will occupy the Lagna in etrength, the lerEoo born be blerttd with a htppv life ending with the end of the rvorld.
The reading of this sloka is slightiy different in a(lq{ttl (Horaprakasa)or:s.,

qd?rar: rdgtt ErqtatrI arqiaten rftfunr rnqneri frqtfi'rRan ll'nftrcrgr F*qcrEdt tl

qthmTril lfqtgfr qtM {r qRq*ftfl r

qilTqt d*qfatqqqpil glh$iEilqftttgt ll q4 ll

SIoAc 98. If Saturn and Jupiterbeing in the 9th or the 10thhouse from the Lagna occuPy one and the by Navameaand be aspected beneficplanete' and oame the if the Sun be,in the Lagna, personborn in this Yoga with long life' will be an inepiredsaintetidowed

' wRgraokiqt\qftdtar$gaqrHil llqqll qr(


Slofta 99. Wherr Cancer'is the rising eign and Venue and Mer' Jupiterand the Moon occupy'it, and .uiy rt. in Kendrapoeitiont and the remainiogplanete to happen be in the l1th, the 6th and the 3rd bhavas froro the Lagna,the personborn will havean immeneely to long life without reference the order of reckoning (Ayurdhaya) chaptere. *gclc Itre;ted of in the *

q gwfr{Rt solrc}tfdnai 'qgH hEEt t

e90

IGTfufr

Adb"lv

This sloka gives an exception where the ordinary rules of .{yurdayaar6 bot to be applied at all. tf. r<r{d.

I Lagna I JuPiter I Moon

* .

. i ,

''r'{r.

t
IrIars

l_--

, Salurn

qlcqnqirqq?Aas.rft SSn fteiwqrqqfqa; (rrq{ qq: I q or* gpmaa"_qfiq{&ii tq1l: fl a* r{tagaawa* Also cf*ofi ltr g: fuqrir gqrrlr$i r t,"l',,*1, trtfusr{sE&f}rergir*m : n
Also gur6r diafiftgtsr{fq{S *a4narg{|itrqnfrrrf I arqfigfirrat: qfiiqtr

r ffiir $qftft ** fr"qftqfth

air 'SloAo 100. When there areno malefic planeta'in and when the Kendra from theLagna t.re Trikona placee void of beneficonet,and when the Sth is un' are places lry occupied a maleficplanet, the perconborn will be being, celestial like a
t,-, sloka leii<is the rnterencethat malelics are rsorsein than in l{endras_.c.f. Konas i}t,'rurS c&S St lta qtflqc: I 'fhis

qnftttt q qrtel{R{fus r too ll

qrrmftI: S'qlr{t tacafrsrrqruiq rt


The slqka rn the text is also capable of berng rnterpretcd thus: "\,Vhen Aries or Pisces happenstobe the Lagna with Jupitcr or Venus occupying it, and the lVloon in the middlemost Navamsa of Taurus, or N'Iars has gained a tf,EmqiEr, (Simhgea' namsa),the person &c,,'l

81.10t-105
vv:vr'rrrf,

rlrlsrn:

88'r

ffqrQ*qqfti o{rts t*qilr ftqmrt u Airffi{r{gil qrdrfrrm{H{: {ol tt


reckoned from tha Lagna S/ota l0l. If the planets are placed in eucha wry that Srturn is the first and Mars tlre last of them and they occupythe 1*nrRnial Vaiseshikamsas laicle. Adhyaya, I. Sl. 44-41 Sut'ra.), an the personborn will resemble immortal.

M
ffit

qREreui ililF{taqrrutR tttottr wtr

I {gt Uft qrfr{ndtfiuaqsqqtt

SloAc 102. When Piscesis occupied Jupiter by piddlemost Navamsa and Venus, or the Moon ig in tbe or of Taurusi.e.,gtra<iar (Vrishabhanavamea) Mars hae the gaineda ftasqia ($imhasanamsa) person born will attain to yearsuntold by tha recitationof sacredhymrl6.

tqffirh qq ft qnnili{* r
ffi

gt ont*fr qhoir qt( n loQ11

Mars Stolc 103. When Saturnis in Devalokamsa, Lagna and is and in Pararnthamsa Jupiter occupiesthe the in $iohasaoaruEa! person born will bc a saintly personage.

qlgdt $ hA sh qrffqatq* r rr frt}t sft wi srttRi c qtdfrll tou lt

Slofta 104. When Jupiter has attained a Gopuramsain a Kendra position and Venus a Paravathamsa in a trirngular placeand Canceris. the risiog sign, the perEon born will live to the end of the world. '

qrqltr o"} 1ftTfilq1Rf{ | {ft ruqt eiq tt I o\ rl frqq${ftr*-A qTfr

?-82

lt{6$nctf

Adb"Iv

avamsa ia Kataka it occupies and when 3 and Jupiter is ownedby Dhanus born the person are or 4 planets in Kendra pcsitions, seat; attainsto Brahma's
teferrerlto in Adhyara. Y'122 inf a' The sameyoga is a11ain

qft irffi uq qH]qrit qt rE{ llt oEll


.Slola 106. When th.: rising sign is Dhanus by anclis <lccupied Jupitet and when th: rising Navam' bv sa is o',vned Mesha,when ltettusis in the ?th house Moon is in Kanya.the pelson born will attaiir and the final beatitud*.
For the same togat seeAdh!ryt V sloha-123inJta'

$i kn utr {rt s;qnTggil{*|

qiqqff(qa{ tqi lt-Srqs{t qNqrgl t rraTRE

qfrffi F'i qlTr'+qr{qqffiqrAilgr T$riffii ;11osll

qfr 'fnryEqqt tqilqRn?t cnmsqTililt


ll Ereilftgtersiilqqgh
srorfis (Balarishta-afflictions in child' Stoka 1{}?,, hood), early death duE to planeurrycombinatibns, thcir nullification, mean a!e, long life, divine life due to (1) abstractmeditation (2) recitarion of srcred hymos, etc., thesesevenlrave been treated of in thiq Adhyaya. Thus ends tlre Fourth Adhyaya styled Balarishta (Jathakaa ararfis and other yogas in the rvork wta-+srftqte parijatha)composedby Vtidyanatha under the araspices of the nine planets.
@

qrffiqlfrqTeqcq*stnllxt:
n sftIqlqnillrq'll
t AdhYaYa
IrsXmg
,i i''f '! i] iF_

V'

otr Lttr-l'

2l' have boon 7' slokas g' llt 17'l8' lg' 20' In this chapter,
ta,ken from Brihat Jataka'

I ffifiiqncqlgffFklll q ll qffiflQr qftrflfr qrft trlq eilt mq! rqFq ll

b:3"ti' methodgt*- tiiliig tlie lengtht { oevcral of by mwr asireated un,lervarioupplanearypoeltione. authoritiesoo A1trologr Ttii"* ;;;;;Jt.rt.t M'Piodaja' Jtrl-Att"'Uicargaia (2)qlaChakraia' underthe heads (5) (3) lrr+Amcaia,''til"a"t'naeoija' qt*-otvaia and (8) qsrrta16) itrc'N"trtt tr)i', izl Vargaia(rrg0 AYus' Ashtaka

their order the SJo&c,1' I abridge and give in

t ;;o61 d # sft{ ufrrqrrnG$fuqql ll q{frqqr rr Fqfrqrt"tffi+ sqR


*:A*ti

g' 18'20 and 50 tre the figura 2, Sloha 2b,i,2' resPect@y years prescribed iodicatiogthe nuober of ya in the Naioargikayurda' for the $un and lftt-ni#tt ffufretgqtcl.
333

gil

lrerclftrtf

v, Adb"-

Norss V.Tida arlqfhg<ft 28. l'Jso4. emsut ftlqfr\* kr,i m sndftr I'ilnfir rgt{r( | ' eclotrqfcfr<er: qet{tai ffirrat: u

ffi

Tqqqr!tr(srrr frq6o. q{g{s Sqfl! l.

.Tm{ qlqilurq1qf fto3qq}s:n ftqgdrmrfl{ ll l tl


Sloha 3. The aggregatenumber of Rurrgr.tc+in, to yeareasoigned the Sun and other planetr dayurdaya in tbeir higheatexaltationpoint are reopectively19,25 15; '12, 5 , 2 1a n d2 0 . 1 , Norrs.
Zidr rftqftq'cft V-19. Also af. ttqnrfi

rqqffiqGg{t!*fturt ftA&Acclfqt trEr|dtilt qtrft: sgres il


Ateo etqrdi

g*a?ffich): aRrq:cim: t frrrq: fhftgpq rr{ih $rs U r gtl: lrqnn{rR gnarQ$n'ltr t ftnnl qRgps fhrrrg:rrkRd: ll

Thc fgures givcu for thc severalplanots in this sloka arc also hclpfui to find out the.approximateincomc or salary of a pcrson'

ffirqgilr cqt frdrq\ rTqowr( WrEdffit( | qql&!: rqq{ilQ6}q fufoer q50rd\Mr rrull ffi rH((q;rc]-eqi eft qr(rqt sqq,I

qrt tt dmqRfinant?qi Rurqq{geqt r tt


Stolos 4 and 5. Subtractthe figures of a plaact from thore denotingito highertexaltationpoint. If thc rerult is lesr tban 6 cignr, gubtract it from 12 rignr'

sl. 0-7

qrfisrqs:

,N

to exceed6 oigns, keepit as it is ; reducingthe Eame yearg. Divide oinutes, multiply this by the planet's the product by 21,610. The quotient tepresentedby y."ri, ocnths, daysetc.,is calleJthe.ftnrlgg Pindayrrs of the planet. P;dr $cftrqlft V'-20,21-

frfn$u*qt qfr qsrctqqffi


Q

ftfr6 ftililsqgFr{ ilrtfttflrfdtt I

dqffiglqrltd iffi*qFe

u{q:M qq(ft* ll q ll

say thaq irn tlre ft'!Ergqh'Pindayur' 6. S&.rft,r Sages day:rar well ao in:tlre tefiturgrtc'Naioargikayurdaya the is wrhing proceEs as follows: The interval between a flanet o actualpositionand its higheetexaltationpoing from 12 eignr. it lcsc tban 6 signs,shouldbe subtracted fbe rerult reduced to:minuter must be multipiied by the number of yerre aosigoed to the planet and divi' i.e. ded by 21,600, trhenumberof oinuter iri'the 12eignr of the zodiac, The years and months thus arrived at correcpondto the rrglt+Ayurdaya of the Sun and other obtrined upon the applic,rtion of *rcrt Neecha planets reduction' idha anOsioil.rr ProPortionate
Norgs. of This is simply a parapbrase the 2-foregoingslokas'

uiigEi {$il | ia Aqxitqqqi qilqm: " nFI ffi Rgrtqtetqt

riin.|'t wRR

!98

finwffiFtta

Adlh. v

Slvka 7. When a planetir in its depreorion point, the period ao$rgned it is reducedby hatf ; but when to it occupies intermediate an positicn, the reddctionia to be proportionate. The number of yearEgiven by the r agoa correspondto the numher of its Navausasthar have rigen abovc the horizon. According to some,the tswg( (Lagnayua) is ac rnany yearc aEthere are Rasis reckonedfrom Merha up to [:agoa. The planetsexcepr when their motion is retrograde loeea third of their Ayurdayas when in inimical houses. When they are eclipre their wrgdq (Avurdaya) is to be dininichedby d, half. Thir lact reduction doee not apply to Venuc and Saturn.
Notrs First qr,att /. ililltntK& is the reading adopted ia tfie

comrnentariesof Fco and ft+<q but in ftcratr it is nfit;m& Fhicb clearly meanstrArtiTtfif(*. Secondquattt! By the word sr'ft (Apare) inthis sloka is meant (qFrts) Mauittha (somecall him Manintha) and mea of bis school. For, according to them, the number of years contributed by tbo l-agDe is thus found: orr{tftqffirqr rmilqfirgqrda: I

Arn qtefttni

cqtffiRilq

ll

tr^\soviilc slokas 14 aud 15 infua. Thus if 15" 47' 24, of Vrischika bave risen aithc birth tinc of a person, the nunrber of years given by the Legne accordiag to Varabamihira's view will be 9+7'+120O 4'737 years. or But if Maniththa's view he adopted, the IagDayus wil.l bc 7 years (number of rasis that have elapsed counted from !q) plrs '79/3Ocyears or ?'5263 years, 15o the methods of calculating .rtfltgs (Lagnayqr) existed Both (Rasyayus) was not a aew metbod found bg cltfil or men of his school. For, rrre see in rq;lir.f from tbe very begioning. qffi:Iq

rll rrrcttr firM

Rg, ,r

-gl, c-?
.ff

qtdtsccrq:

28?

rhile But rtfrtq and men of his sc\ool fotiowed the 1att6' thb past otbcrs prefrred the former. Under the two methods, years molths, Navan rs aud Rasis and their fractions represent the &c. B- attotpala adds that [fcnittha's method should be foilowed if the lord of the rising :iign be pcwerful, and the first method should be adopted if tlre lord of the rising Navamsa be strong' s,ndquotes in support thereof the foltowing sloka frsm eKl:ffr

gr.rwfrrttdeq: <rtq"tt qt:$rnil: t ilcii satfi iltgt sqft& rr

d$: This view is not howevr accepted by Varahamihira' flrr" For the latier balf of the sloka in tbe text, c/' '{trln.qd|l

Y.22|
A planet is said to be eclipsed rvheir he disappeais iitbin s by particutat limit from the sun, his light beingthen overpoweied that of the sun. This limit in the caseof the sevcral pllSets is as folloss: The Moon when within 12' from the Sun' l7o Mars wben within MercurYwhen within l4o but wben rotrograde l2c I lo JuPiterwheu within .Vcnus l0o but when retrograde 8o l5o Satura when within l,et us coasidcr thg followiDg example:'

238
Ianna Sun Moon Mars

lrlrfifrra
.d. O-l{F-fl | Mecury o-l7o-43'I lupite. 9 -14'-30' I Venrts ,....ll-27o-$, I SatuFr

Adh" v
.r.- ll -240,-14' g-lo-?5, O-l+o- 3, O-27.-Sd

'

l. To Srd the iacoms or srlary.bFjnd tbe lord of thc l0th houseor plaret iu the l0th house(or thlt planet whicb is acar tto oeridirn). The fture iudicated by thd said ptanet gvcr.tberp, prorimate income. In the example given abovc, the Moon is in tha l0th housc and is stroryer than tbe lortl of that house. His figuresflre thus obteiuodt Thc Moon's yearsin depressionare l2l i,cars. He is 7lf removedfrom his depressionpoint and therefore gets 12|

l7l t i$ x\2tr or about approximnteln


Tlic netirclE incomo must tbercfqt b ll' approriaetolg. 2. To 6nd tbe Ayurdsya.The Sua's enltatioa is His prcsent position is 0-l0o O-1)o-43,-3g, lo -

Tbe bun tlercforc contributcs l? +W-425

'

i-re'sczt

YGarg. Tbs Moon's position is His depressionis

.!.

9-l+o-3d 7-3a

Hisyears therefotruu3f,*Trrl1fuor
Mars' deprcssion is Hib position is ... 3-Z8o ll-27o-S3'

t7:465 years

His ycars thcreforc *" !r!*Fl Mcrcury's position ic is His depression


,io

or t2.5 ycars ll.-Z+o-W


I l-l5o

l: contributes +fffLa6'31 He thcrefore

',ears

similerly f; +f; t ffi=A SZStog fupitor s".

ttrg-0

qdt$rQ *19'9? yera "'* lO'44ycars

{2;

Vcqur contributes +ff f Of Satura si"o tO+ffi$=

In thc erample, there is no planet tbat is quartorcd in tha hqrsc of its encmy. So thero is no reduction on tbat count As regardsthe rule about combustion, Veuus and Saturn ars cllpse4 Thcir years should be rcducedby hatf; Birt tbey come rrlilcr lta"cxccptioa irnd their years are thorcforc aot reduci.blc.

Thcycars tho taaaa=+ffi or {,36ycars for

qfr rcrr r{ qqr&flf sutkrtsn;qlfofl r c il


Slo&c 8. All planetcexcept l\darswhan in inimical .bgo* dectroy a third of theii Ayurdayas. When ecIipred by' tbe Sun they lose half their Ayurdaya; the qceptio$ in this'latter qaee bein..Ventu and $aiurn. Norss.
Tbc word m (VaLn) il thc preccdlng sloka may bc uadcr. atoodin two senses. The first meaningacccptableto tbe majority ir given in the translation. ' Tho second has tbe support of so illustrious an authority es qr({tqq (Badarayana) from whosr rort this sloka has been takeu by the compiler vaidyanatbr Dtrhitr.

\anr gt r$rAilsRrmn cqqgqfr frml{t Fs:

q{ftfrttqqttgrpm srq{ {Tffif'{fig {nq I rgt t?d


Sloha When malefic 9. planeto occupy the 6 bharnr baclward from the l2th, the whole, ahalf, r counted third, a fourth, a fiftb, or a cixth, reEpectively tlreir of

$zao

rrrftd

Adh.v

Ayurdaya is lost. When beclefic planee occupy ruch poritions, the lose is half of tbat incurrd in the care of oalefic ones.When severalplaneto in a bharn, only are the strongeetof them cau8e8a reduction in the rEdq (Ayurdaya). Satyacharya saysso.
Nores. Thc cosr"mentator adds that Varahemihira concurg wilh Satyacharyain tbis view uie.. tbat when sevoral planots occ.|nf a siogle sign, tho reduction shall be madefor the nirct powcrful onc.

'/. mr*
(|qe{ silqi{rag{: ttrf,6qr I clrtqrsn qrft 3qqrEriqt M il

ffi wami crtuiri qftffi:


Alcoil.

{s qc cai ffi srgt: r.iqr lt: u

qFrqftnltrsgctfqfr sa norrefrFr I qr$r!.*{frqt: srrri dit: ll qfis"oi qgt* cr* e $i q r "t ftvrrcrn urg: 6rfu *rqrawrtft l tilq: rqFi ctcsAst g I ItE{Iks: wnh s{crg*cr I inrcsft dq u

-1,

l,asto

t
For millfics

'i gt. 10

rrfrsrrri;

NI

The p-rinciple to be noted hore is that the deduction is enjoin' benefic or malefic-.if they are in the od for planets-whether visible half. In the presont horoscope, according to the obovo rute, thcro n planets in the l2lh, vit" Mars and lWercury, of whom l erc two " I[trs is stronger; Mars therefore loses all his years. This reduction $ is enough and reduction in the ,:ase of Mercury is not necessary. { Th. Moon is in the l0th l-rouse. He is beuelic and therefore His years when reduced will be 14'55*. lorcs *th. I Juprter is iu the 9th. He loses *th nnd his reduced period is t7'766 years. lt should however be clearly understood that the above com' * * rrutations are only rough and not quite accurate iuasmuch as no distinction is made betrveen a planet occupying the beg:inning 9f a bhava and another occupying the end of it. Both are rnade to sufier the^sameamount of reduction which is not correct. Again, 'fsupposethereisa planet occupying the beginning of the l2th houseaud another the end of the t I th, the relative distance between t them being say otrly 2 or 3 degrees. If the rules enunciated abovc are to be strictly applied, one planet (that is ib the lZth lrouse) loses his whole period while that in the llth loses only one half whiclr is rnathematically not correct. To calcutate the Ayurdaya periods of the several planets correctly and accuratel]', readers ero requested to refer to the 5th Adhyaya of 4tCirqqR: (Sripati'paddhati) and the samBle horoscope worked out by me tlrerein.

asfrqrdntfr wR rdrF*rftlfrlr t
q{ qrqfr eqiutd 11 ilafrsft il{e6 1g o tl {
Sloha 10. When several planetsare in one hous"., only one planetthat is pre,eminentlystrong aud no other the carjses losc of crg*l (Ayurdaya) porcion'in the wly deccribed.

TttErrq{olq.
hi

qrdift Kffi fi hEilrigIItIIgr


ilil( |

!f,tl

24t

mrTqfurf

Adb"v

ttnoq{Rtftftqrtr
Slokar11. Multiply the Ayurdayq found tiy the number repreeeoting Navamsaportions, whole and the fractional,of the Lrgna that have emerged from the horizon. Divide the product by l0g, Tf,e quotient in years,monthE, , is the period to be diminished from etc the Ayurdaya found in coucequence a malefic planet of occupyingthe Lagna.If the malefic planet in the Lagna be aspected a beneficplanet, the reduction will be by only by half of the period abovefound. Nores.
Tbe greatest amount of reduction under this count will bo rllzth of the whole Ayus wheu the Lagna happens be the vcry to end of a sign. According to somc,the numberoi y""r, of reduction is obtained by multiplying the total number of years already obtained by the number of Navamsas betwcos the first point of Meshaand the Lajna-whole and fractionar-and dividing the product by l0S. Thus, should the Lagnabe at the very end of Meene,and if a malefic should occupy the same, the whole Ayus is lost. The former view appears more rational. The latter viow is not favouredeither by Bhattotpala or by Kalyanavarn-.u. c.f. qRH6t

fr.\ftfr aiiwirs rqfft n t t tl ru{

qrqttrtfrcr Aqr cA*i Rtrngqr I qwr cocqfu$fudsri qdmsqq il srg* qrqi st qeesrd gSffi r qqis rs'dti frncrfitm-ft rr
The Commentator also adds " rrftr{ eu}atft t*fDro} TErqtq. ,qlrrcilffir ql quJRet{-d'{'tc{fi q qntr fur rfr s
When there are two planets one,malefic and the other benefic occupying the Lagua, the planet that is nearer ib the rising Navamsa is alone to be considered and not .the bthers. Jf the mbkfic planet bb neeter, then the reduction enjoined bas to bc

fjl. 12-13
hade; but if the benefic made.

crfrslqrq:
'be

249

nearer, then no reduction need be

The word fi( Krura in the sloka doesnot include the wauing Moon, for, saysthe commentator

q{fsrtr+ifu{ wi}r qsfh artq:I Rftqr tcir $r&iR *; qril+Eqq di u


In the example, the I-agna is 0-l4o-32! or 4#& Navamses. by the Ayurdayas This is to be divided by 108 and multiplied already found. .As there are two malefic planets, uie., Saturn and the reduc' the Sun in the Lagna and aspected by Jupiter, a b-enefic, tion to be made in the Ayus will be f.btq * *

M Rtfr,frdrrrrtf{iqrflI& sqqff{ | qtsEl.n=slsqw(God{t ||t 1 drqrtrufugqQlt\rq qil( t urt M irRr{r& effior{fr$ttq I qqqrt nt d{fi itEqfr.srg{( tsflfr q ll tl ll
SloAc; l2 & L:3.Convert the degreesand portionr there,ofin the Lagnato minutes(the numberrepresent, ing integral eigns being left out); and multiply here' with the qrgqtc(Ayurdaya) of the planets eeparately. Divide the product by 21,600. The quotient representetc. ing yearE, found for each planetmust be eubtracted qrg{fu (Ayurdaya).Tbis reductionis enjoined {rom its when a malefic planet occripies the Lagna. But if the by malefic planet be aspected a beneficone, only half for the aboveProcess eachplanet the result obtainedby qrgttc (Ayurdaya). Thie ig to be subtractedfrom its (Amsayurdaya) reductioo doesnot apply to the *STrgEtq (Naisargikayurdaya) is The processin the iafrrsrgfi as-in the ftorrgEtq,, lPindayurdaya). algothe game
Srme'as *cttr<ii r( Sripthipaddbeti)* Y.'26, 27.

241

rlirqtfuit

Adh,v

gilTg:rfiq..
qrgdis qotao{frtrq il{tr{ ueierfttsrt
q* Eqs r qoq.(tt ftqrG.uilgft ilq qlgqq. utull
Slokn L4. When the Laguais strong (i, e,, when 6 convert only the degrees, the otrengthexceeds Rupas), elc.,containedtherein into minutes,the integral aigns beingleft out. Divide this by 20J; the quotient in the form of years, etc.r should be added to the qsqlq (Lagnayue).
NorBs. (Sripatipaddhati) ch. V. This sloka is taken from ffi: (r) The Ayus for the Legna in the irlrrgiic (Amsayurdaya)systemis found in the following manner: Reducethe sigus, etc., into minutesand divide it by 2400. The remainder dogrees, is the eTtifftat: (Ayushkalaha) of the Lagna. Divide the slqlrfi-ot: (Ayushkalaha)bv 200. The result will be the number of years given by the Lagna. Thus, if in a nativity the position of the Lagna be 0-l4o =871'76. The number -3L,-46', the ofgv,ot: (Ayushkalaha) yearsgiven by the Lagna:4'3588. This is the view of Varatra. of mihira. (Viilc sloka 7 su!ru), (D) But according to some, since the Lagna in the above to is instence ascertained be strong{its strength being9'I 37 Rupas), by the Ayus has to be increased *#gof -i.'48,$3of a year, nurnberof years derived from the Lagna Thus, the aggregate '4843 or 4'843. ir 4'3588 /lrr (o) In the 3 Ayurdayas,tiz,, ftoergd* (pindayurdaya), ftrrqi the f{h (Nisargayurdaya) and frsqTqtg'.rc (Jeevasarmayurdaya) [yus for the Lagna has, to be worked out iqsl as in the.oWfgAh (Amrayurdaya) lYidc (e) abovcl. ayear'

81.lt
-liry#r vtv! v v v !

trl$rsrqg:
!v!v v v vYv v ! Y! ! u t vvv!!!!#

2$

we have Since the l-agnais strong (in the presen\' example)' (already obtainecl), 4'3588 years morc' to add to 4'3588 years will thercforc Tbe total'number of years tlerived from the Lagna in his com' be 8'717i. But ftsm(bsrT (Dirvakara Daivagna) (KesavapaddhEti) mcntary on the 2{th sloka of the {icfs,Tsfi reading of the sloka in the text :quotesapprovinglS'the following

ifEoraliti ani ""pl"in" or strong' And i"i"aftt" va Lagne),i.c.,ioa Lagnawhetherweak importing a{R1ff,ftt{ (Lagnr c{rgr? (Lago.yoshi) he explains as with yoriirrrittUtm), i.'', for the Ayus of the- Lagna' The sloka (Diwakaradaivagria) tbe abovereadingas interpreteauy ftcr+&ffi would therefore mean "InthesethreeAyurdayas,t'ii',Pinda5'urdeya'Niscrgayur omit the signs and take only the tlaya and Jeevasarma'yurdal'a, sl6.r in the Lagna; then leduce tlreseto minutes and degrees, represent aiviae tUe sanreby 200. The resuLting quotient will to the Lagnayus"' , thc numberof yearsdue only According to this interpretation, Lagnayus works out (Diwakaradaivagna) adds that the to,f.35gb years. And ff+r*q iqt interpretationis largely accepted'

I Affisa urgqnlteacatrqsfi fltuq qrcftd a.t* tnoce{qilqqgrBerrrge c! *{q I "tt (Alatadhva tagne) q** aot& Tr of (Abrle

SJota 15. People versed in Astrological$cience would havethe qsrg.((Lagnayue)consist of as nany *t ot. yearsasthereare whole Rasie indicated.by the figures clenotingthe Lagna and some inonthsr etc' oitained by proportion (ri'c'some months which form the samefraction of a yearas the' risen portion of the

ll ofigEtq{M{ afmmft{Ir<ts t\ ll

is Iiagna of a whot"ta.llJ;.,""" trrciffiiir V' lE'


SeenotoEto 2nd quarter of sloka 7'

246
Ft..!...t,.ffi

{re.qTfurr
tl@w!!yyvvvtvy!yrrYwrvvvVr

Adh. v
uyya

TfrEqrcRgatqq,frqqnt
RrWl
i6t{tssent@ geqqrgr tE rl o{ttFrsa ghq?c u
Slo.ka16. Effectwith carewhich ever maybecom nece$sary the six reductions the Ayurdayasof thof in planetsin resp:ctto their being affecta$uo and other bV (1) the presence r maleficplanet in thp Lagna(2) of the loasof lustreowing to too great a proxirnity to the Sun (3) occu;ation of an inimical eign (a) arrival at the point (5) conjunctionwith other planztsand depression (C) positionin the lith, llth, L0th, 9th, 8th or ?th housefrom the Lagna' The reducedAyurdayao the of planetsif joined 'to the wqrgq (Lagoayus) give the will proper urg<-Ayus (in the aggregate), Norrs
The autbor here talks of the 6 kinds of reductions alluded t I already,viz., (l) nr.r<q<q (Krurodayabarana) lsloka lll, (z q<i.rcqrq (Astbangata harana)- lSloka 8], (3) a$nnq (Sathru kshetrarharana)lStoka 8], (4) al-{t*{<ur (Neechardhaharana)lSloka 7], (s)ft{ffire(gT (Grahayogatoharana)-lSlokal0], end (6) 6{qrftm (Vyayadi harana)- lSloka 9].

eT{f$tgr,
qqhr fr-era ft{{ql ffiqrt rrrlrgqs mhq r q*fr (q{Eqt litell rauuaeififrlg{ TgRn{
layo SJo[r l?. Jeevasarman down in accordance with hir own doctrine that the (maxioum) paiod of

81. l?

qlq$rqrqt

241

life given by eachplanet is *th of the maximum eggre, gateperiod (i. c, 170yearcacd 5 days). The declaration o{ ratya (vo) that the urgqk (Ayurdaya) of a planet in correspondo yearsto the number of the Rasi whose by with Navamsa occupied the planet,is in agreement ie astrological authorities the viewsof the majoriry of (aide the next cloka).
Nores. each planet According to qifirf{ (Jeevasarman) gives l/7th of l'2\,vears,5 days or 17 years, when in exaltation .l month, 22 days,8 ghatikas and 34'3 Vighatikas. rJ. intdr Fhtt htll,

'

'

Rgqftdrfaq* qqa] *qnacl qt;4rqrq I cdrst"t f,rqsrrrrcfr{ q.rqll cticnc: qr{rich ftqcl qfroisq r R!!rg{ tl eti ttq{ rfter|q*: ll

Ayurdayais to be resortedto when the Lagna, Jecvasarman's are the Sun and the IVIoon all weak. Cf ,+lnh

qiqrse crcrgtqi{rq t sraqtnffi lrqif;rtts qi cqa q{d'{ .i'i{qr{rrRtft qrg: rr rl


It has also to bc noted that just as in the iioerg<fo(Pin.layur' aya), the sevelal reductions, I'ir,, '{qitttiEwt(Cbalirapata harana)' i.rr*q<tt' (Neechaardhaharana,), l.r*;raarr? ( Sathrukshet ra hani,, -(Frilllt? t(Asthangatahani), mtlcqqrq (Krurodayaharana) will eve to bct made and then the resulting length of life ascertained, By the rvords qfrt (Swamathena),Varahamihira means that eevasarnran(of the Bengal School) standsalone unsupportedso i,r'as his method of Ayurdaya is concernod. Thc Amsayurdaya method has been occurately treated tn ripathipaddhathi, 5tb Adhyaya and the reader will do well to refer to the example worked out by me in the notes to that work. It pas to be rcmembered that there are no years fixed fbr each plenet as iu the Pinda, Nisarga and Jeevacarma Ayurdayas' There ir also no Krutodeyaharaua in this systonl

%8

rnnltril

Adh"v.

qlr qrcmqFfigfis-Ers tflT qTfifls ll tz tt


Slofas. 18. Accordiirg to $atya'c rule the signc, etc. traversed a given planetought by minutes, degreeo, and divided by 200.If the into minirtes to be converted I quotientbe a numberexceeding Z subtractfrom it ar of manymultiples 12as you con;rthe remaindergiveo etc' months, of the number ,years,

cdilhffins ftrfrtr{rsfirnrrt I

qunqftlqrrillffi Gsqqqtfsqfr{rtfrrr t
fqffi{tqK rrcil{r'Ailf(@

ll tl tt

givesitr urgdl (Ayurdaya) 20. .SloAas But the Lagna to of ccrreopondiog the character its rieing Navamla, yearlr, etc, a$the number of the months, i. c., aomany thc rising Navamsdindicatec. If the Rasi owning Lagna b'estrong,it givegin addition a! many ysareas there areRaeis in the figure denotiogthe Lagna.. In the reduction due to ttre this scrgqtr (Satyayurdaya) of preoence a maleficplanet in the Iagna does not find placc. Tbe yearsauigned to the planetc in the preoio* Ayurdayaoare not to be ucedfor calculation.

It{ qfErrrtd dffi ffiFEilI ilRrq{ q *(r | , {T std frsqqqr arr ur{ q nQr rqqMt: ttqoil e\

ie Sl,l',rs 19. The wrgdr (Ayurdaya)of a planet to in its cxaltationor in its retrograde be trebledwhen it is motion.The sarne is to bs doubled when the planet in or is In xVargottamamsa, ito own NavaruEa in ita own This is the peculirrity or house in its own Drekkana. in the method.of working out the urgdc (Ayurdaya) All else is similar ie according qqrcr* (Satyacharya). stated. to what haebeenalreadY

ll, gt-1t2

qtdtlilr|lt

Lls

llil\Cm {Gr?r ctnqftri runhnfi:I fr<


F

qlqrrwr r5f{rqrrd g qft ilaq6rq ll 1l ll

Sloha 21. The rute of stqrrr{ (Satyacharya) ir prcferable (to that laid down by rq'Maya or ancnml But (teevasarmma). somemake the procees inconsistent and unwarranable by a serieeof multiplicatione. The dictum of the Acharyas (eu-Satya and othere) ie the fotlowing: (1.).where severalmultiplications crop up, only one 'and that the higheotie to be gonethrough. (For instance, when a plaoet ie in its own houce,and in its exaltation, and in retrogrademotion,.the Ayurdaya is not to be doubled firrt and then the result trebled, and the oecond rerult further trebled. According to the rule, the qrg{tq (Ayurdrya), chould be trebled once for all). (2). Again, when there are several reductionsappli' greateEt should be made. cable,only one and that the (For instance,a planet may be in an inimical eign and may be eclipeedby the Sun. It ic enoughif the reduction by half i. c..the q<ra (Aethangata) reduction is made).
j.:

{Rftcttg.

Sloka 22. When the $un and otber pla.neteare in their exattation, they have respectively10, 9, 6,5,7,8 bnd 5 rays .
'c NorBs. /. qori(-dnne.

" Itr i

s'rq& fir qt aa afr te qgh I ftgi aQlt ssrtr rrrti qrft {r u 32

zffi
Also

|lncrrnua

,
"

Adb.v
rr.

dru$wr*crarq| frnr crkfrfih{&ifi Tomilrn awglsqrrftts qFn:r.rtoral frhraq:W* rr

The rRrsrgflc (Rasmijayurdaya) system founded by Mahendra has been in vogue from a very long time and has been recognised by eminent astrologers such as Manittha, IVIaya, Yavana end Badarayana. A brief description of the method of obtaining the correct number of <?tq(Rasmi) or rays of planets is given below : The seven planets from the Sun onrvards have respectively 10, 9, 5, 5,7, I and 5 rays when they are in their full exaltation position, the corresponding number of rays when in their depression being zero in each case. The number of rays which a planet in eny intermediate position is entitled to, has therefore to be determined by mere rule-of.three When a planet has emergedfrom its dtq (Neecha) or depres' sion and is on its way towards its exaltation, its rays are said to be efug< (Abhimukhal or facing towards the front. These rays are declared to be capable of producing benefic results to thc native in a very short time. The reverse is the case with,tho q(|{gC (Parangmukha) or down'looking rays of planets which have fallen from their sq (Uchchs) or eraltation towards their depression. aDd are going

The rays have to undergo some multiplications and reductions, befcrc their utilisation for purposes of prediction. When a planet occupies a Dwadasamsa which is his own, his craltation, or tbat of e friendly planet, his rays arc to be doubled. The same remark applies when the planet is retrograde in bic motion or is in his g&e (Swakshetra) nasi. But if the Dwada gsrmsa that of an enemy or the planet's Tlq{lfu (Neecha be naJ, the rays suller areduction by l/l6th portion. All planets_ Venue and Saturn excepted-lose their.rays whm they becooe N<Ird(Asthangatha) or eclipscd. when tbe retrograde motion of a planet isabout tocease, the rays suffer a reduction by{tl. The quality of s hororopc varice dircctly with thetotal auo-

bcr of raysgivcrrby the pla,nets the timo of birth. porna at

gz ,51,

vrfisqrr:

%l

with I to 5 rays will be vcry insignificant, miserablq low.mindcd unlucky, etc.; those born with 6 to l0 rays will be dependants with no perriranonthome and poor; those with l0 to 15 reys wilt bc somewhat bettor, bqing virtuous, of good temper, good spcci. mens of their family &c; those with 15 to 20 rays will in addition tre rich, femous and respected by their relations, and so ou. It is also stated that the native should be declared long.lived when the number of rays exceed 25, as one of rnedium life when it is between l5 and 25, and short.lived when thc number falls short

of ls. c/. vre*rtr s+lt rQFtrTs qrfifit ftuglr I ewrgi qarccQwqe qsqqRllr:u

i $

rFor detailed information the reader is referred to tho scveral hapters on the subject in Brihat Parasarahora, Saravali, &c. The following boroscope of e distinguished given as an example : personage, it

Sun Moon Mars Mcrcury Jupiter Vcnus Saturn

I ll 3 0 6 2 0

2 23

55 35 I l0 +3 l5 59 +7

30

8 't5 + 7'289 7'35+ 7'550


5'678 7',7t9 5'053 7'345 l. 2-s5-30 6.10.'0-O.

2+
26

?+
l3 25 l8 17 t5

E
F
o

a)

+8
23 50 38 2+

.t
o t\ a

I-sn{
I

Thc position of the Srra is His fi (Necha) position is

t62

rnrqfid

Adh. v

l?9r! 1 19 cr I{is r<rqg(Parangmukha) are therefor" rays 8'726+.


,ss
*rt 8!0 Moon

Saturn ury Rasi

^ | venus 5un i n"no


| **"

Chakra

Lagna

Jupiter

Rasi of a neutral planct. Ar be is occupyinga Dwpdasamsa multiplication of any kiud. thcrc is no reduction or ll'23'35'2+. The Moon'sposition is 7' 3' 0' 0. His irq (Nccche) is x 9=7'0295. His qFrgq (Abhimulcha)ravs are T The Moon is in thc DwadasamsaRasi of his enemy. Ho

ll-

%'^

'4393. of 7'o2g|or tbrrcfore roe"s Stu


The Moods net rays are thbrefore ' 6'5902, 3-2+' l'26 Tbe positionof Mars is (Neecha)is 3-28- o' o His ds -is 0' 3'58'3+ His distencefrom *s (Neeche)

' |

ravs Hbrrrfl[<{ (PerengrnuLha) *e :-'f,:

'| ?.o1?1

x 5 or'1103+75.
tl.erc-

He is occupying his own Dwadasamsa. His rays will fors have to be doubled. '220695. His reys arc thur

pcition is tilcrcury's

0'13'10'+9

s" 22
His depression Subtracting, we get

qtdfsrcrr:
l l - 1 5 -0 : 0 c.28-10-48

,t68

Hit *ftgtl (Abhimukha) are rays ry

x 5='7827.

But as he occupieshis own Dwadasams,, his rays will bc doubled. He will thus have l'5655 rays. positionis 6-25.+3-23 Jupiter's His f,rs (Neecha)is 9-5-0.0 His distaacefrom ilq (Neecha) is 2. 9-16-37 Hisr<rqg<* (Parrngmukha)raysare 2'30923x 7=2'6941 a og He occupies the Drvadrsamsa of a neutral planet, henoc tbcre is no reductionon that accoubt. His motion is retrogradc. His rays wilt thereforehave to be doubled. FIe thus gets 5'3882rafs, Venus is in 2-18-l 5-s0 His depression is 5-27 0- O e{' His distancefrom deprcssion is 3- 8.44-10

His T<lvgq(Parangmukha) x 8 or +'3882+ rays "t.l|ff As he is occupying Dwadasamsa a very friendly planet, the of
his rays will be doubled. He will thus get The position of Saturn iis His depression is .His distance from derrrcssionis

8'7765rays, 0.17.59-38 0.20- 0-0

a-20-2?

His rnega (Paraugmukha) rays aru l-0!9? x 5:.05525. 6 Though he is an astangata planet, as he cornes under thc crccption, he sufiers no reduction. Thus the sphuta rdys of the geveral llanets are

Sun Moon

8'726+ 6'5902

Parangmukha Abhimukba Perangmukha

.M
Mercury Jupiter Venus Saturn
Total

r|cfqlftqfi
l'5655 5'3882 8'7765 0'0557
3l'3232

Adh.v
'Abhimukhn Parangmukha Parangmukha Parangmukha

(of which only about 8 are Ablrirnukha rays). For personspossessing3l rays, the following $o (phala) is stated' in crr{.il{Crf (Jatakabha,rana,') viz.

il ti qr{rirni rqertofhnq frcleri;rtqr: I fttqrm& ilqqcqr: lt{rir ?tin tarqrftq: rc{Fc ll


61, Also wqr& Saravali

Srffirg

$rr: aqmr rfgorfra: n

r ilr

This has bcen verified and found to be true. Next we corne to the tftqa (Rasmijia)rAyurdaya. It has to be observed hcre that this system of ayurdaya has to be adopted only when Mersury possesses tho greatest Taq-o (Shadbnla) aiCa (sloka 13 infn), The Sun's position is , l. 2.o55'.30, and the Sun,s exaltation

is

t.tt-t-g

Subtracting,we get 0-22o-55)-30' As this is less than 6 signs, we have to subtract this from 12 signs. The result is I I signs 7o +' 30". The number of years

sivenby thc Sun ,, U#Px

l0 or t!#

x l0=e.363

years. Similarly for the other plauets. trVherever (f<q) Harana mentionedin slokas 24 and 25 the have to be applied, the sameshouldbe made aud then only thc aggregatc Ayus shouldr . deterhined.

tinffin".i fr rEufr{
mrfruirq ulfufidqgqfir I

Esr@

ffi6pil1Rltl

t gL *26

irihrqilr

LrJ

Sloha28. A planer diminiohedby itc exrltation, if ters thrn 6 signs, is tb be subtracted from 1|| cignr, aad the result reducedto minutec ehould be nultiplied by its rayE (mentioned in the preceding aloka) aod divided by the minuteecontained in the l2 rigne. Tbe quotient in years, etc.,thuc found for the Sun and other planeto,represents, they say, the ftErgg (Rasnijalu) due to the nyc.
!*

qtolq.
@Effi<Iftguft661g.,
Sloka 't4. When the planetis in ite own Raci, in itc own exaltation, the hougecf a very friendly planet, in or in its retrogade motion, it hao in rayc doubled for qrgqf{ (Ayurdaya) purpoEeE.When the retrograde mo, tion comesto an end, the rays are diminiched by an eighth portion. When the planet is in the housr of an cDemy, the rays become reducedby a twelftb.

Etrqil+sEqqn'qcql {rdr nqrqmufi! il qB ll

' sNd $g qrt Rffi qrtit qnqq&tq I nAS etffiqftqwrgdtaqnilRerrgoqfs i\ tl u

Sloha85. The qrgqtc (Ayurdaya) is to b halved in the case of all the q<irra (Aetangata) planets ercept Venus and Saturn.Sagee that the qrgqfq(Ayurdaya) tay yielded by plaueteaccording to their raye is treated of in the Artrological Science foundedby lvtahendra.

qnrgRqRurrq . toqrrwdqr{trqd qrqEFil fr

sl

216

rrrnM

r Adh. V

26. "" Sloha The rrge (Ayus) consistingof the aggregate of the reveralperiodsbelongingto the untraversed qgllmr (Nakshatrapada)or Navahcas frl,ortionsof the p.pccupied the Sun and other planets is caid to be by the csrgq (Cfuakrayue)of the soven planets reckoned 4from the $un (aide. Adbyaya XVII sloka 6, infra), qfllq (Chakrayr,rs) applps alsoto what ic got flFhe name of by meanc the foroulas relating to the qtrtt (Savya) and qqtrq (Apaeavya)chakras. (aide. Adhyaya XVII, infra).
NorBs. (Chakrayurdaya) to be-calculatedin tho casc is Thc sfir{+{T in of c horoscopo which Venushas the greatest(Ec") Shadbala. to Thc yearsassigned the severatplanetsare those mentioned in Adhyala XVII, sloka 6, ' the Assuming Sun's position in any nativity to be I s'r8n from thc First Point of Mcshe. 2o 5y 30', he is 1975''5removed * As eachstar c(ryers13" 20' or 800 minutes, the .Sun is in the sscondquartcr of the Star (tRrqr) IGittika having alreedy travorsed there 375'5 minutes. The numberof yearsof . Ayurdaya given by the Sun is therefore#\5-11-9:r'r$ - v' 800 32 ycsrs. Similarly in the case of the other planets. There is no tol (Harana) in this Ayurdaya.

ffiTfirrqtl
qiffi{rtni
Sloha27, The qrgd{ (Ayurdeya) whose initial portion consictcof the yearcdue to the unexpiredgheat tikac ol a *trm (yogatara) a birth, whereof tbe tord

rr$il imilr: Retl I

sl. 28-29
t,

qr*sqnl:

c26t

or (Ayurdaya) is called qqlrgq(Dasayue) ruore this sngqfrq The last ir commonly a{Tfirrgq (Nakshatradasayuo). qsdi{ (Aehtakavarga) the urgt (Ayus) derived from with it, is treatedevery' wherein, say thoseconverEant thing (to be known).
NorBs. The nine planets referred to in this Sloka are the sevcn planets from the Sun onwards and the two nodes Rahu and Kctu. Tbe years assigned to them are those mentioned in Adhyaya XVIII, 31sl<a3, infra,

MreRswisf,trql
d Nrfi{ sdsAffit

Eqr(ll td ll

Sloka 28. When the lord of the'Lagna i8 strongl ir ic by aud aepected a benef planet,the '*nrg<{Amcayus) to be calculated. If the Sun or the Moon be rtrong and the havebeneficaspect, &qc(Pinda)or the fterQ< (Niaar' shouldbe reckoned. gayue)reapectively
Notss. (qfr..T) Manittha's work. This Sloka is from

,/. r<rcrc Frnq I rrffickrfigq*qRdt: qriqmriTqr: q: <rfoit ensft rcrrtfl


ttlltllrs s8lttit wT q*iffir I

qsD: s( q sqt st *tstgqt il rftw roi ilrrrotq'fiktg eq fteq,l rqq]; crcqrqr{q* ($Flulr ll

trq*lFilr I st rrt rff qre qftrgrr ll ft dq{rig {Ril qqtq* u,Rq .qi iqttgqi qiffig rrfreg r r
88

,38

ff(rTqlfrctt

Adh.v

q qtitrq,egtgI rtr${q+.fu

qrrr*,ls fr g *i q qodgtll 1o ll

qdg rmq'iis tqqrc qtrtnrtt 8l ll

SloAas 2947. When the Sunis in his exaltation Kendra are and, andthe otherplanets strong occupying Trikonaplaces, when all the planetsare in their exalta, {T{t in the strongest (Sasa), aqfin (Hamsayoga), or in tion, reckonedas thoseof long,lived people, all otheryogas yogas generally (aideinf ra AdhyayaVII in theChandra Slokas 71-73), the 4s6qr;qahChandra yogai.e. in Kema(**gefin) whentheMoon is strongest, the yoga druma in yogas n6rgtvitar:-uide infra, Adhyaya Mahapurusha VII, 59), and in all Rajayogas where the planetsare strongert, Parasara says fiwrg< (Pindayus)is to be catculated. Norrs
Thei,latter half of Sloka 30 rea<lsthus in cc{r?Rt (parasara. hora.)

e;6riig flg;a t;fr g <oar<lrr


and seemsto be the correct one. The ttanslation ought to be: " lVhen the Sun has reachedhis oxaltation and the other planets have attained their maximurn strength and occupy Kendra and Trikona positions, when all pla. nets are in their exaltatioo, in the strongest {r{r (Sasa)or tqf,q (Hamsa yoga)(Adh1oyo VII, SlohaS9), in all other yogasreckoned as tlroseof long-lived people, in the three sF{ (Chandra)yogasS"rn'l qis,t g{3(l Sunapha, Anapha, Durudhara,'oidc Adhyaya VII Sloha 8:,) when the Moon is very strong, in the lg$T (tvtahapurusha)yogas, Ailhytyt V I I Sloha.59)when the yoga-producing plinets are possessed erceeding strength, and in all Rajayogas of Ailhyayd VII, Sl:hts /.58, Parasara says lto-erg<[*(lrindayus) is to bc cdculatedr"

sr. ---.,--.,----::I::T-";, ------...-....3l j_tj3.-,.

qorAt qth oi gt -q&trtq ,Irf,r sh gnTt toq( lllRll *roH Hqi q dr*tqr\,iqrqlf$qtg the Sun
3;2. Whan Jupiter is in the Lrgna' 31opa is rncltt. M"''tfull'of strength in-thg4th in the 11th, a o:ctrPy Kenira' or in the 7th anJ otharbcn:ficplanats phce anJ whln th: Trikona or an sler iUpachaya) (A2lktimr) hr'ri:r, the mrleficrnss occupyit. sfriirlr is Rno,gq lPindavus) to bEreckon:d'
NorBs. But (Parasarahora') the lattor in c'tf{Ker(t This Slokaappars half there readsas follows I

{iqi- q}qgl tosi .rrfifrthr{rgsqfr t *roqalgqrgr fit ftarsrqlReqgtgt


tru{tq ilot t*nrif q{rgRrn{ililq
r.A\

r 1il flr$rqlqqt glg lrterurircni'fuRg

astrologicrt am?ng 13. Slioha Ttie lea,d:rs (Nisargaja):3:: ,r, ii", the ftost (Pindaja)' t*O: (Bhinnashtakavargajr)'ifioqsil iR.snija), f-,rlrEtatq l' {Trllircr(Samudryajr)' aa* (Kalachrkraja), r(Nakshatrrja accordingae r-eckoned i **t (Amsaja) Ayus is to be Venus'Jupiter'Saturn ,h" Sun,,h.Mooo,Mlrcury, Mars' the pos$esseo greateststrength' or the Lagna
Nores. Thefollowingslokasfromri(fir(il((Parasarahora)giving as to the severat cases whero sorhdpgre detailed informltion be reckoned will be found ts [Fipdeyurdaya) &c. have to dgifi be useful: -

qEffitts{tf 11ll ll it -tuiigi*tu qogt professore

"' ---

g** hi Hqerqts+fiqqt \oqql' qRe{ t

*l REq(tfr mqr.fictrg\sq: ll d'qrsqBg

lsoo

ilfficftltt

dAdh. V

qnrs* qTetflFt qT frqr, qB*dir ft:rt t t qt \rqE1q:qfqdl oh etqir? g{rea:ll dtqrqrt | *rt* ffuTrqi q* rrqrqrqfq-q+ I rilA nftqreqri: g qtaivtrgfrq: frt retrslifitllilqa' lt uil qetxErq: qt c qoq-R sgqrqre{,iFg I qpqiqrt m qi HgqrftiRg ll rfirn( qfrbgq{idkt} ge:\rer: qirt: t aqrqi{tifta' ll ftqrg.r gTfirq) rS frei qrerqiqUq gr* mqr(I ffi qq:mniqlt'} t"qr* g {R tt troU q qt+t* *qr{qrfr' r {r+} srihrfqr;621nr grnRil tf ffiq*

- iqkrdt o* grud < nfri tt

:'{"1

.afiruqilmntqq#* I frsqqqErqr+ erqr,ilsfrftqt tt

at qG n\ qr'f ilU rynr* gq' r maltt mqrcior'toqril: ss t Gq tt

\i

tqrefr gErairolrare{a'i+t r
qqifrg a"firfrg arqntigq ffin( tl mifuaq+sr qqrbqg.t:gi: I Sa.nt{r, F{TrIr{fiTa[ (;fl1:fsftrnmw t Q[il*r qtrRqffq qqqrft a^Srfrtr"qfq fffi: q1fu 11 qfta:m}qqrq}ftqa: qGe; luqwqr,el-qqw t acqrffiqeqruq gqrd{rfr{fl rrqqrq}Er: ll

ul, 34-86

qfr$qr{;

261

qflarqhcHgEtqwnwilFil hr $tse{t: t qagh"fur6rqgd ila qrl afE\oq eTrq: tl qnaflqRftnnt*q tt fib qgAeern'rqrif qteM ifsr qrq\uql{il<rqlI qwrgqft firtssiihssqqrt11 qcqlfi{t+iqit qqr{i{e} na,I q tq' erqr* qfr+qrq tt c*w itg q.^g qq : ffi wrd*qft+lil-t.fiq oafir* | ll *;.nRgq(Mi q {dir{Tr(mrr:
qtirntqmqq tqfiilqnmqt t . wgtnRffqt {'flq ll {er.qroftqrtq I

wgrilRd qt fi*t gffuil{ t qrtt{ Et w{ frtqrngwqtlt 18 ll


months, etc, Sloka 34. The argu(Ayus) in years, 360and divided by 365 is termed drrgq multiplied by i, (Sourayus) eo the period of life in solar yeilrE.

t qs,qffq(drRRaFqqrq r t qnqrflft qisotttodlqr-

i q+t{fuil Gst{qnr mt

tkeqrswr*fit n l\ tl

t qlqwqt*tt t tqqrwrftqirtr I

rcrtqqtMrry{il

tq tf

Sloha 35. Thie wgu (Ayus) hasbeendeclared by wise men in respectto those who are engagedin the practiceof virtuous actions, who are devoted to tbc Brahminoand the Godc, who eat wholesome dia, wbo

262

qrilwdlril

Adh.v

hnd,marksof chara:ter and conduct pecuii"t to their high {anilies. death overtakesthosewho Sloha 36. Premature and thievish, who revileGods aod aresinful, covetous to and Brahmins, who are adCicted gluttony.
Zida $qfrqqii V.SZ-:S.

q Tmo[rTt iilit qq.qrrilfurr{ tl Qell

q | grrfforrt REqr{ d frsargdf{t


qqwrort qiurt iigre q t t{vf

qq{iqrt{Ht qrquilrqftflat ld ll ll
ryrffiq qaFTllrqqfenf I

Rgr w\qrg(ngf atGfr {rrqRE} tt lq ll

Slokas37-39. Suddendeath seizesthosethat are and of rceptical the forceof morallaw, that are viciou'q filch other of are the enemies Gods and Brahmins,that godds,that are a sourceof dreadto all, that are people's their ioois and turn ipfsfmer$, that have abandoned live by sinful that dutiesand traditional observances, wouldnot out of folly abideby and courEes, thosethat of the ordinances the sacredscriptures. Those that regard the wrgq (Ayus) pre' know the sacredsciances scribedas applicableto people other than those that liableto untimely death. havebeendeclared

desffi

(I) $qt{wiurtq ffiq{q I

*rqm{gsqqsTqf qrcrqs ll 8a ll

Frr{rg;{6rittqffirtr*Tftq r

61. 4l-44

qgdlrtrrrq:

263

q r nttsrgtwqi srrrrEtqtfrsqr

,iqiEuq r*teir t flfhrEtg(ryr?t qrq(f'u BRtl gqqGrq]*rq-geqrR

qrurt$sflurt fttirwrd {igr n Bt tl q

tqe qfiqqi aKqrr6(rftqr {rfif n Bl tl erqntEetrf q $tr.ctils iti(tn I ilaifdnrl'qqrrriqfikeqtf (qr: tqKlt tt Btstl
as Slokas 40-41. A thousrnd years is recognised the maximum length of life of vultures, owls, cranet, crows and serpants. Hawks, monkeys, bearsand frogc live for 300 years. Rakshasas havelengthof life lasting l5'0 years. 1?0 yearsis known as the maximumlife of men aod elephants. S/ohas 42-44. The maximum ageof a horse ie 32 yearE of an assor a camel,25; of a bull or buffalo,24; ; 'of peacocks, of a goat or sheep, l0; 16; of a goooe, ; 14 of a cuckoo or parrot,L?; of dovee, likewiee; of a 12 fowl 8; and of the bulbul or elstern nightingale, the maximumageis 7 years.
c/. srffidt

frwr: qGt{rr: c src qrqFqrq r g frFiqrEfqilqrg:emrrai Qcn [ ctrl*r: qqsrt u.qfuiqi Zsrftg I gii g qrgn ch6rrlDr* ct*rgcq,il aftc( rqran adwwrguffiq I

qRE{{n rl
A.

In the following ten slokes (i.a slokas 45.54) the author has explainedthe various clues to frnd out the srft.e (A.rishta) perio{ of the native:

261

mircrRqt*

Adb. V

gfut ftquseqtntE qrqfcgR t

'When, in oneof the threecyclic diviSloka 45, under lions (into which the 12housesmay be arranged purposes)' there certainconditionsfe1 w(ffi1<'Ayurdaya is a maleficplanet devoid of strengthand unassociated the with a beneficplanet,the astrologer can announce deathof the persooaffectedby this yoga at the conclu' cion of the ({r (Dasa-Ayurdayaperiod) of the weak maleficplanetin question.
NorBs
The following sloka from "ilr"6h{r wilt n divisions referred to: explain the cyclic

q ftqqdqgunqflt qfr qtq ll 8\ ll

srilrlrrnTr&nQrnitioa

Ufol*: t

qrr**taiar trtcuqrcrdifta:ll
People have long,. medium or short lives according as at the in time of their birth four or more planets are grouped together groups of 4 consecutive the lst, the 2nd or the 3rd cf the three bhavag beginning respectively with the Lagna, the 5th and the 9th.

qftffiqq*eiat q$ lrqqEr I +q Zrr[t ll Bq ll Frqffqrgn;ilfitrqt q(or


Sloka 46. The dasaperiod of a planet occupying the end of a sign brings on disease. Deathmay happen in the daaa of the planetin question when the planet no hae progressed further than the thirtieth degreeof (Raei). the qrRr c/. qoffi+t ll (qar) usr *{aqqdrdqfiftr-ds g,vnr#e

'Tlqqaf qulsqeil wUtnnhqt fQguqfrr qwt qreEkrqt rruIt qqftir ffttr{ qrt ttusit sA

JL d?-49

qrfr$nl:

,86

Sloha 47. If a maleficplanet occupyingthe 6th or by the 8th housefrom the Lagnabe aepected ite enemy and if that 6th orthe 8th housebe itgelf owned by a maleficplanet,the deathof the person concerned will take placein the subsidiary dasa period of the planet occupyingthe 6th or the 8th housewhen the main dasa belongsto a planet conqueredin planetarywar. c/. glnq.r q{rqi qR tqfrtffim rri: r qitcrsrqxi qgKEr q?,*tgvnft rr qwsqrn? xr: rrtefr rQeir$a:t

q*o, lr.&" &**t efdG:r


qtrntt qfr gA qq;$rrorirst: t SrqrfrRqdt srstQ f,rr<ffamc: il

qers{rRE{r r( qs giftr t qid thrgfi ed vrqq ila}qqfltr u Bdrl


Sloha 48. If in the order of main daeasthe 5th happeno belongto Mars, the 6th to Jupiter, the 4th to to &turn or the ?th to Rahu, every one of these will prove fatal. c,f.s,o(Rtd r {fiTgff q glrg qS qcTr S-drd+fr qr* er I

csrceq

qil r{frrqq qtqgilrfttvc n Bq tl


S/ota 49. If the 3rd, the 5th or the ?th main dasa happeno be that of a planet in depression, in an ini, to mical houseor eclipced by the Sun, it wilt prove fatal ; and thie will be the caseall the more when the fatal dasas alsociatedwith malefic planetealso. are 94

ffifrTaqffifrqmrr

966

iltITc|ftlrt

Adb. v

ffiqr

nwrqffqwf erqeq+fffit

n \o u

S/ola 50. In the main dasaas well as in the sub, ridiary dasa the lord of the Znd cr the ?rh placefrom of any bhavathere wilt happenthe deetructionthereofby (1) the planetoccupying the bhava; (Z) the one aEpepr. ing it; or (3) the (bhavaKaraka)riltr511. repreoenting it.
NorBs. a,f.qedtftrr *nr*rq* rq?fi({ rrdl rqu: ac*{rcftr TFq qcrt ftlTlrt er slcri! er.cftg{s}q
Also cileR

r tl

vr<qg61$qit *n,it qft+t't r

etnqqqrq{ qt Erq(t *q tt \t ll
Slota 51. When Saturn goesto a hougeoccupied of by the lord of a itorq (Drekkana) the 8th housefrom the Lagna,deathmay happen. The same event may be gxpectedwhen Saturn passes through the rrftr (Rasi) by owning the Navamsaoccupied the lord of the house referred in which is the owner of the ioom (Drekkana) to above. Norr,s.
This sloka also appears in qodf\qt (Phaladerpika), but the reading therelis eryqq (Ashtamasya) for elgqat (Ashtamastha.)

qsq@qmtqqfttkdqd t rfr

brrar:
Gt{t tarsd Gq($ qtqt I ll rpqf\q$l{ qcsEgrnarm \1 ll

81. 6g

qlfrrrlml

2gl

rilqufr{Tq W fuilil rirrlI


il qQ rd qfg qq ili ffi *iq u \E rl
Slokas 52-53. Tbe following reven are termed fud (Chhidra) Grahasor planets vulnerability: (1) the of lord of the 8th bhava; (Z) the planet occupying the lamer (3) the planetaspectingthe 8th ; (+) the lord of et (Khara) i.e.,Z?,nd Drekkana from that of the Lagna, (oide eloka56, infra); (5) the plqnet in conjunction with the lord of the 8th; (6) the lord of the 64th Na, vamsa from that occupied by the Moon; and (7) the raq (Athisathru) of the lord of the gth house. Whichever of them is strongest, in the dasa of that planetshouldan astrologer predict death Norrs. ,/. qfrqt qqcrdqg*nrxqrqsqince'iisFr t cfr: r eS gtoqqnqRrqr: Est e{k qtc"Et u : cftrrfuqrftffirrr: I e*nqnrrt{rrffi{rfr EnrrrAqgcgilqiclafudqn tcgft rgsa: ll
Also qlrqrh

cgrrt qft qqdt qfltsftqtgqq(dtqi,} T-q:n,crrrorfr t ffierr{ricrqr:


o\

rrgtg ggt0r wg?s.il qil-crfrri Rqd: qrvr$rtilirg*sq rt qil sr$r{q q4fqt il qnnt \m<nrqtcteat ttottcft RsqP{FrftcE!tII.rTrc:I ', frrqrd'<t qqn"f grlqqcqftttT'qrq: s w: qtr qr qqrflqqstQrgrn frqrdt ftlttrq ll
i'! i

268

rrci\rftEre

Adh.v

Also no{tfrtt :r frertil{.5lelrirqtrlsqrqrf]rqqrFqir{fi ' ii g:crqr*odft glrdr q: rTrrnt;Ft{t<T{crrcEitrt

r
t

ffisliffiqarct agril{r{Gl qr I {r{r\ilq tqeq qr* uq* fr{rqrll \8 ll

sloka 54. The deathof the relative signifiedby any particularbhavaw'ill without doubt take placein the main dasa(1) of the planetoccupyingthe 12th place from that bhavaor (2) of the planet owning it which, ever is Etronger' Nor's.
The reading of this Sloka in nc<rrQfl (Phaladipika)is as follows: . qAtc.qqcq rt I tnrflflrtqer<t

fttdtrq t*aq cr+egrerwrq ll

'tgrorq6{Iq. tt

Udtdfrfilqil

q?ofrfffreqbqdr ttq qrq]frrr-d] flftffsn\\ ll


Sloha 55. The middlemost,the last and the first Drekkanae reapectivelyof Kataka,Meenaand Vriechika Drekkanas. These are also called are telmed ttt (Sarpa) ct{t-Pasa(noose) Drekkanas. The 2nd Drekkana of Vrischika is er-vledfT{rs (Nigada-fetters) Drekkana. Th: first Drekkana rVfakara well rs of Simha ic of as termed v& (Pakshitird) Drekkana.
NorEs. (Balabhadra) the first and secondDrekAccording to 1o{r{ (Vrischike) kanas of me{ (Ibtaka), tbe fust and secondof tf.}a-n and the tast of dlc (Meena) are tt (Sarpa)Drekkanas:For, bc seys:

{tMI qsqt{flinqqr Uqf,rt I

gL 66-6?

qrfrsqrr:

26s

'r T*er cqcftrft q&{q cqctsrfi firqnc&h qr frTrqr:,,

r ' @ffirr(urt)rnf gqrstqqt{qttE qg,qsqun} rf \Q rr qh


Sloha 56. vt (Khara) is the 22ndDrekkana from that of the Lagna, The 64th lrFavamsa reckonedfrom is that occupied the Moon. by
Notps It is evident that the\2And i*Tnr (Drekkana) reckonod, from ,theos**iur (Lagnadrekkana) is the first!*ar,rt (Drekkan") i"ir,u 8th house from the Lagna. The 64th <qi{r (Navamsa) from that occupied by the Moon means the first qlitt (Navamsa) in the gth house from the Moon.

: Slqkajj. The figuresfor the risingsignmultiplied by 5 and euperadded thosefor crF.q to tfyf.,riil *iiigi". the exacrfigures of what is cailednor (prana)i. ,. rli. livine beings. The figuresfor rhe Moon rur,ipri.Ju-y "r 8 and added to the figures for enaq(Mandi)g.i-rl" designation?t (Deha) or Body. Seven ,i.".. ;h" figuresfor crt (Mandi) joined to those of the Sro go by the.name gg (Mrityu) or Death. Long lives of tf,e personborn at a time yhen the sum total of-*q fieeval and tr (Deha)i, c., life and body io in excess ; G Mrityu) or Death. r "tYil Parasrra rRH( will be_tretpful. In findingthepositior (Mandi) fotlowing the froa

*rri gfuT*$s TE ' qslffiqfqdlgs Rqrn'nig.ih q\e wrilrki ri rr dqfr

of qsili q qfffiqe fluRSi{rfqnt qqq {$eqfdr gFri ti sqrftt$ilr I

210
,

{lfitrftflt

Adh. v

* r

{RerrrQ5t;q<igfuafr ft6tqh I Gcenesr Eteraltcn{q}qafiq ll qsqiqt iifrcT: qrq mcEirgfut: eEe: t rr&cqesr rrrrrqrhrrqgcTRar rl rtqiqcct qqfr ftqdt, tTft*,f*ilil:I gfu+.:*u: gih qqsqer: rl Qre,iir **fr r!t@e: to{tr ryqfrvo; I SrqiMcu<t: tl

The following is the rule for finding tbe times of (Gulika) gftq and others on the several week-days: Divide the day into 8 parts. The lords of the first 7 parts are the 7 pLanets counted in order from the lord of the day; the 8th portion is tordless. Saturn's portion in each day is called gted (Gulika). Nights are similarly divided into 8 portions or muhurtas. The lords of the first 7 muhurtas are the 7 planets counted from the lord of the fifth week-day from the day chosen; the 8th portion lis without a lord- Here again Saturn's muhurta ir gfut (Gulika). (Yar4akantaka); that of Mars Jupiter's muhurta.is styled ?m{.'r-dfi is termed t.rj (Mrityu). The Sun's muhurta is called wo (Kala); Mercury's, Br.i$6( (Ardhaprahara). The position of gftq (Cutita) and others is assignedat the end of their respective muhurtas.. For the horoscope taken for illustration in page 238, the bosition of qftq (Mandi) is thus found out : The time of blrth was Friday rigbt. The first Muhurta on Friday night belongs to Mars, the lord of the 5th weekday from Friday. Therefore grtt (Gutit<a) i, e, Saturn's druhurta is ihe 5th. The length of Friday night in questionis given* tobe r29 s.5 R. Therefore each muhurta is 3 c. 38'125 ft. The 5th muhurta ends at l8 e. l6'6c,5 [t. Gulika's position is l0 signs, 20 +7, S+ correspondiug to this time. Similarly ihe positions of qsf,qq (Arana prahara) etc. may be found. lVida also notes on ll4 sttpra.f In tbe same example, the I.agna is 0-l4o-3 l'-46., MultiAdding q|F< (Manaii Dlying by 5, we get 2-12o-38'-50." (A) lf2o-1?r-51,, we get for nq (Prana) l2-l'"-26t-,++..

{i1.5&69

ciqls'lqrq:

calL

The Moon is 9- l+c--29'-39." Multiplying by 8, we gct Adcling qna,{ (Mandi) lo-2o --47,* 54,r 7*25o- 57'-12," (oetra) 85-28o-+5'-6." (B). we get for te (crda)Mandi's positionby 7 Againmultiplv wc gct 70-190-45-18'. Adding the Sun 0-l?"-43-30, we gct for g.g (Mrityu 7l-7o-28'. 4E.' (C) nq (Prana)or ds (Jeeva\Pltts (neha;=98-l+o-ll,-.50.' ia =(D) This is greater than Bg (tvtrityu) (C), Adding nq (Prana), *q (D"tra) and gq (Mrityu). d.r. Af ts *C wc have 169-2lo-+0'-38." So that when Saturn is iu l-2lo-+0'-38o or transits Vrishabha there is Death. Thisis found to be correct as Saturn was then retrogradein Rohini. c/. ctrcrfr qill{ flcgrqrrqi tril qrFq Qfr{q*: r

nGfr scr( <rrdigantFg: garltr: r qrggr* rrkq1rgfifrkqa?firraft rr

ddFdqwrisqil ilqt qqqhrqgiqlt qtq r,\ztf


SJofto58. Wben Saturnin his progreEsthrough his orbit arrives at rhe sign indicatedby tbe total of tt (Deha),sfl'e(Jeeva)and *g (Mrityu), thereis waste of m,oney. When Saturn, in a triangular sign from is theRaei referredto aboveiorin a Navamga owned by the Eame, astrologermust predict death. the

dtq*gagimafit ,ilqlorGt qqqqrI

qnh*rrt q;t rnqiw *eql r

qrnftqftdfr Ut nt d*,tiq n \q rl qr

Sloka 59. When Saturn arrives at a triangular rign from the qtllqh (Ayurbhava),the aetrolcger should 'Ihe predict the loss thereof. sameevent, r. e., death will take placewhen Jupiter arrivesar a triangular oign from where the lord of the qqqrt(Ayurbbava) b.

212

qtrtqtftrfr

Adh.v

o{r*nr?tt$ffi*.qsriqrng

eilRRiQ il.stri {r qffilfr wdf ll Q" ll WEirrr-A


Slota 60. Find the houseoccupiedby the lord of. by of ttre sign indicated the aggregate the figureefor the Lagna, Sun and Mandi. When Jupiter arrives in the his progressthrough the orbit at the Rasi found as aboveor in a triangular sign ihereof,the native meets with death.
This as welt as the next }."lli;, (Pbaladeepika). are also quotedin ss{Tq+l

r5t Auqnqq ftfrsq qqqrai( |

rrftaEqmQ sg+ tqqr n qt ll dit

Slolc 61. Subtractthe figuresof the Yarnakantaka (croom) from thoseof the rising sign and find out the Rasiandits Navamsa by indicated the difference.When comes cccupythie Navamsain the Rasi thus to Jupiter found,deathwill take placewithout doubt.

qTFfi$t q|gs'ftqlrq I ndq'sifrrfrt qltr Rnq q filf $dttqqatnqrftiinurqrtsdgt u qRtl

Sloha 62. Subtractthe figures for Srturn from thoceof crPq (Mandi) and find out the Rasi and its Navamsaindicated by the difference. When Saturn arrivesat a triangular position from thic Navamsa of the Rasi thus found, deathwill takc place. The came cvent will also happen when Saturnarrivesat the parti, cular fwt (Drekkana) of the particular Raoi indiby of Gated the aggregate the figurer of tbe live (ww) Upagrahao reckoned from qr (Dbuma),(uideAdhyaya II-Si.6).

81.63

Erdfsr|t:
Nores.

218

(The five Upagrahas reckoned from q$ (ohuma) are (l) TIr (Ardhaprahara), (l) rtqsoa'fi (Yamakantaka)' (Dhuma), tzl "q|r{( and (5) qrF( (Mandi). For finding their posi' (+) *rrne (foaanaal tions, seo notes on sloka 57 above and II-6 ttp'a (page 47)' The figure for rft4 (Mandi) is l0- 2o-+7'-5+n. ,. t Sobtracting Saturn'o-27o-'5s'-41' 3' which means we get 9-4o-52'-1 Makara) Rasi and (Kumbha) Navamsa. Whcn Saturn pdsses through a Rasi trine to Makara and a Navamsa trine to Kumbha' death may ba predicted.

Stroka63. Ascertain the Navamea,the Dwada' ramcaand the Drekkana indicated by the figuresfor Saturnat lvlandi When Jupiter arrivesat the Navamoa, and the DwadasamEa the Sunat a triangutarEignfrom is and in question, the rising Navamsa that the Drekkana Lagoa, of denotedby the aggregate the figureefor the the Moon and Mandi, deathwill take place.
Nores. that is, ho is in Tula Ni'' Mandi is in lO-2-+7-54; vamsa Kumbha Dwadasamsa and Kumbha Drekkana' According in a to this sloka, death may be expected when Jupiter arrives Navamsa trine to Tula; when Saturn arrivcs in a Dwadasamsa trinc fo Kumbha and the Sun in a Drekkana trine to Kumbha'

qftErWARdr{ffisqtQ sqgrc{t{sfttFnqq* | iqrq*Fnrqfm q Erg. er( fugqrP<ggtli{tRiEn ll Ql,tt

But c/- crcrlt nmqrfi qr{ln rrilfi{Tr fieqcfllnft rr* $Fcqtr|Ffrs r ci adrRrilql;} r qgrcrd gt: Trq?gtq ""ftflcr&ilqa ffiflq{ {nfr- [ Trjt[fq{rqF qrfttrtl|r

It

274

dnflim

Adb.v

Mqrgafrwid

64, Find out the Rasi .nd it, N"r.r.u indicated the sum total of the figuree for the Lagna by a.ndwrft (Mandi). This R.,i and its Nurrrmr", f.y the Agtrologerc,will give the clue to the parricular monthand the portion thereof in a year in which a proon's deathmay be expectedto happen (i.e.,when ; the sun arrivesar this particularRasi and the paiticular Navamsathereof the person will die). The Moon at the time of the decease will occupy rhe Ragiindicated by the total of the figuree Mandi and the Moon encl for ; the.rising sign will be that denoted the totar of the by figures the Lagna,Mandi and the Moon. for
Fitst hat f. (t) c{rcFi But see.r* lo""ttt;rrowing quotations I

frqturqd gRi{Ttil uriffi<q}rrq Sloka

frqtqql* xTffi ilG{r!|

rl u EB

(2) qgsmq-qii: rrqrrftmTr*+.}urqrftq{ artrr: e ig qq*;rRnlsetqrqarrinst (aerrm{fi) diqfurt r afirrtsasiqnrftre?rt as fti)ils (rQ)wr qil BggnFd qqqqrr: eii rRqqft il
r,f. *o*rfr-

qsfinrf*i rrRrcrsesft cfrsft | q-,{dntP*orarq rrr*t cr frftq

,., I.alict half.

ftqilqft qfut i gfussrrrRS rr

qqffieqrn q* r'hrf*dftqq, r A*Hcrri nF+ trErsign<qr tl rkiimif& sr ftHt wroilunq I trtQnftorrtsl itrq sFqq<T tf irr qtcrtrnrFri cr ftg qfi.: r ffito

'

81.66-6?

gttrrqtr{r

215

sqdfrrrntqruat qttr ll q\ ll fl\


Sloka 63. Multiply by 9 the figuree for crFq (Mandi) and Saturn. AdJ the two productsand find out the particularRasi and its Navam:awhich the.total indrcates. When Saturnpas$es throughthis, deathwill happen.

gPdf, t f{qd q gFr.{rq{dqqr

qgn{Ir;triutst*trEi Trh r
inJicated Sloha66. Find out the sign of the zodiac by the sum total of the figuresfor the lords of the 6th, the 12th and the 3th bhavas. When Saturn is in thic or house in a triangularsign from it, death has to be apprehended. cl. vra*rt{r fgitear.rm t?ci orn fltcgFtr *rg wat <r t tguirrrareirflffuirqi rrrgb rrtaq{urqtl rr$r

ilq|t*rsrJqtiilsft qt $g{q ilrrq. ll qq ll

dli a;EatfrftiirgFriq-{ q qrR$i tirat grtssRft{strqriqctffi( t


Glrffiil$eqq{d

qlt qiqd TEr {urtfrdorrnail rrQg qR qtq

ffitd.rt

Sloha 67. Add nine times the figures for Saturn and flFc tMandi) to nine times the figuresfor Jupiter; repeatthis processagain.Adding the two eetsof figuree relatingto Saturn, Mrndi and Jupiter, find out the Rasi and its Navamsaindicatedby the total obtained.When Jupiter progreosingthrough itc orbit arrives at the particularRasi and its Navamsa abovefound,the percon concerned will havehis exit froo the world.

216

ftirrwftnr

Adh.v

qrg$) i{{t ft,i q qrlq


qtfiEgrr ar*r adq gnql(

$il m{ufurfusftqq,t
qigsrils Qell 11 enfuqtmntqFl

, Slolrr 68. Add nine times the figures for Saturn and crFq (Mandi) to nine times the figures for the Su_n. To ihis sumadd againnine times the figures for efiq (Mandi) joined to nine times the figurea for the Sun. throughthe particularRasi and When the Sun passes the by ,thq parilcularNavamraindicated the grand'total, concerneJ will takeolace. of demise the person

'" gtttgi6;tq{tru[i'q{rrsq*clt fl{ffilq{lf,ts I

ofionltll cbRtqrfuqit {ilodqEfte

rr11 ll

S:oka 69. Add together the number of yeart, months,etc.constitutingthe Dasaperiod of the planeta or with the lord of tlre Sch the lst bhava in conjunction will and divide the sum total by 12,. The remainder say, the death astrologers indicatethe month in which, will take place, of the personconcerned

qqtt* nqudgFrt qrFq g

rd q a;n<mgmqrtqtt.

5r s{t{ailffist wri

qq qirrN{tT{{fr*WH(s ll so ll

Slokt 70, Add nine times the figuresfor Saturn *rfio (Mandi) to nine times the figures for thc "nd Moon. To this total add again nine timeathe figuree for qrFq(Marrdi) jcined to nine times the figures for (Rasi,)and qdrt (Na' the Moon. Find the particularrrRr

$ When the Moon by vrmsr) inCicated th: graod tolal' thus (Rtsi) and aatlt (Nrvamsa) p..r.rittt"u3h t'r: rrr?r willtake place' concern':d iouoa,th':d:ath of the person

.
'irr
lrtt

silirG qffiqf,ft5aqqmGftqlqE{It {{aqt I

Rt eftqrng$aqlqe
C

day' Sloku 7I. If the birth of a personbe during : time, his exit from the wJrid is to bc thus determinecl Addthe figures for the Eunand Srturn; and find out th: asterismawe (Nakshrtra)and th: portion thereof qar'"{tt of (Mah;rdasa) this indicatedby this total In the asterismlziide Adhyaya 18, sloka !, inf rn)' find out portion of to *nirr, p.iiod corresponds the parricular personcon' the etaialready found. The death of the cernedwill occurat this point of time' If the birth be durin! night, add the figuresfor the asleforetheprrticularperiod Moon andRrhu ; ascertai; to corresponding th: portion of the of the Mahadasa by indicated the total' This will givethe time asterism ftqlof(Nir.v^anat. of
Norss. rlf (Garga) gives another clue for The following sloka from (Nirvane) of any person' ascertaining the ffi

ll t* qqtsiilgfiltlil;ITI(ll el

nr rrfutfu*r\asqhffi rrh{Tir r RiQt rTrui stilrt Rt (i{1 qrri <{<t l'

ffigitl
uflKil{irriffiii (iltt$rwt d: r cqtHqq iiqlir qqttiftRilqs ll el ll

lrilrrlftq1t

Adh,v.

Ceusnor,e PgnscN's EXI,rFRoM rnn Wonr,o. Sloka 7L, The 22nd Drekkana from the quiarq (Lagnadrekkana)is the cause deach. An astrologer of thoroughlyacquaintedwith the apprication rhe p.in, of ciplecof his scienceshould i'dicate tha exit fron the world (fidur-Niryanr) of th: p3r$on concerned in reference th? lord of the Zznd Drekkana afcresaid. ro (aide Adhyaya5,A Sl. 11).
NorBs. cJ, Also grcn$t

uq,rr{6fi{riRawfuroir rraih +rrh qeit: I qr fiefsr r(qlq, s,gtr,r| asrrffitqir wrqurtrt: slrrT{rqiei e}Z.gq r Asi{rq qqinR{aulirRi'tr<icftii fi ll

{ Also qotfqmt

r '

Viile aks Adhyayt V- A. Sloka ll infra. For the condition as to when this sloka has to be applied, see latter half of sloka 75 inl t o,

irorr{ ftBfil^tqE**g frh .tr ftr I {nirt {g} trtor Eieq}ffif,rEhtr


{qi+{ ffir{fi Uq{qndtqrtg} ekwq tt \egtl
S/ofta 71. If a strong benefic plaoet occupies the ?th house from the Navamsa where.crflq (Mandi) is at a person's birth, that person'$ death is sure to cone about l,appily. But if M rs be in such a position, the death will be in battle. If Saturn should occupy the sameposition th: death would be infricted by thieves, demons, srrakesand other reptiles. 'If the Sun or the waning Moon hold the aboveposition, the death would

iqr ffqlt qq{t{sqft qrttsettqrc*

gI. 84

flrilsrqre;

219
t

an aquaticbeing. c/ cactfr qr.qt6?qEtfl iirct6{nr drrqt, gqiglrqr: qnr? rrarrg g{taErrftte* <rffci; t qftort efui gfir rfrrRgarqaltn* aear qA' Rq(c{rirq tl {: qqrri{r{rtctol'i

eqrgfiqrqRr fiTtisi iroEilI {;d tqa * a o oqr(sqflqt ng.ft irla<t'&&r &atir q qqfut\qqqit{nftii t qft lt eB tl
3 qilE?qqowqlffi qQlqr-6ttqnq I

the Sloka 74, When a strongplanet aspects 8th of bhava deathresultsas rhe effectof the inflammation to the humour belonging that planet' If the aspecting by planetbe the sun, it wilt be due to an ailmentcaueed by caused water; r butn; if the Moon, from a disease if Mars,from a disorderarisingfrom a hurt inflicted by a weapon; if Mercury, from fever ; it Jupiter, frcn affection; if Venus, from famine; lastly if phlegmatic planet;the deathwill arisefrom S"tutn be the aspecting thirst. If the lord of the 8th bhava occupy the Lagna, leadingto deathwill be locatedin that part the disease of the bcdy of the $Iogor Kalapurushawhich the sign the conEtituting 8th bhavarepresents. If the 8th bhava be a moveablesign, de;rth wiil happen in a foreign country; if a fixed sign,it will takeplacein the peroon'r nativeplace; if a dual sign,it will occur on a road'
Norps Fbsl quattc''. t/. sn6d

{t regd Rsri qwft qqrqfuq} utg:t argasgdt r1ftffufu{Icrt(: qrq il

280

|tdtcnill

Adh.v

For the humours of the several planets, see slokas53-59of Adbyaya,II. I SuPrc.
Stcoqil qaatlct. cl- q{d

ftnErcgdrftrr&iffi

qgtft mtE r,qrqr


Gr gt1q1 qqr n I rr

T{cdt snird:rF{qnFi}sr{tri

For lhorl,olc iloha, 4 Wrm'< frqlfta: c{cR qqd q<qrqinFqfurcrrFt rgffirnq iqrfiiFrF!{als rtr* afo1rfi

tiq gamatqrgsansrcgss* t dffiAn""ifisd q& qrt cr?qqs aqRqt<rQct1 s le{# r A;qrl5i s

Egifr lls\ tr Efrururiqfufr iq ct?qrqcrffqr


the 8th bhava Sloha75. If the oign representiog be an uncccupiedhousebut aspectedby the $un and deathwill be broughtaboutby the influ' other planets, ptanets. planete If enceof the ctrongest the aspecting of of do not aspect occupyit, they will be the authorc but death. If neitherof these conditiongexist,the person will comeby hie deathtbroughthe lord of the Drekkana repreeenting 8th bhava(i.e. the 22nd Drekkana). the

(;qil{l qfb}rGsdqtlR hqtir I Ugrrrrt

qrdtr(tqqaffiffiftsqtil t

g{nqrt tr riitgqqagts{iftonidqlreta $guqqTR


the Slchn 76. If the house representing 8th bhava be occupied a maleficplanet, the personborn m'etl by due with very lamentable death either by"a dieease to of the planetsor by the ir flammatiqr of the humours who are the vile ins, the hurt inflitted by cruel percone trumentsand agents cf the malign planeto. But if ttre 8th bhavabe occupiedby a benefic planet, the peroon wilf die happily. C/. Slokar73 and 74 stfra,

sl. 77-79

qsftsqlqr

281

tffi Gurqi qfuE$rARq|stt

qt qq.& qrt ftuqti qqEqh ll \eell

birth Mars occupyLibra Sloha17. If at a person's and the Sun Taurus and the lvloon a sign owned by death may predict sucha p'3rson's Saturn, astrologer the in the midstof fecesand filth. (c/, Adhypva5 A.-Sl. 8)'
NorBs 'n This sloka appears sttr{di (Saravali). But the readingof qrti( ftqt quarter is difierent,ur:z.r5qS the second

the Sloha78. If the waning Mpon occupying 8th deathwill take by bhavabe aspected Saturnin etrength, of by placethrough the agonycaused a disease the anus of or the eye, or through an operationby meano an inEtrument.

qftarqrfr{r dh=Et e} {isrnP{tI trq gilqe{qtsqt Egr {qE-eI tted ll m

oqrFsrfHqMnnfiftqrstI t
q1g:q1ffi6{

{q$qrf(?tr{ ril ll sq ll

Sloka 79, If the Sun,Mars, Saturnand the Moon occupythe 8th bhavaor a triangularposition from the Lagna,the death of the personwill take place from the effectsof a strong mountainstorm' the fall of a thunder' .bolt,a wall and the like.
Norr,s. A slightly different reading is given in t(tEdlluis'

sfu{r sia e! Shdr.<;rrtrs'$i qg: I gcrr6fr<<ar iirlaqrrgqEir rreR tr vrqrFanlififi g r;mrf*frtrroi: t gg: tlr=bon*a Ere$arGqrac:ll
lf' See alsa Adhltya V.A, doho l0rinfrc.

36

282

qrtrcTftqre

Adh.v.

ll
'.! iI'J

qrQ riiqrwfr q{wqrrrtgti rq +F(i\rfrtiqaarqsi{qi-fr t


cf KrisirnFrqqt ikiiqrcdrwq
wriifitgqqtff'qi (tit lt zo il ' lri

S/ofta80. If, at a person'sbirth, Mars and the Sun occupy housesownedby eachother and are in Kendra positionswith respect the planet that is the to personwill at his latterend lcrd of the 8th bhava, the incur the displeasure the sovereignand sufferdeath of by beingimpaledat the strkeor by someotherinstru,
ment of execution.
NOffS.
li L$

iri.i"r ii

he following is the readingof the slolia as given in qJA(K

"

irqrdi\ qi{crtccrrrrfrdr bh:qer tauatagt q *i{ r qgrfurgq{r'ifrqq s}ft il flqrTansci{ fler?dcro*crq

grgfrgtlt q qft | ** oIIIEI}r


smar i1qt{rffIliEgiltggigs

q;t e* iirst frEtssq

. {Aq qr friir iiflEak{ {r qq tt cl p1

SloAa81. When the Moon is in the Lagna and the Sun is wilhout strength the 8th bhavaandJupiter in occupies l?th bhava,and a malefic planetis in the the 4th bhava, the personborn will die by fallingfrom his couch,or beingassassinated night by a low out,cast. at
NorBs The following is the reading in adopted e'ltfFR.

s& {r{ir frn* Rc*eqrt orcraA g<<utEftq crcQA I aKRT E<rdqcgat{*g: niq sr frRr ftqrqsez?r trnr tl

!jl. g2'95

cgfr$crc:

'bBl

I olh ftqrt{& qt qB{tsrHI

q;gtrt q{fd$ ll uR ll q Q[Arqn q(dr

Sloka 82. When the lord of the Lagna occupies by ftom the Lrgna or is eclipsed tire the 6{th Navamsa 6th bhava,the deathof the per$oncon$un or is in the cernedwill be by famine on the brre ground with no relationby his side.

lthqrqtiltt tit flttrvq tt G En itq {(til ilGiltf


Sl,ftc 83. If, at a person's birth, the lords of the 8th and th: lst bhrva be bcth weak and Mars be in cohjunction with the lord of the 6th bhava, he will die, in cay th: astrologers, brtcle, and thrt toc by a blow irrflicted by a weapon. ..;,i 1./ Norns in qti(Paaa) as The second read; (t* qasEeirJgtn't ssi'iiqtfl{i?r'

qbr I wrgitoari\qd trfr quqgTsh{str

qrrfiq\Efit tqfrqr\ , uir{t ErefiIIEg+ ut qftEi qq;Ii{irtriinrqrf}qt qtorel*ur\ ucu EI


Stoka 84. When the lord of the Lagnais in con' junctionwith thrt of th:4th bhava w:ll as of the 2nd as bhava,deathwill result from indigestion. When the lord of the 7th bhavais in conjunctionwitli the lords of the Znd and the 4th, death will resultfrom the same cause.
. r Nores. *dJ,.' qsiqiq;ilq& for 'iltal*t in' qfq' iiqt is the readingadoptedin ft-qr{tr iu the latter half of this slol<a'

Rnt{r EI frrRrdlq ilr qig&\qsPd{ofir ll d\ ll

qr t U{d{fr qqgeagd grunnfr Fnqqda

284

qnswa.ni

Adh.v

" from the Lagnais in conjunction wirh Srturn or occu, g:{{Irl.Dusthana (i.a. the 6th, th: Sth or the l2th ,pies a bhava),the person concerned will die by swallowing poison. When the lord of the I rltb Navamsafrom the Lagna is in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, death will be by hanging. This slokareads thus ,"*llii.**rq UftagQ'iurgghr gd g:qqrqriiqr ftqrrqrtq t nguxqr{i eiia'r q grenl1e;rr{Rq git aqFa ll

f{mqqtsrr?qt ftnruq *irmRq.(Fqiriil I gt q greiiirqqnrTqruRr rr ftqqRqh di\ {RrT* dq


Slofu 86. There will bea troubledueto demonia, cal possession danger from fire or water when the or waning Moon. in conjunction with ,Mars, Rahu or Saturnoccupies 8th bhava, If the Moon underthe the conditionsstated aboveoccupies otherbadposition, any dearhwill follow from a fearfulepilepticfit.
Noms Vidc atso Ailhyayt XIV, stoha (tatter hatf) infua, 62

q;braffimh St il qo{ftft | qE tit qrqdt* ntirqFit qtq rrde tl

slofro 87. when the sun or Mars without strength occupies 8th bhava, the and maiefic planets,re in ih" 2nd, the astrologershouldpredictdeath from a bitious complaint.

qottRFrfr qteqtttqEr r q* gfr

qrqqtur rntrn;qft {t( lt cc tl @

81. 88-92

qgfrstqrq;

il

'

Slo&a88. If the Moon or Jupiter occupying a watery sign be also in the 8th bhavaand aspected A by astrologermay predict deathfroq maleiicplanet, the consumption.

qsqtqnrlgt qrqqafttti*rt t

rtarn ndrqr( FqTeTsfi $ {t( n dq tt


S/ofta 89. When Venus occupiesthe 8th bharn and is aspected a maleficplanet,the astrologercan by predictdeathfrom rheumatism, consumption, diabetes. or

q{rnqqt ft*} qrqqtitiifR t

qr ftirn.{rt iiarqG{{ttur Et( n 3o tl

Sktha 90. When Mercury oecupies Leo and ic planet, astiologer shouldascer, the by aspected a rnalefic tain tbat death is to result from a disorder of the three humours; or he may declarethat it will be broughton by fever.

qf{rqr;Eft&h qt tl il fq6sTq.urirrrrn
Sloka 9L, When Rahu is in the 8th bhava and by a malefic planet, death will occur from a aspected such as a boil, or from an injury disease heat,generatcd inflicted by a snake.

t eq6q1 n* qmqrfittfkt

Sloka 92. When Rahu is in the 8th bhava and aopected a malefic planet, death will happenfrom an by attack of smallpox and such ocher affliccion ot from a fall brought on by biliousness.

'

'{trrrfiri rr* qrqftftqtftt t qqirsrRtqurftq*{Fgfr aiq tt qRll

t86
u

qrdrcrRqa

Adh"v

"ergt{{Eqcfunrftc{rq{rg:" {flt cdrrt: q,vqfrftorcrq,.

qil {+r qlsqgt a3lt fiFs'fl qrffi qrr "fr ql qrgr<*ruu qq.tqgftse
stRtrilr*qft silit!n

tl

S/ola 93. When Saturnis in the 9th bhava and Jupiterin the 3rd, or when the two planeto occupythe 8th and the llth bhavas,therewill be an amputation of the hand. If Rahu,Saturnand Mercury occupythe 10th

theperson *il*:e O"r" fhava,


i, Ir '

a slit in thehand,

The versereadsthus in ssirihtmqtQ

qii qrir ar egir Wii sftaist frqn cqt st t ftq} wi aqi,eae er g;ia gn qft <r qfri r q*fuft'raqR rrgrtEdrrqr:'rq.eblgqi5lard: I

g*tr t tr( t;qir\ q{ rr* qrqfunqgkt


Eqrtqsq{qfFqi {r i{EAd ft6td

+qttil ll qB ll

S/oAa94. If the Sun being the lord of the 8th bhavais aspe:tedby Venus, or Saturnin conjunction a with Rahuoccupies malefic6tth portion of a sign euch predict decapitation the of assr (Krura),tlre astrologers

'i

,; t

p"'iooconcerned' ,r,"'il;.

''}; g1

This sloka is also in Tsrti?'mqfi. The eadingof ihe frrst oiz. half is slightly difterent,

ghqe! iEsqr&qrt ei( tttr er sFrrr*g* |

qtt {il* qErntrgfr iti}sqwq qtr nt{ tl q\ tl


Slota 95. When Saturnis in the rising sign and Rahu in the 7th bhava,Venus occupiesVirgo and the waning \tloon is in the ?th bhava,the personwill suffer the amputationof hand and foot.

llrftqqd q t q{ ffi q& qrr* s-qrPat

''gI.
#

96,99
i t !

qqtfr${rq:
v w v w w w v v vvvvvvvvvvvvvv!v!vvvw t Y vvvvvY r

tr28?
. ,;, ,h ' 'ri n"ln

,Jl',,r ' n{ttq-.f,rqi}r reads {qI*}

'f

Notns for *qf}qi.

uqg$t qR qrilit qqiFqtuourffi g t q!ft{q-ffqq{gidilfi qEriil+ffrtEq.u qq tl


Sloho 96. When the rising eign or its Navamsa is owned by Mars and occupied by the Sun,and the waning Moon in conjunction with Rahu and Mercury Leo, the personconcernedwill have his belly occupies ripped. Norrs
The latter half of the Sloka readsthus in eiliitr.ilqfi

wfFqa;4rtactgFs*rlrqrrtrq.lq((s tE: r

qr*& ifi.qetnftfii qqf*g* qR uqqi t


ffimtqqrsr {htr ilitat KI{ttEIIt tt 3rgll
Slcha 97. When Saturnin the rising sign is with' and out benefic aEpect the waning Moon is in conjunc' Rahu and the Sun, the person born, say tion with Parasara and other authorities, will suffer a wound by a weaponin the upperregion frorn the navel.

qqffiqr$tgk aq gtratqtq,tt 1c tl
SIofro 98. When the Moon in the 6th, the 8th or by the 12th bhava is aspected the lord of the rieing eign with Saturn, Mandi and Rahu, and ic in conjunction the person born will die an rrnnatunl death.

q;i qgrErr"qt oaarQq t Etftft

f$qU qtt Re,ilfr Si qgt q q frsqsh I ffi ftw-{r\G g sb frqw: {oftqrad} lt qq il Er

t zgg

rffiqrffi

Adh.v

Sloha99. When the Sun is in the 10th bhava, pla, Mars in the 4th not in conjunction with a l''enefic death will net andwhenMercury is in the rising sign, be in{lictedby the horns of an ox or cow or by the fall of a dart or spear.

nq-{tq EdrqgssQtr dht'


qq?aqaqrti vrq {srTrirr;gftl t

qrftrfr (g|IAq-gt qrgg}


D

{..i

qsqwtretiqR q lirt u {oo 11

n'

by Sloka 100. Wlren beneficplanetsaspected mala' fic ones occupy the tilth, the 4th, the 1st or the 8th bhava,the death of the personconcernedwill be due to the fall of a spear. When the Mocn is in the rising rign, Saturnin the 4th bhavaand Mars in thg 10th death will result from the bad effectsof a fracas.

od qhffir awfiTli:* qfriaft vtq to{irqqqrgi?r I

fautn*s-i afr iEt{ErPdi


qM\erqR rf<tqGqq ll tol ll
Sloha10I. When the Sunis in the risingsignand by the Moon in Virgo aspected a malefic plenet, the concerned will resultfrom risk in a deathof the person quarrel from water. If the Sun and the Moon be in or and other planetsoccupy a dual sign being Lagna the from by aspected malefic planets,death will be caused animalfound in largemaEE' the fangof a hornedaquatic and rivers' esof water euchas lakes

'sl, 102'103
'* "1, *<rgn

vtntsrqfrt
NorEs

2@:

Vide also Y, A,.4infua,


li

*fl,q.ss.rfi frffig vngqr* r greer rrurfr'+iri eoqsifiat ryrqll


ill

gftfiPfiqorrr( qmffirwTTil {qqil-{Tfld qrqt+drlt {T r UqqfrrrsqrirFqffi qfTtrfir

cr;TiftTqrrgrilTtgg6oq+{ loQ 11 1
Sloha 102. When the gth or the 5th Rasi from that in which the Moon is, is either occupiedor &spctr ed by a malefic planet and whetr the Drekkanaol rhe 8th bhava (i.e, the eend from the rising Drekkana happens be w.hrt ie teroed s* ($arpa), to firrs (Nigada) or cnr (pasa),(uide sloka 56, supra), the astrologer may predictsuicideby hanging.

ffi

qlt gt{ R"st qRqrq(&

qfrsi* q qqdwfiuh RTq I

{fut qit qrqgd

q'tsst dtfr qrqRhwq{ n toQu

Sloka 103. When Pisces is the rieirrg sign, when th: Sunand the Mooo occupy it in conjunctionwith a maleficplaaet and when the Bch bhavais algo occupied by a malefic planet, death will be brought oh by a urietresr. When Mars is in the 4th bhava or the Sun in the ?th and when Saturnand the Moon occupythe 8th bhava,deathwill be caused food of a specialkind, by

q't qi gqqt uiirff Frqr+ qTilfrt qqrrtqgRrtlt t


8?

890

rllwrnltl

Adh. v

q=gffisEfrgt mn* q*
qr* Tqqu.rt g qsnrqr.ffir( I og 11 n
Sloka 104, When Saturn is in the 2nd bhava, th" Moon in the 4th and Mars in she 10th, the person concerned dies from the effe:ts of a wound. When Mars is in the 4th bhava, the Moon in the Znd and the Sun in the 10th,deathwill be caused from the elfectsof riding on an elephant a horse. or

,uuftrri ffiffi {rrrR ,Trilgt{ ftUil{r&ta tsgsI qTqtdwnsqqft qt.ft

, i',:ffi
i,v,; il 'llr".!t , '' $'l ,r

octuil tqogt ffi q|qdn( ltt o\ tt


Slolc 105. When Saturn is in the 8th bhavaand Moo in the 10th without- strength and the Sun in the the 4tb, deathwill happenfrom the effectsof a blow by a pieceof timber falling unobserved. When the lord of the rising sign associated with Ketu is in the midrt of two uraleficplanets, and the 8th bhava is occupied by an unpropitious planet, death will be causedby a mother'ewrath. .Tr

gKqE*tftAffiqfulsE r noqn{il
rh* Tcatt il*SdarflTq Tft T$il r' loQrr
planets Slo&a 106. When inauspicious occupythe or 4th and the 10th bhavas Trikona positions,and when the lord of the 8th bhava being iu conjunctionwith cay Mars occupiesthe rising aign, astrologers that thc will commit suicideby hanging. concerned D?rron

sl.107-109
'

6f13ufrrr
NoTns 'i$ l.!

rA91

c/.frcsrc r' - qaerqft &st I rlq's&r ert*.rrqFeroft ll srtqrlrin-<*rt rtAa vgh

'b'"$v'irr i)ii-ri'r' wi dr gt q't {;qtt gftiig+ ,

Shka L07. When the Sun ig in th: Lagna, Saturn in the 5th bhava,the Moon in the 8th and Mars in the from the fall of a uree ftb, deathhasto be apprehended or thunderbolt.
NorBs

nTi

ar

qfrqt wqil Eil{ttiqqtlfrr 11 ou ll I |

c/. tramt q#qls+nf{ gat r=hf}'ii si rrn)rI : , ftfd*trtqs ll Earrnirs;acfr,itt$tfurq

,, i

qr\6{r{H-grn?ftuig iIRIdIIt}{rrili I {ltr

qq qqrFsffitnuiit .it qrqmmrt ilTdrqr1Pd: ll


'\l/hen the l0th and the 4th bhavasaf,e Sloka 1C8. occupiedby maleficplanetsand the waning Moon is in the 6th or the 8th bhava from the Lagna, death will happen at the time ol pilgrimage to a shrineby the of machination an enemY.

qr{r.s,il {riltT{gilrltfril{|Tkwfi q(tlrts I


gffiqtqn{qQd ffis{ft lH

iI qrdsll toi ll

Sloha 1C9.When Saturn and Mars occupy respec' tively the Lst and the 12th bhavas, the Sun,the Moon and Mercury arein the ?th, the lerson born will meet his end in a templegardenio.a'foreignland.
NorBs efiect the following yoga is quoted in t(tqR For the sq,me

292

.r!|rfrrl
qrnc r;ft furrirareq*
\ \ a\

Adh v:
grroirerl rr

qrqgfsstt or'{rst Rrqirqqrh*-qt {Tr & g* gCr,tMfi ggr n tto rr u,+,{i rq+sn
Sloka 110. When a malefic planetoccupies gth the bhavaand the lord thereofoccupies l2th or a Kendra the and the lord of the rising sign is deficient in strength, deathis saidto resultfrom the evii effects pursuinga of wickedcourse life. of

i Sqrft{*rrft rnrr}qftit'ftqrqr+rTr-rrrt I ffqrrJt{r fi-gftqqri qtqtr{qrrqqfirttt fl gRi u

Stohalll When the Moon occupyinga sign be, longingto Marr or Saturn is aspectedby a .rt"ti. planetand is between two malefic ptanets, death will arige from expo&lreto fire arn!. The sameevent may happenalsowhen the Moon occupies 4th bhavain the sign Virgo and the other conditions hold good as in the the previo$ cele.
Yide N* c/. ir<rtsr< NorBs A, Shha3, infta, Adhyaia V.

trcrffis.* $vqcwr1 a itagtrl qcqrqi Rr.rl sr qdF@ici n

qR Aqqeffi{Iqst fiqgt

r$frRrtg*utt srslt

Rqfufhqqqtqht ilar$gr i

q${:rffi q}R lmrilrn tt? rr

Slofto,t!2, It ir per$od bstn io flccRr ryfiha. be

sL lls

qrirsqr:

WB

f ic when the 8th rnc (bhava), s occupiedby malef ghatika) by hir planets, deathwill be caused poieonor fire,arms with the lord of the risingsignis in conjunction When cweral planetswhereofone is the lord of the 8th HE, (bhava) the death of the person concerned wiil be with tlre deathof a largenumber. simultaneous
NorBs For f{qqtn 6./. S{dqnfi'e

qgr{ 1o f*a 18 Mq 1o *I q5il 8o eryqoglt8


,rr* .qLn q;Sal i, t

f6n 1o Gn 1o Gr: 11 qilrT1o iR 1" T& q( firfqat

lt fhfr: 1. I qq ut {s * t, {rr lo 'nnqr (F{m! fr{r-RBqr tB 1o lII to Rr) l.

'n

Fi{ t( E tt frq ls t+M+ {o ftqrr*,if$sFqildf


ftqq.tt
aQlqqrfr'qitrgeil: ileqr qB?t

Fqgt: fle: erqrs'dq6uqra{r: F*'i!trtn.I


AlsosreTr6it6lcl. 30 qflqqlqsrqrg aiig1qe*frg t Srqwifuqrg qr* cisfid* ftrr1,t qni Rt gqrct ttq* tJtmlirq I qat g qrrtrct ilfttft qqtqter. I ./. *trtrt

fiqiar\ fiqi* {rgt nfaiqrd\q tt qft q rgqagi+ (-lt r;q\sr Fgt I l$ " i qgq-dq$ fiqi cTrf,s mU firaq lqrd ti

qrn] fiqqft*rqi frqi $ffvrffiit

294

rRrfqfu{ft

Adb.v.

qig ilq qE?i\h rr *Rqr g?rgwm t tl tl

ot{qfit{rqdirtrtrs*rqt r t

S/oFa. 113. .Some eminentsagesversed in astro, deathwill be caused diseare by. logy eaythat a person's from the inflammationof the humoursof the ariaing occupiedby the lord of the rign to which the Navamsa rising signbelongs.

il,",i effir{qt g Uq1T{ilqcE11qg+ , A ,

"! u;qFliqailF{g{qfrtqtilq ftq llt tulf utt


I Sluko.114. When the Navamsaoccupiedby the deathig saidto to lord of the Lagnabelongs hq (Mesha), ailments' by be brought'on a burningfeveror othersuch If the N".r"tt. in questionbe owned bygsu(Vrishabha), deathis produced by an aggravationof asthma aod ;;il U fua (Mithuna) be the owner of the Navamsa, deathwill be due to headache.If the Navamsabelongs io * (Kataka),rheumatisn and insanity will leadto death ; if to fta (Sinha), virulent tumors will break out ending in death. If the Navamsa is ownedby arising Kanya (*ar), death will be due to diseases juice and the from a mrbid condition of the gastric privities.

Erer;qr+T?: ftt fuwn'nft: udrwql

dtorErsfrqn{dilPfr iqn br\ rEto\rr

, I i ii i

q*M:dffirt'{ft t desffittrs06qrnGqrsmtr .\

ffiqltaffi gq 6lrq{T6'{rtrFfr lnlirel r;rretqqil xqRtnoft EgxElllt l\ll

$1. 115

sdrsrr:

,93
"

or of (gv0, the cause deathwill be grief, a quadrrrped i".r.t. If er* (Vrischika)be the owner of the Navamsa, or by deathwill be occasioned a stone a weaponor other belongsto tlgq (Dhanus), cuch missile. If the Navamsa gout cf a virulent kind will produce death. If it be c+r (Makara) that owns the Navamsa,the end will come such from a beastof prey sucha$a tiger or from a disease belongst9 $tr (Kumbha), ascolic. When suchNavamsa a deathwill be inftictedlby tiger or a woman.And lastly be if the Navamsain question a {traaia (Meenani,vamsa) 'the causeof death. T'he water or dysenterywill be placeof deathwilt be the haunt of thelign (aitie Adh' )raya1. Sl. 10'L2)to which the r;lrtqin (Randhranavamsa) be' from the orlrqit (Lagnanavamsa) (-6{th Navamsa 12). .!, tongr. (SeeAdhyaya5. A. Sloft,r.
Notes previoustwo slokas, c/.rt-k{R. For this and the , 1.,

fiIqglT{rt:qrnqeiilm{ fiqlfrqrq I iqit i\ q1F{Fqqailfhfirur1a: I

qr u ftqittq qqitrfrTd{rtirftfqqfuqfrn " '


+{ qtq g* e} qI n-flIn'}h ll

'tst wqi,fr ffis1g{aeqr$*: I ar


qtfAt qrgsii qeg+ dcwnqJ\q 11 figt ftgqi{ qr affiqrfl)Eqq {Vrar r r

q;qft wqt'-iqnFflerqilqntersR,,s u

il ftt efratwfiqfu"qia aqfr r


qsttf*gadaQqqtf,ilaq fiF{nqtqll

qF cc{h q1 qfifi\ot Fqt sw' I

,t'

ag6

nmftwt

Ad&" V

Rq{reqqso}arvit qlqflgfiq&: tt qft qt,{t il P{trilafigfkirqqr;TcgrI

qqflfrqrdqtiftq rne$alrr Err*r I t&trr:ii qit qrugqwii'rttlfitrrfi:

,i\

q rngt -qHrA' sqlilqt {iit(: ll t st strtft qrqrqtqrq{egnarfr, qrnqwftsi*qrq(4 sqrfae{ ll ,. "l** ffi ftqii qr qq6ii uer-amlr t q*qt qqq"aqow{r;tq{if&il rg: tl

qft urqftsG ftfrqogilrmll

qft Rqqsgh ffio} te;tt{ t

s[mfiqtft{s n t qqil Rfr uRgqqrit


Slola. 116..Whenthe time of birth is duringthe day and the riaing sign is a Raci strong at night or when the time oI birth ie during night and the rising cign ic a Ragi ctrong during the day, the person con' cernedwill meet his deeth in that direction which in to belongs the planetpredominant potitional rtrength thosethat are in conjunction among (Stthanabala) erFrrt by the lord of the riring Navamsa' with or.aspected

qrttiaguft6qfrgfrret I Otfuq(t{Ktltr ffi Fqft fi(rqq(ft mgt'retfr tffi qft qrft {tqffitiftqEgt! rqq llf lvll
LL7, Sloka. Find out the rioing period of the portion of the Lagnabelow the horiton at the time of

q{iirtd( trlffimmqizsr fr,ar

sltll8

rrilrqqr

297

prior to death birth. The duration of unconsciousne$s will be measuredby this period. If the rising Navansa be aepected its lord, and that a malefic planet, the bv will be twlee that giverr period of unconsciousness above. If that lord be a benefic one, the duration o[ witl be three times the original p:riod' unconsciousness According as the principal Drekkana concerned, vii. the 22nd from the orqlara (L:gna Drekkana) is a :n(, (Krura.) watery, ben,:fic,or mixed, (uiJt Adhyaya 9, Slokas lLZ -115) the body suffcrs extiuction by fire, by water, by or absorption with the elemetrts, by being eaten up by beastsand birds of prey. (SeeAdhvaya 5 A. S/' I2'I3)'
NoTES

c,r.a){{rr ugibaadn+r} frt'i iggo: gw6} oii t izgar fi'{+ a vrvtg* rr Friatg*

t tEqtltcanuro'rqr0rfr wRaqqrgfr

fr | lell $$kgugfr$il** qrssrori{s{rrr 11

the Slolc 11$. Jupiteroccupying rising sign at the time of deathmakesthe dying person a denizenof the abodeof the Gods. lf the Sun or Mars occtrpy the rntoratra they procureto the dying the (lvfarenalagna) wortd of mortalc. The Moon and Venus in the above' to position send the deceased the world of mentioned the Manes. Lastly, Mercury and $aturn o:cupying tbG rising sign at death cast the departed into the infcrnal regions. Norrs eri grdt'fr rrflcqfhr dshiei C/ q'rqm< qttirdrfl h cfra;i+ rriltl?a r dr.aqrqg; oft {&d}g qrqt t g*En eqr t* fi'irwrftg tiiiq r 38

298

rtrrqrRcrri crqrrlgri,i QA ctsalt qfloqfri r


615e l/idc Aclhyaya V. A-sloka 14, infta.

Adh.v

qnriAqilqq6qai qi+rSskmi* utR u t tq tl

{q*t er( U1riqg.,* itUqmq Uiqfiqfgs I

Slohu119. The four Rasis begiuning with (*e) (Mesha) form the region of ln$.r*(Bhuloka). Those (Bhuvrr, beginning with fhe (Simhr) are termcdgnoT+ (l)hanus)con' toka). The four commencing with ugu to stitute the geoT+ (Suvarloka). The soul goes the *o (Loka)to which the q{qora(Maranalagna) belongs.

trdttilt qrilqt'hrg* {rrqTnftd irqrqqntRo


SloA'c 120. When thJlord of the 12th bhavaoccu, and is aspected pies a malcficqriqt lShaclrtyamsa) by maleficplanets,thc dying persongoesto thc region of hell. The same will be the casc when Rahu is in the 12th bhava in conjunction with crFE(Mandi) and the lord of the 8th bhava, and is also aspectcd by the lord of the 6th bhava.

qnqsi{qft qfr&ald iir{tfr | tt:nrqit

!tq(t gqtqi aq

a r.qt giTqrt* iigti qrriR {lrr Et( |

ti rqqi:dr,fir

t{tunqft g(;Eqt rtrfrqqrisrrqr

irqm{d qq( tt t1t rr irrq"qlqiiqrqeisqRh

planct in its cxaltation SJofra121. When a bcrrefic occupiesa benefic iri lVarga) in the lith bhava and is atpcctcdby planctsboth beneficand malefic,thc astro' loger calr predict gteat celestial happiness. When" the Jupiter being the lord ol the l0th bhava occupies the dying persoo 12th cr is aspected beneficplanets, L! porition of an immortal. will attain to the

*,,:zl..tz+

gtdlstqrq:

cag

qttqff qrqt{i{s$ qorFEt r*esqqd t hl{qgfh rrair'e*g aq{tiuq( qqriilu til tl


Sloka 122. When Jupiter in great strength occupiesa Navamsa owned by vgq (D,ranus)in sign Cancer, aod thereare three or four planetsin the Kendras, the dying perEon will go to Brahma's region.
c f, w - 1 0 5 s t t p t a .

ffqrqt dten\qoFft qt qt d'rngtii rrrail{ntRltl


S/ola 123. When the rising sigh is Dhanus anC.fupiter o'r'cupiesa Navamsa,thereof belonging to 'Venus Meshr, when is in tha ?th bhrva and when the Moon in strength occupieso;rr (Kanya),th: dying pirson go:s to th: region of ecerna,l bligs.
cf. lY-10(t. sttftn

qgf{o}fr irqti{rh Ufrcrq{qfttsh r o}

gcEtsf{qtti gErtH\ErI s ftefrflrmqr

ffiorqrs$Hr{t{ estfter uElgqr$r{r( tRBtl n


tearqitfqe' qrilt$Rqril Efr'dtrEqEqn
qHilqtqrq3 rr{qr ll
Slofrr 124. The accurate probessof calculating the years of iast (Nisarga) and other Ayurdayas and all the differ.:nt circumstances attending the last portion of onc's life and the precise moments of time when the cxit frorn th; world .mry be looked for, have all bren frrlly treatedof by the favor of the Sun and other planeto. Thus ends the sth Adhyaya on ths ', Length o[ Life" in the wcrk JarakaParijrta c,rnprs:{ by Vaidfa. natha und:r the quspicecof the nine plauecs.

rr q*lqtFlnpqputiqr ll
AdhYaYa V. A. xtr FRoMrntl Wonr'o'
(Clrapter XXV This Chapter is no other than the t{nt+ruqtt of Rrihar Jataka. The Adhyaya deals with the native's exit frorn the world' place It eDablesthe reader to t:orrectly guess the titne wten, the first eleveu where, and the manner how, death happens. From the slokas one is also able to fairly divine the particular diseasewhich the native sufiers from and vhich culminates in death. Unnatural deaths-by drowning, by being a pre]' to witd beasts' by fire, torture, suicide by hanging or falling, decapitation owing to royal clue displeasure-can also be ascertained- The l2th sloka sives a one may have before to ilitermine the period of unconsciousness death. The next sloka deals with lhe kiud of transforrnation the body undergoesafter death-whether it is burnt or buried or exposed to the Sun and wind to be eaten by beasts and vultures, etc' The last two slokas enable one to 6nd out what his past birth was and what his future birth will be, whether he will attaiu final emanciPation, etc.

-gdfr Ttigutqeaqfutlnfl rq'


rdtnlt

ffidgtrqnfi qrfr qtqffttrhft: i q{GgqrcrqqtWEft I ll tt


300

Sl,oka 1. When the 8th housebeing unoccupicd rE aapect{'d by a rtrong Planet, the humour belongiog

El. t

tqlfttemrq:

sl

of the bodY which and death ic the Rasi of the 8th house represents, thereby produced. Wtren there are teveralstrong pla' the netsaspecting 8th house, the humours peculiarto morbid and produce death' But if that them become and the occupyiogplanetbe the $un, be houge occupied, deathwill be due to fire; if the Moon, it will be by ; water; if Mars, by a weapon if Mercury, by fever; ; by an ailment not accuratelyaecertained if ;f Jupiter, by hunger' And Venus, by thirst; and if Srturn, according as the 8th house i'sa moveable,fixed or a mutablesigo, death will be in a foreignplace,in one's own house,or oE the road. Nores
'l'he Sun:bile The Moon:wind and Phlegrn Mars'-bile Mercury"=6i1e, .wind and phlegnr Jupiter:Phlegm Venus=wind and Phlegm Saturn=wind ,If planets are not posited iu the 8th house or are not aspect' according to the ing it, the 8th house causes diseasesas above planets aspect the 8th house o",oru of the ruler of that house. If orifplanetsoccupythe8thhouse,theycarrsetlrediseases(the ptrongest of the planets acting best) in those pprts of the body represents typified by the sign representing the 8th house' The Sun be by fever, . etc' The Moon represents fire; therofore -t will blood watery diseasessuch as loose motions, diarrhcea' dysentery' deaths' epidemics as impurlties, etc. Mars will cause accidental of brain or cholera, plague, etc. Mercury will produce fever -worry' some unkno*n or smallpox. Jupiter will cause mental aoclSaturn, diseases. Venus will cause thirst by excessivedrinks, If two or more powerful by starvation or excessive eating' planetsaspectoroccupytbe8thhouse,thentwoornrorediseases

803
'effict

rtrwrftlrt

Adh.v. A.

the man. If the 8th house happens to be a movedble sign, the native will die in a foreign place. If it tre an immoveabre one, he will die in his own place; and if comrnon, very near his birth place. lf the planet be powerful, there will be tleath wheu he is engaged good work; if it be weak, then when he is engin aged in bad or indifferent work.

a/. qrtts-O

RrfusudrTcr(sr<ct{cqe.gq;iil*-q(g, t qalr{t\?iuqt: cQlr ciq q* errtq ll 'ft rogui frqi e1c?h aqrq{}vir igr r f,?gs<gq'rqiltfufrlig rrR! <rrq r
Also V-74 Sugra.

toufYfdq q{$sirtis3. r;gerfrs


T'qrqiqwflfrfturfi+ qrqqtgs*r

ntq;firurgrffifusffistffir I

rqrdqq{qlEtst{frrft eqr frt qkq: rntt

Sloka 2. When the Sunand M.rrs occupyr6pec, tively the 10th and the 4th housc at a person's binh, liis deathwill be causedby the fall of . rtoo. from the top of a mountairr. When Saturn, the Moon and Marr are in the 4th, the ?th and the l0ch houses respectivdy, lre will die by falling into a wcll. When the Sun and the Moon are in Virgo and are aspectedby malefic planets,deathshould be tracedto the evil deeds his of own relations; (or he may-commit suicide owing to differences with them). If the rising sign be a iul Rasi, and the Sun and the Moon occupy it, he will perieh by being drowned in water.
Norns. Varaharuihirahere tallis of accideutal deaths. If the yogas mentioned in this. and the succeeding srokas are fouod to be

s[. g

tqlltrrstqrq

803

applicable in any horoscope,the effects mentioned in the first ^sloka need not then be applied In the lirst yoga, it is not necessary that Mars and the Sun should respectively occupy the 4th and the lOth houses; they rnay occupy any of the houses either singly or together. c/. 'rl(rqoi

w"fn*ir: qqTtfi: hsrccrirri l1grfaai'grrrlpal: qt <<ergilt r qrcroiteaqhthicuml'i| ir;qr$rql{rqft : tiii agr lrlrt: il ori qln*rriiikftgn

'}r

o, q;f u.*zn qqt{n* qn wffi ffirftxm: qftrqgr'frtQ$q{ fuft r


$qrqiffiffi

ftfr qR natqffi

qqEqffi3 u I tl uils

Slol'c 3. When Saturn occupiee Cancc'r the and person,his deathwill Moon Capricorn at the birth of a be caueed dropsy. If the Moon be in a sign of lvlara by between two malefic planets, will die by a weapon he or of or by fire (or he will die cf tetanug by shortage the Moon occupies same position blood). When the in Virgo, deathwill be due to vitiated blood or emecia" tion. If the Moon be in a sign owned by Saturnin the ramepoeition, his deathwill be by a cord (by hanging), by an accidentnearfire or by a fall (from a high place). c,/. sr(Hft 6ffifu Fq r{+t qA qgtlrfiEil: qrq I qrqrrdt q* ssrrel rrrqdiq{: ll trqrci {fuarae: ltwwrr<: <qt I rr<te f6 1 r*cri$iEg.ilfr

804

(fitrtfrntv et(fr gqqldQ q{ft rcsrfiqreqqr gcftFg a siqqrqrqqqi aw u

Adh v. A,

rqr$ffi qwqkgqqirft rq'JErsqlr

itFrrywnrdffis(fuit{rqer r FwngmF*i*rrdr q-'(fri tvn

(.'

ril omt q RFd ftG qRt lt B u {rrt

Slchl 4. When two malefic plan'.:tsoccupythe 5th and fth housec and are not aspectcdby benefic planets a person's at birth, [iis dc:tthwill be in captivity. When the decanate the 8th house is what is termed of t{' (Sarpa),rrn (Pasa) or ftrr-s (Niqada), the dearh will be the pame a8 befcre. Wben the Moon is in Virgo occupying in.conjunction the 7th housc with a malefic planet, Vcnus in Aries and the $un in therisiag rign, the perEon,concerncd will come by his deathin his own housethrough a woma.n. Norrs
Slokas 16 of Chapter XXIII and 6 of Chapter XXI of Brihat Jataka dial with the yogas of imprisonurent. lf in the above Yogas, there be a strong nralefic in the 5th or')ih, such planet causesdeath to the person while so imprisoned, pror iderl the rnalefic planet is not aspected by benefics. lf the 22nd det:anate(the first decanate of tlrc 8th house) be a4 (Sarpa), 'lt'"J (Pas:t) or t?rla ($igada), death will be painful. This refers to the irbove yoga. If the IMoonbe in Virgoarrd in ttre 7th house iu conjurrctiou-with a malefic and if the Sun be in the Lagna and Venus in r\ries, death is due or can be traced to his wife or wolnan or lady-love either by being poixrned by her or himself comnritting suicideon account of her bad conduct, etc. It may be irterestirrg to noto here that of all the zodiacal aigns,Virgo (*;{-Kanya) alone ,has been prorninently rrreutioned in Slokas 2, 3 aud,f in the 3rd ql( (I'ada) of each sloka in coltnec-

81 3

tqtthrser<:

905

Virgo \ion with accidental deaths. Western authors also say that by malofic planets in squares. ciluscs accidents when afficted (C/. Arcana.) c/.51<r4di

r ,.rrr{ln*rgccJ: crcqrssqlrffugg: ffi: rrrgwrrflnS@sv<r g36q 1 {rfrqt fltcrotqt qrcrFsts<i ARI Tdiegtfr qroisFd SIET* ll

qr-$t q rft ffit dt.gd{hQi qrur qqirt'wftuin\ ll stffiril snfr


Sloha 5. If at a pbrson'sbirth the Sun or lv{arcbe in the 4th house and Saturn ir. the 10th, he will be planats named impaled.If the threefrmalefic abovesimul, taneouslyoccupy the first, the 5th and the 9th houses in conjunctionwith the Moon, deathwill be by impalo, Eerf. If the Sun be in the 4th house, and Mars be in the lfth and aspected by the waning Moon, the same death will bdall the person. lf in the yoga last mentioned,Mars be aspectedby Saturnninstead of by the waning Moon, the person will die from the effectc of a collision with a pieceof timber, or {eath may be by by caused his bdng:beaten wood.i
NorEs. *Saturn will bave to occupy tho Lagna" the 4th or thelSth bouse. In the first two yogas,theldeath ueed not necessarilylbe by impalement. The personmay die by accident. c/ st<t{d}

Er triftffiegsgtsEfrgtqilsfr t{ qt q{Sqneqfuft{Wr.qriffir r

fR gtswr* iiqit q* q?qsr{sg*: I qrtrtdlrot qFcidq firftlilRgrq tl

89

806

freTqffiqlt

Adh, V. A.

ffi GsAs+

oMrraa: eFqqt crfr r ett: r

65 4itgt*b" trt r

antqqffQf,{Slfg|aws

tt{sffirnwd*u tqrftq"lqu{rfreurriri q tl
Sloha 6. When the waning Mcon, Mdts, tiaturn and the Sun occupy tlre 8th, the 10th, the lst and the 4th houses a perEon's at birth, he will die being beaten to deathby a club. If the same planetsoccupythe 10th, the 9th, the lst and the 5th houses,his deith will be due to suffocationby smoke, to fire, to imprioonment or to thrashing.
NorBs

The commentatop Bhattotpala would place the planets, odl,, Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Sunrctpectioalg in the gth, the lOtb, the lst and the 4th housesin the first yoga and in the l0tb, the 9th, the first and the 5th houses in the second yoga i in that case the Moon cannot be waning $ he will be in the 5th house from the Sun in the first case and in the 6th house in the second case.

*"3:_""*-cfi sr<ndf ilarEdlrrfuc'{qqfg*:

'@

'@r

tcrfrn{a{atttft$at: qrE ll

q;s{Rstms $qq{qtftqflarqrgqtmftqroqtqq 'r qgt*nqE&ftt${ltditr


qrfrqrdr e rl Sql qefrftruaq n
Sloka 7. If at a person'sbirth Mars, the Sunand cccupythe 4th, the ?th and the lOth , Saturnrespectively housea, death would be broughtaboutby a weapon, his or the displersureof a king. If Sa.turu,the Moon fire end Mars be in the 2nd, the +th and the l0th bhavas 'respectively at a person'sbirth, he will perish in conse, quenceof worms in a wound Q.c.by an operation or by insectbites). :f- sr<radr qrg. I ftg6r<{*dEt: g'ilTrg{ftatffi wgwgegqlftintqlnrE; sEr $srq ll eocftgitid$t glgwt: wa: frtcFdis-ir: tl .

qA*qG& wwdqt qrrq{rilufr

fr"qQtktri*ffitr\srqfr{{t

q*fltsaqs s+s{qtr ftltrn+sfr} r

ql&f qftt..Sqft&qihrq-qr6qr{ I |rct

Slo[a 8. When the Sun is in the 10th houseand lvlars in the 4th at a person's birth, his death will be by a fall from a vehicle. When Mars is in the ?th bouserds Sun, the Moon and $aturn are in tjhe Lagne

808

{rcwrftrr

Adh V. rq.

the personconcernedwill be put to death by an loltru, ment of torture. When Mrrs, Saturnand the Moon respectively occupy Libra, Aries and a sign belonging to Saturn,or when the waning Moon, the Sunand Mars are in the 10th, the 7th and the 4th houses respectively, concerned will die:in the midst of filth and the person feces.
Norps. If the Sun be in the l0th, Mars iu the 4th, the manwill have a fall from a vehicle and die. If the sign on the 4th is a quadruped, death wiil be caused from a four-footed arrimal, and so on according to the nature of the Rasi. If Mars be in the 7th and Saturn, the Moon and the Suu are in the Ascendant, the man will have an accident near a machinery and die, or he may undergo as operation and die. If Mars be in Tula, Saturn in Mesha and the Moon in Makara or Kumbha, the man will die uncared for after badly purging. This yoga arises by the planets;being in the Rasis. If weak Moon, the Sun a*rd Mars are placed in the l0th, the 7th and the 4th 'espectively, the rhan n'ill die under similar conditions. c/. ttttEdr

t*Ss*gs$ il lprcqncilcEril: I qsqrr{i .ioi' *i*gitqr+ur$FrSri u qraq qaFarqrs-flTffq{qrq Ir<qr I qri gaff vrt* Rqi u gilqi cibt TE c.qrgrini ffncc} +ffri rGr{ | rrffir6*q$d:qTcrsffgg I ftoc"'i g u*Ug: rffir: r.rne il

qrqf gdtsqtt{rqtsqr erq ufr{rqflaq3 q rl ll


by Sloka 9. When the waning Moon is aspected and Saturn occupiesthe 8th houre lvlarg in strength, person concerned will jsuffer from piler or firtula tte

qiqtFEil{n.fff*rt Arcrutsfr t qitt'd

sl. lo-tt

tqlitoreqrq:

309
of an aPPlication

of a causticsubstance.
NorBs an The man wili die from hernia, piles, kidney diseasesafter operation.

s/. sr<rs-di cRt{t gt}a * eftAt* qarris'*fr qRI: I gcqqr*{aqr iinfrqrarg'{Fir rreft rt r

in the yoga given in V'-78 IThere is a slight <liflerence

sypra'

fl

qt dr {noibt fr.1it6g}

$fr wmsrti AriI ttqro! | sqKqE[r$Rqtikqfrqq-q-

q+K {sftK{n{iq$qqft: ll t o li

are Sloka 10. When the SunandN{ars in the ?th bhava,Saturn in the uth and the waning Ldoon in the birth, his deathwill be clusedby birds. 4th at a person's If the Sun,Mars, Saturn and the Moon occupyrspcr the tively the lst, the 5th, the 8th and the 9th houses, will die by falling from a precipice, person concerned or by the fall of a thunderbQlt, of a wall' ,/. sr<na \ ettui oi ft*rt qfrtlT} | teraq$ Rhn\ q?g qfqatil'rriq rr qr<ffia+.rqs r*rqrffiftmd: t gg: vr.*u'nic rlssarQqrdrq: il

affiqrilfteK srrt i"6rtirfrqaq qRttrt m wnqqfr{qisfr fiqtoiegfrr{qffi ll t t ll


Sloha ll. (Wherri the foregoing tests do not apply), the causeof death is dcclared to be the 22nd decanatefrom that of the Lagna, The lord of this 22n4'

8r0

rurqfild

Adh v. A.

or decanate of the sign containing it produceo death to according its characterirtics. i


Norns. of the yogas mentioned in Slokas 2 to 10, we In the absence have to apply this principle and not otherwise. The 22nd decanate from the Lagna drr:kkanacauses the diseaseaccording to 'the nature of the ruler of th'it decanate with certainty. If the ruler of the 22nd -decanate be the Sun, he causes fever as stated in Sloka l. Sinrilarly in the caseof the other planets mentioned therein. The ruler of the 8th house modifies the influence of the 22nd rJecanate. This is irnplied in .T'irsitqr (Bhavopira). Take for exanrple*-Lagna Aribs-Z.5'. The 2\od decanateis the 3rd decanate of Scorpio rvhich is ruled by the l\{oon. The ruler of the 8th house is Mars. Therefore death is accidental, unexpectedor short because it is l\{ars. 'l'he Moon gives water and as Mars modifies the Moon to a certain degree,we diseases may say death will lre due t') loose bowels, urinal complaints (suddenstoppageof urine, etc). g1116C-

qtfitfui gintr{trnq:nfiftqrrraier ss: r rft{snr qr rgiiiqat ffi frqtqsrf,?"gtt,irft tl


Also stil{A

sqqqmq-dkilRaiqeil:

eqrGrqihrrfril {il4 qq}q cfi:

For the cause of death due to each of the _?6 Drekkanas nappening to be the 22nd Dectnate, the foliowing slokas from the same work will be found to be useful::-

w;aRFlqfqflT;iqtgt 1,4i wrq{q{ ll fiar<Gdtqqilqrq qeAfi trltot: I


{q {iitqlflrl na+,6lrlTilcl ll
.A\

iqri i*dt TnEflfrh q Hgt I

fi q i{Eqii*q} z:cgilqitqeA

fiqrfrqro+fl Bftrrrrtttftq ir

sl, 11
.'

Hfirnsqrs'

31r

q(q lqfiRfr qEreaatq tt . gi qqftR sTrU ftgq?i'i *nmqIHH {Efr t q lt ffgfRqfiqrilEBtilqqri nfiq|ntel q?qrf tt tqqq(qrrinr rn6nm'rr.uq t qqfr iE eg:gsrq-.t,rrit q ggq ll
qrtq qqqnt( q,'er.A\olqI aql fllit. I

qqfa **a+ri zrUguri A Afrqrrrt tr R


slRqrdrBqqqFq"* uqil qq sqrGgq t

ff{rqkwqrurrada\q q aqr-* ll s6qffiKrffinqri ;qnhqieiqq r qrt qfrq{} qsrqqafr +fr?ilrr


frq{q.iltr+firFffiFlarffir q 'ililtdt t

e{ri ft-qrqil qw+ihmqrsftvrFdll: I dqroftftgfiEa+ ,*neq-{Sqqr nrt tt wqq{qilqrqfrffi dt( daflrqqrrrilrt eT+ FqrE{t fli Tq' flEr$ tl qla qFFRqrtgeRqquqrRqrd+qq t q'A g q6{ilh(n "arergnilq: ll errisftqfteqrtfrqter{tifiila'ilqrrq: I q'i q qeqmsqiti,iqft tl trg: erf& qiitq,Tlt deilTqrotqfinid"qr I qqft R q{otaqn pt agft$rvEnqrr

ur"ilffii

TdA er${qtq' u R

q|qqrA gilftesgn}frRqfri, fi r

3il|

r]n$q|ftsnt

Adh. v. A.

ifr yrgyriq{aq$Gsrht rr qd eiaog,ilffiii,iaft eeg'r

qqtG Nr uqGsr;qufirplrFtFg: I saRqT{nflqr EoE{g.{rffi+nnsqh tt qflieaF+i*fr 1 "qila.qrgs&tqqriisq qfirq* <{tqt e{ril {: sgrtrt ll grt s'n>di drq<lt<qr qaqil*' r

qril nqgc$rfqea+ql rrhscgr n q-or"teesgFdqlsft .q=A r dqqrt 11 T.f{-i air +anqdrwrnn'

erailf{wegtreunitrrai,iifir{ rr eit fr{grrri geqffiqkgil*it'q' r

agrwo+ ti,lqqEat: sqrRfraeq rl


*Y{r#ds+ a\ EqrqrGfiqqrnnrq I eq'ilqqfrR qqql gFnnitli utt, lt

tiilqEt{sqgsuqrrr{fr qti'qorntrtw3 qMtq


qkK ugqqEsglqflidrgaq,

fflA Gg0rilfqgqr: n tR rr stq

Sloka L2, From all this we have to detcrmine generally this ftqfsr(Niryana) or exit from the world ae occurringat a placewhose surroundingewill be indica, ted by the planet occupying the Lagnaor by the planet I ruling the rising Navamsa alsoby those that are in as :i conjunctionwith or aspecting these. "fhe rrnconscious stat at the time of dearh lasts for such time a io

$, 12

tqfltdsqrr:

8lt

ta doubled lagna below the horizon. This periodbecoroes by the rising sign is aepected its lord anCtrebled "rh.o aspected beneficplanetsgetrerally' by when
NorBs.
Bhattotpala interprets tlre 6rst half of the sloka thus: The Rasi exit from the world will occur at a place appropriate to the with such cir:umstan' occupied by the lord of the rising Navamsa, the ces as are the result of occupation or aspecting by plzrDctsof states 8th houseor the absence cif both (Zicr Slolias I and ll) and places appropriate to the sevoral signs: that the following are the Aries, Place frequented by sheep' l'auru3, Place frequented by oxen; Gemini, a house; Cancer, a well' l-eo-a forest: Virgoa nrater.bank; Libra-n Ltaz'zrt; Scorpio--a hole; Sagittarius a place frequented by horses; Capricorn-:watery tracts; Aquarius --a house; and Pisces-watery places' view' The But the above does not seem to be the correct in chapter II' following view which is advocated by verraharnihira Sun-temples; the sloka l2 seemsto be the correct one: The (green all round); Mars -operation theatres' Moon;a fertile place groundsI kitchens, store housur, factory,. etc.; I\'Iercury-pl:ry roonrs ; Seturn rooms ; Venus--well'furnished tupiter-treasury --dirty places. will be irrdicated by the The place of death attd surroundings rising Navlmsa' It there planet in the Lagna or the one ruling its the sign occupietl by tha ruter L" no pl"o"t in the Lagua' the ,of will depict the or the risihg -Navamsa of"n"t owning tne Lagna planets itspect or If'any of surrouudirrgs the .place of death. is the ruler of the Lagna 'or lt-s-frlvarnl occupy the house where tr what place of death irt ed;lition situated, they also indicate the for elample' the Moon indicates has been stated above' Suppose the above principles and together th" pt.". of death accortling to We have then to say tasi principle. * with it Saturn "" is grden (Ittooo) but dirty where it that death takes place at a'spot
(Saturp). ..,! ,', .,5; r i {i d

40

314

crqlftlti

Adh"v.:A.

The period of unconsciousnessi will be the time taken for thc portion of the rising sign below the horizoo to rise. If the rising sign be aspected by its lord, the period is doubled. If aspected by a benefic, it is trebled. If bv two benefics, 6 times and so on. Malefiis aspecting the rising sign will not deprive'cosciousness; The oblique ascension'of the remaining portion of tbe sign rising on the.T agna corresponds .to the iime taken by it to riso ln thb East. lbke an exarnple, Aries 251is rising. The remairrfg portion is 5'. 'The time taken for 5" of Aries to rise in the Eas will be 20 minutes'generally (calculating at 2 houfs for the whole sign of Aries to rise). I'he period of unconsciousness undergoei multiplicatton twicd or thrice, etc., . becauseof the ruler and a benefrc throwing their aspect on the Lagna. The multiplication should be done once only. Suppose thg Lagna is being aspected by its lord. You have to multiply the period by 2. At the same time, say, a benefic is also aspecting the LaiEna. By the rule tbove, the perio<l is to bi niultiplied by 3. By natural process, 'I'his is not the period will thus have to be multiplied by 2X3. It'will }e enough if it is multiplied once by 5 i. c. (3+21, o. Vide also V-ll7 c/. tlt({di saPra.

s${ilqiTrf\cer qcrr{ft qqrft qslqr: I ccdnwrrd: cft;ie",iqr;qllr{ft ed: u stdinsnl cle: h\q ftfideftftgfrre: srq I ftgor:gtfit sq<gi{t .{iaTdh u

,{frur dt {qqft.nqfl{nrfr'fr
rlkftmilkswltlhqil
liery, 1 wat.ry ir e miredone,tbre ir I firr

Rn

S/o&c 13. According ar the decanate tbg.Sth of (i.a,, the 22nd from the Iagrn) htrot out to b e bbava

,t ,i{ ,.!

.:

$t, 13
vvrwvvwvvvvvwvvvv

trlfiHsrqrq:
J vwwwvwvvJlwvvv -v.i--*---<

3t6

or ol the.dead boiily by its being turned into aohes, ,beiogthoroughtywetted and softenedin water, or being driod up by exposure t.r the Sun and wind, If the of decanate the 8th house hrpp:ns to be a srrolant (Vyaladrekkana), body is eeten b:astsand bird s by the bcJieslod.thrown out prey,is assimilated into t-heir of aaexcrement. Thus, the finrl sta{gof the dead body hacto be thought outin the mrnn:r st.rtcJabove. Th: of tollowingis the essence whrt hrs b:an culledfrom bigher works (euchas citiicr&ibcr+- Jyotisha Karma Vipaka)regardingpast and future life.
NOTES. For'ficry (fi(: Kru.a or {qa'Dahana), waterl' wa{Jala) and Infrt.' mixed (&*misra) decanates, Yi'ie lX'slokas ll2-ll5

For convenience, they arc shor*'nin the following statement' Drekkanas.

Krura or Malefic Lo (l) Aries (l) Aquarius (l) Scorpio (l) Cepricorn(l) Pisces(3) Scorpio (3) Loo (3) Libra (3) Cencer (Z) Scorpio{z) =ll

Jala or water-bearing Cancer (l) P i s c e s( l ) Pisces(2t Virgo (2) Taurus (3) cemini (3)

Saurnya or 'Benefic

Vimisra or mixed Capricorn (3) Aries (3) Cancer (3 I Taurus (l) Sasittarius (l) Gemini t2) Libra (2t I*o (21

Aries (2) . Sagittarius f2) Taurus (2, Aquarius (21 Capricorn (2) Libra (l) Vireo ( I ) Gemini (ll Sagittarius (3) Virio (3) Aquarius (l) :ll

Tdl=36

916
vYvvvvYvYvvvvvvvvYvv

{rnrrrftcrt
YvvvYvvtvv!Yvvvv!vvr!Yv!YYYYYv-

Adh V' A'

see notes to Ch' XXIII Fo, aqrd(Vyala) or serpent decanates' i-to of stih"t letakaburial or other' The 2hnll&caoate is the cause of crernation' accordinq t9 9lane^ts wise according to the nature of its ruler or A benefic posited thereitr. A rnllefic planet cagses'crernation' then the body burial. lf a rnixetl planrt (lihe lt{ercury), "oor". J-agna Aries 25o' The 22nd will be exposetl to dry' away' ' as pei above rule' the .l""anate is o*n".l by the l\/Iocn. Therefqre native shoulcl be burietl' " above rule: The following are the exceptionsto the qt (Sarpa) one' the bodv is Tf the 22nddecanate be a eaten by vultures, dogs, etc' must are malefics in the 8th house'cremation Al 1f 1l1i:re (f) he predicted. Vide also VI 17 snPra'

'

q'ltn\ geesqRgfr qqfl


ffirqMll

aRsM{ ${r I dg-r,qqRn*


tBll

"

Sloka 11. Of the Sun and the Moon' find out occupied which is stronger. If the lord of the decanate the it-it. trt"nser"of thcse two planets be Jupiter' from the out ,l...r*.d shoirldba rnade asa personcome the lord world of immortals. If the Moon or Venusbe fro'' the came the in ;;i;; decanate question, 'Jeceased of worid of Man':s. lf the Sunor Mars be'the lord the in the particulardecanate, deceas:d the'previous birth or Mercury t.longed to rheworld of mortals. If Saturn departed in [" tnJ owner of the decanate question,the regions' In th': previous from the linfernal ceme person or mediocre [ir,tr, the rank of the departedwas high' uDdercon' io* ,..ording ar the owner of the drekkana

hrd f rllen mideration was in his exaltation print, point' or therefrom in the depression
ftsj

--,-,,"-'* ?1'-ll-. ----.S:: -" -""-"-'--'-311 off


of the decanate occu' Deternrine the past birth from the ruler powerful) aud predict pied by the Sun or the lt{oon (whichcver is (l'ol<at from where the soul is come' accordingly tbe particuler it+ that planet is in Thc lasl quatlct. tlt'o!heriilerftc!alion' If gootl position ; if culminating' mid heaven, he should heve held a a bad Position, and so ott'
rI0l1T(:-

$r,

.{n,,

ft1oi grg<ierroriaaagSr <{hai <i<ra: I ir*ss*ccrsii tur'' *fu g-crfrgit art*'tqmq fte cg ciirA;eiinaq+rafru tt

qI qfrft itgl;q;q{q}snitni!

t W{erRgt;qito(rtl dqtqr q

fon qrit-& ftrqqTnfrf

qtt frflr {q?d qta frGrcrmr ll t\ ll

ig the lord of Slctc 15. The refuge the.departed (f'r'; the 16th decanate of the Drekkanacf the 6th house Sth house (i'e'' the or i-rn ,t'," rising decanate) of the or from the rising decatrate) the planet gg"a <Jecan.t" the ?th blrava lBhattotpalaaddsthe 6th and these planetais ".*nti"* #avas also). whichever -of ;;li, the wor]d thereof doeo found to be strongest, to the and is p"rroo gi' If Jup,iter in his exaltdtion departed 6th bhava'a Kendra poeition or the-8th il;;;;'the personwill attain linal 'emancipa' ;i";, the clepartecl alsoif the rising sign is Piscer ,"t. happens ;i;;:-'ii. planetand riaing N"vamgais that of a benefic ".Jrt"

818

Tnrdhqft

Adh. v. A.

Jupitenqccupiesit, while planetsother than Jupiter are without strength. ,,, 'Norrs.
Rf<+r=tw (Ripurandhratryamsapa) may also bo intorprcted as the ruler of the decanate of the (rth or the gth bhava counted from the 7th, i.c., of the l2th or of the znd bhava. (This agrees with the western view that the l2th and 2nd housesindicate future births and the 6th and the 8th iodicate past birth). Flanets placed in the 7th will indicate also futirie birth. Erccflions. Exalted Jupiter in the 6th, the gth or in a Ken. dra position will meke the native attain bliss. If pisces be rising in a Na'amsa of n b.rneficl it leads to bliss. tn the above two exceptions, tbe other planets rnust not be powerfur as Jupiter. dl.B.-Bliss CI* (Moksha) is higher than ?s. rr (Devaloka). This is clearly hinted by Varanarnihira talking bf M;ksna (rlf) as distinct and quite apart frorn the slokes containing ?git{, (Deva. loka), flEit+ (Pitruloka), etc. gurFfi(:-

qftete{rr{ r tfrdittz?cilTqfr{Ali ErSs{cqttrqdr iergwgfr frcqdh c n e